You are on page 1of 261

UNIVERSITY OF CAPE TOWN

FACULTY OF COMMERCE
(POSTGRADUATE)
2018
Postal Address: University of Cape Town
Private Bag X3
7701 RONDEBOSCH
Dean's & Faculty Offices: Room LC 2.26
Leslie Commerce Building, Upper Campus
Office Hours: Monday to Friday: 08h00 - 16h00

Telephones: Dean's Office (021) 650-2256


Faculty Office (021) 650-4375
Accounts and Fees (021) 650-1704/4076
Admissions (021) 650-2128
Internet: UCT's Home Page http://www.uct.ac.za
Commerce Home Page www.commerce.uct.ac.za
Faculty Facebook Page UCT Commerce Families
Faculty Twitter Page @commerce_UCT
Dean's Office dean.commerce@uct.ac.za
Faculty Office com-faculty@uct.ac.za
International Academic Programmes
Office int-iapo@uct.ac.za

This handbook is part of a series that consists of


Book 1: Undergraduate Prospectus
Book 2: Authorities and Information of Record
Book 3: General Rules and Policies
Book 4: Academic Calendar and Meetings
Book 5: Student Support and Services
Books 6-11: Handbooks of the Faculties of Commerce, Engineering and the Built
Environment, Health Sciences, Humanities, Law, Science
Book 12: Student Fees
Book 13: Bursary and Loan Opportunities for Undergraduate Study
Book 14: Financial Assistance for Postgraduate Study and Postdoctoral
Research
The University has made every effort to ensure the accuracy of the information in its handbooks.
However, we reserve the right at any time, if circumstances dictate (for example, if there are not
sufficient students registered), to
(i) make alterations or changes to any of the published details of the opportunities on offer; or
(ii) add to or withdraw any of the opportunities on offer.
Our students are given every assurance that changes to opportunities will only be made under
compelling circumstances and students will be fully informed as soon as possible.
CONTENTS
Guide to the usage of this Handbook ................................................................................................ 5
General Information .......................................................................................................................... 6
Contact Details of Departments ..................................................................................................... 6
Officers in the Faculty ................................................................................................................... 7
Term Dates and Public Holidays for 2018 ..................................................................................... 8
Explanation of Codes and Symbols Used ...................................................................................... 9
Qualifications awarded by the Faculty of Commerce ................................................................... 11
Admission to Professions ................................................................................................................. 14
Rules for Postgraduate Diplomas .................................................................................................... 17
Postgraduate Diplomas ................................................................................................................ 17
Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science ............................................................................. 18
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business Communication ....................................... 20
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Information Systems ............................................... 22
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Entrepreneurship ................................................... 23
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Marketing ............................................................... 25
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Marketing (Distance) (Not offered in 2018) .......... 27
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport ....................................................................... 29
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting................................................................. 30
Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice (Customised/Open Programme) .................. 31
Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting ....................................................................................... 34
Post Graduate Diploma in Survey Data Analysis ..................................................................... 36
Post Graduate Diploma in Development Policy & Practice ..................................................... 37
Rules for Postgraduate Degrees ...................................................................................................... 39
Honours Degrees ......................................................................................................................... 39
Bachelor of Commerce Honours ............................................................................................... 39
specialising in Accounting ........................................................................................................ 41
specialising in Actuarial Science .............................................................................................. 43
specialising in Quantitative Finance ......................................................................................... 44
specialising in Economics ......................................................................................................... 45
specialising in Finance.............................................................................................................. 47
specialising in Financial Analysis and Portfolio Management (Part-Time)............................. 48
specialising in Information Systems .......................................................................................... 50
specialising in Management Information Systems .................................................................... 51
specialising in Statistics ............................................................................................................ 52
specialising in Taxation ............................................................................................................ 53
in Organisational Psychology (Change Management) ............................................................. 55
Master's Degrees .......................................................................................................................... 57
Master's by Dissertation Only ................................................................................................... 62
Master of Philosophy (by Dissertation only) specialising in Inclusive Innovation ................... 63
Master of Commerce (by Coursework and Dissertation).......................................................... 64
specialising in Financial Reporting, Analysis & Governance .................................................. 64
specialising in Actuarial Science .............................................................................................. 65
specialising in Applied Economics ............................................................................................ 66
specialising in Economics ......................................................................................................... 68
specialising in Economic Development ..................................................................................... 70
specialising in Economic Science.............................................................................................. 72
specialising in Finance.............................................................................................................. 74
in the field of Financial Management ....................................................................................... 74
in the field of Corporate Finance and Valuation ...................................................................... 75
in the field of Investment Management...................................................................................... 76
specialising in Information Systems .......................................................................................... 77
specialising in Taxation ............................................................................................................. 78
in the field of International Taxation .................................................................................... 78
in the field of South African Taxation ................................................................................... 79
Master of Industrial and Organisational Psychology ............................................................... 81
Master of Philosophy ................................................................................................................. 83
specialising in Demography ...................................................................................................... 83
specialising in Mathematical Finance ....................................................................................... 84
specialising in Programme Evaluation ..................................................................................... 86
Master of Philosophy in Development Policy and Practice ...................................................... 87
Master of Philosophy in People Management ........................................................................... 89
Master of Development Policy and Practice ............................................................................. 90
Master of Commerce in Development Finance ......................................................................... 92
Master of Business Administration ............................................................................................ 93
Master of Business Administration specialising in Executive Management ............................. 96
Master of Commerce in Risk Management of Financial Markets ............................................. 97
Doctoral Degrees ....................................................................................................................... 100
Doctor of Philosophy ............................................................................................................... 100
specialising in Business Administration .................................................................................. 101
specialising in Information Systems ........................................................................................ 103
specialising in Economics (with coursework) ......................................................................... 104
Doctor of Economic Sciences .................................................................................................. 106
Departments in the Faculty of Commerce .................................................................................... 107
College of Accounting ............................................................................................................... 107
School of Economics ................................................................................................................. 113
Finance and Tax ......................................................................................................................... 138
Department of Information Systems .......................................................................................... 149
School of Management Studies.................................................................................................. 158
Graduate School of Development Policy and Practice .............................................................. 191
Graduate School of Business ..................................................................................................... 199
Department of Statistical Sciences ............................................................................................. 236
Additional Information .................................................................................................................. 240
Essential Terminology ............................................................................................................... 240
History of the Faculty of Commerce .......................................................................................... 247
Commerce Students' Council ..................................................................................................... 249
Bookstore ................................................................................................................................... 250
Minimum requirements for admission to undergraduate degrees .............................................. 250
Policies and Procedures ............................................................................................................. 250
Commerce Interfaculty Course Substitutions ............................................................................ 253
GENERAL INFORMATION 5

Guide to the usage of this Handbook


The following is a general overview of the structure of this Handbook for the guidance of users. The
contents are organised in a number of different sections (see below) each of which has a particular
focus. The sections are interlinked by cross-references where relevant.

(a) General Information: This section includes information on the professional status and
recognition of the Faculty's degrees, its links with professional bodies and the list of
qualifications offered. It also includes lists of the various prizes, medals and scholarships
awarded on academic merit and contains information on the criteria for the Dean's Merit List.
(b) Rules for degrees: This section covers the Faculty rules for each of the various degree
programmes. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general University rules in
the General Rules and Policies Handbook (Handbook 3). Students are expected to acquaint
themselves with the rules in both Handbooks and to check annually whether the rules or
curriculum requirements have changed since the last edition. Important rules: All students
must familiarise themselves with the Degree Rules in this Handbook. In addition, students
must refer to Handbook 3, General Rules and Policies and particularly take note of the
following:
 rules relating to registration and examinations;
 rules relating to changes of curriculum;
 rules relating to leave of absence;
 rules on Academic Conduct, N.B. the rules concerning dishonest conduct and
plagiarism.
Detailed information on the undergraduate entrance requirements can be found in the
University Prospectus. The PhD Degree rules are published in Handbook 3, General Rules
and Policies.
(c) Departments and Programmes: This section contains entries for each department in the
Faculty. Each lists members of staff, a summary of laboratory, workshop and other facilities,
the research entities, and the programmes of study administered by each department. The
curriculum for each programme (list of required courses) is set out in table form. The
curriculum tables must be read together with (cross-referenced to) the lists of courses in the
Courses Offered section which is described under (e) below.
(d) Centres/Units established in the Faculty and Centres, Departments, Schools and Units
Established in other Faculties: There are entries for the principal Faculty entities/units which
do not fall directly under academic departments e.g. the Centre for Research in Engineering
Education and the Continuing Professional Development Programme and entries for the
centres, units and departments in other faculties which offer courses for students registered in
the Faculty. This is cross referenced to the list of courses offered in section (e).
(e) Courses Offered: The full list and descriptions of courses offered by the Faculty, both
undergraduate and postgraduate, is set out in this section in alpha-numeric order (i.e. based on
the course code prefix) which identifies the department offering the course and the course
number. The courses offered by other faculties which are more commonly taken by students
in the Faculty of Engineering & the Built Environment are also listed and described. N.B. A
key (guide) to the course code system, the credit system and terminology (definitions) is set
out at the beginning of this section.
6 GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION
Department/School/College Contact Details

Accounting (021) 650-5717


Eleanor.Williams@uct.ac.za

Computer Science (021) 650-2663/2668


dept@cs.uct.ac.za

Economics (021) 650-5178


nondwe.decaires@uct.ac.za
Paula.Bassingthwaighte@uct.ac.za

Education Development Unit (021) 650-3720/3912


(EDU) Commerce BCom: Shanaaz.Solomons@uct.ac.za
BBusSc: Sibonisiwe.Zimu@uct.ac.za

Environmental & Geographical Science (021) 650-2874


Shahieda.Samsodien@uct.ac.za

Finance & Tax (021) 650-5337


Waleda.Salie@uct.ac.za

Graduate School of Business (021) 406-1922


info@gsb.uct.ac.za

Graduate School of Development Policy (021) 650-1420


and Practice Elvina.Moosa@uct.ac.za

Information Systems (021) 650-4242


Linda.Magodla@uct.ac.za

Law (021) 650-3086


Law-studies@uct.ac.za

Management Studies (including Actuarial Science) (021) 650-2466


Nonnie.Falala@uct.ac.za

Mathematics and Applied Mathematics (021) 650-3191


Hayley.Leslie@uct.ac.za

Philosophy (021) 650-3316


Philosophy@uct.ac.za

Political Studies (021) 650-3381


Verona.Langenhoven@uct.ac.za

Psychology (021) 650-3435


Aayesha.Patel@uct.ac.za

Statistical Sciences (021) 650-3219


Beverley.King@uct.ac.za
GENERAL INFORMATION 7

Dean:
Professor Ingrid Woolard, BSc Natal BA(Hons) Unisa PhD Cape Town

Dean’s PA:
Ms Freda Williams

Deputy Dean (Transformation and Strategic Projects):


Associate Professor Kanshukan Rajaratnam, MSc Singapore ME PhD Virginia

Deputy Dean (Academic):


Associate Professor Tessa Minter, BSc Cape Town CA(SA)

Deputy Dean (Research & Internationalisation):


Professor Michael Kyobe, MBA Durham PhD UOFS

Deputy Dean (Postgraduate Affairs):


Professor Jeffrey Bagraim, BBusSc MA Cape Town PhD Warwick

Unit Head / Academic Development Co-odinator


Mr Daniel Munene, BA(Hons) Nairobi BA (Economics Honours) MCom Rhodes MIFM

Faculty Finance Manager:


Lily Roos, BCom(Hons) Cape Town BCom(Econ) UWC

Human Resources Advisor:


Rushda Alawie, BSocSc Cape Town

Commerce IT Manager:
Kyle Roberts, DipFinAcc IAC

Faculty Manager (Academic Administration):


Kashini Maistry, BA (Anthropology and History) Wellesley PGDip (Philosophy) Witwatersrand

Deputy Faculty Manager:


Ernestine Zincke, BSocSc Cape Town

Short Courses and Distance Education Programmes Officer:


Yolandah Hall, BSocSc Cape Town MCRP (Master of City and Regional Planning) Cape Town Adv
Diploma in Business Project Management Cape Town

Postgraduate Programmes Officer:


Carmelita Jonker, BCom(Hons) UWC

Postgraduate Administrators:
Simone Franks, BA Cape Town
Leverne Masella

Undergraduate Programmes Officer:


Lindiwe Radebe, BCom Unisa

Undergraduate Administrators:
Vanessa Leo, Higher Cert in Personnel and Training Management Damelin
8 GENERAL INFORMATION

Khanyisa Mbanda, PGDip (Project Management) BSc(Hon) MSc (Materials Engineering) Cape
Town
Ronelle Steenberg, Cert in Office Administration Rosebank College Higher Cert in Forensic
Examination in Law UWC
Meagan Matthews

Short Courses and Distance Education Programmes Administrator:


Obed Futhe

Administrative Assistant:
Vacant

Senior Secretary:
Jamie-Lee Hendricks, BA Cape Town

Commerce Student Council Chairs:


Undergraduate: Nsovo Shandlale
Postgraduate: TBA

Term Dates for 2018


1st Semester
1st Quarter 19 Feb - 29 Mar
Mid-term break 30 Mar - 08 Apr
2nd Quarter 09 Apr - 15 Jun
Mid-year Vacation 16 Jun - 22 Jul
2nd Semester
3rd Quarter 23 Jul - 07 Sep
Mid-term Break 08 Sept - 16 Sept
4th Quarter 17 Sept - 21 Dec

Public Holidays for 2018


New Year’s Day 01 January 2018 Monday
Human Rights Day 21 March 2018 Wednesday
Good Friday 30 March 2018 Friday
Family Day 02 April 2018 Monday
Freedom Day 27 April 2018 Friday
Worker’s Day 01 May 2018 Tuesday
Youth Day 16 June 2018 Saturday
National Women’s Day 09 August 2018 Thursday
Heritage Day 24 September 2018 Monday
Day of Reconciliation 16 December 2018 Sunday
Public Holiday 17 December 2018 Monday
Christmas Day 25 December 2018 Tuesday
Day of Goodwill 26 December 2018 Wednesday
* Note: Whenever a public holiday falls on a Sunday the following Monday is a public holiday.
EXPLANATION OF CODES AND SYMBOLS USED 9

EXPLANATION OF CODES AND SYMBOLS USED


1 COURSE CODES
Every course described overleaf has a name and corresponding code. Each code has eight
characters as follows, AAAInnnB, where:

AAA is the three alpha code of the department or unit administering the course (or in the
case of a Faculty-administered course, of the Dean’s Office).
I indicates the academic level of the course
nnn a number between 001 and 999 identifying the course
B the indicator of when it is offered in the academic year

EWA Examination without attendance at lectures SUP Supplementary


examination in a
course
CE Continuing education course
Credit values for undergraduate programmes are displayed only as from 2010, and for the
postgraduate programmes and GSB undergraduate programmes, as from 2011.
2 HEQSF COURSE DEFINES WORK TYPICAL OF
LEVEL
5 The entry level of an undergraduate diploma or bachelor’s
qualification
6 The intermediate level of an undergraduate diploma or
bachelor’s qualification
7 The exit level for a general 3-year bachelor’s degree
8 The exit level for a professional 4- or 6-year bachelor’s,
postgraduate diploma or honours qualification
9 A master’s degree
10 A doctoral degree
3 RESULTS SYMBOLS
Note: results for courses completed in the current year will remain PROVISIONAL until confirmed
at the end of the academic year.
A. Pass
1 75 – 100% First Class
2+ 70 – 74% Second Class, Division One
2- 60 – 69% Second Class, Division Two
3 50 – 59% Third Class
PA Pass Note that certain postgraduate courses are graded Pass or Fail
only
UP Unclassified Pass A condoned pass or a supplementary examination written on
academic grounds is graded as an Unclassified Pass
SP Pass result obtained via a supplementary examination
B. Fail
F 0 – 49% Fail
FS 0 – 49% Failed, but permitted to write a supplementary examination on
academic grounds
SF Supplementary examination failed
A SF Failed, absent from supplementary examination
UF SM Unclassified fail, subminimum not met
OSS Subminima failed, supplementary examination awarded
C. Other Results Symbols
10 EXPLANATION OF CODES AND SYMBOLS USED

DPR Duly performed certificate refused, i.e. not permitted to write


the examination in the course
AB Absent from the examination
DE Permission to write a deferred examination in this course on
medical, religious, political or other good cause
OS Result not yet available
GIP Grade in progress – result expected in a subsequent term
LOA Leave of Absence
ATT Course attended
INC Incomplete
EXA Excluded from assessment
D. Academic Concession – granted on grounds of courses completed elsewhere or
towards different qualifications at this university
CR Credit, but in general the student is not allowed to continue
with further courses in the subject
EX Exemption, but in general another course must be substituted
for this course
CX Credit and Exemption. The course is counted towards the
qualification for which the student is registered, and the student
is permitted to proceed with further courses in the subject
EXC Credit excluded. Indicates that the course is not recognised
towards the current programme. Used where a student changes
programme before graduation.
4 TRANSCRIPT ABBREVIATIONS
GPA Grade Point Average
NQF National Qualifications Framework
SAQA ID South African Qualifications Authority Identification Number
QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED BY THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 11

QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED BY THE FACULTY OF


COMMERCE
Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates Awarded by the Faculty

The following are the degrees, diplomas and certificates offered by the Faculty. The list gives the
full name of the qualification, the official abbreviation, the SAQA registration number and the
minimum duration (in years) of the programme.

Undergraduate Degrees
QUALIFICATION ABBREVIATION SAQA ID MINIMUM
DURATION
Bachelor of Business Science in Actuarial BBusSc ActSc 4411 4
Science
Bachelor of Business Science BBusSc 4403 4
Bachelor of Commerce in Actuarial BCom ActSc * 3
Science
Bachelor of Commerce BCom * 3

Advanced Diplomas
QUALIFICATION ABBREVIATION SAQA ID MINIMUM
DURATION
Advanced Diploma in Actuarial Science ADV ActSc 99629 1
Advanced Diploma in Business Project ADV BPM 93998 1
Management

* Unless otherwise Indicated all qualifications are HEQSF aligned but SAQA registration numbers
are still awaited for some qualifications.

The Faculty of Commerce offers two undergraduate qualifications: a Bachelor of Commerce and a
Bachelor of Business Science. Each qualification is offered in a range of specialisations. Neither
degree is superior to the other; the best degree is the best degree for each individual student. There
are many similarities in terms of the core curriculum, especially in the early years of the degrees, but
there are both structural and curriculum differences depending on the degree and area of
specialisation. It is worth noting that there are important distinctions in terms of HEQSF levels of
the two qualifications:
1. A Bachelor of Commerce degree is offered at HEQSF level 7, and takes a minimum of
three years to complete.
2. A Bachelor of Business Science degree is offered at HEQSF level 8, and takes a
minimum of four years to complete. This degree is also described as a professional
undergraduate degree.
A BCom graduate is eligible to apply for an Honours degree at HEQSF level 8, and a Business
Science graduate is eligible to apply for a Master's degree at HEQSF level 9. Therefore, a BCom
student registered for an Honours degree in eg. Economics in year 4 will in fact be in the same
Economics classes as a Business Science student in their fourth year. A Business Science student in
their fourth year is still an undergraduate student because they have not yet graduated.

Please note: The minimum duration for postgraduate qualifications is a year except for the Doctor of
Philosophy and the Doctor of Economic Sciences.
12 QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED BY THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Postgraduate Diplomas
QUALIFICATION ABBREVIATION SAQA ID
Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting PGDip (Accounting) 5191
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector PGDip (Public Sector Accounting) 93814
Accounting
Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science PGDip (Actuarial 5199
Science)
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in PGDip (Management) 99015
Business Communication

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in PGDip (Management) 94556


Marketing

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in PGDip (Management) Sports 94577


Sports Management Management)
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in PGDip (Management) 94725
Entrepreneurship (Entrepreneurship)
Postgraduate Diploma in Survey Data PGDip (Data Survey Analysis) *
Analysis
Postgraduate Diploma in Management PGDip (Management Practice) 84826
Practice
Postgraduate Diploma in Development PGDip (Development Policy & *
Policy & Practice Practice)

Postgraduate degrees
QUALIFICATION ABBREVIATION SAQA ID
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) BCom (Hons) 5009
Bachelor of Commerce Honours in BCom (Hons) 15159
Organisational Psychology
Master of Business Administration MBA 96395
Master of Business Science MBusSc *
Master of Commerce MCom *
Master of Industrial and MIOP 15423
Organisational Psychology
Master of Commerce in MCom (Development 88103
Development Finance Finance)
Master of Commerce in Risk Management MCom (Risk Management) 97914
of Financial Markets
Master of Philosophy MPhil 3681
Master of Philosophy in MPhil (Development 90850
Development Policy and Policy and Practice)
Practice
Master of Philosophy in People MPhil (People 91918
Management Management)
Master of Development Policy & Practice MDPP *
Doctor of Philosophy PhD 15180
Doctor of Economic Sciences DEcoSc 16231
QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED BY THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 13

* Unless otherwise Indicated all qualifications are HEQSF aligned but SAQA registration numbers
are still awaited for some qualifications.

The Faculty of Commerce also offers an Advanced Diploma at HEQF level 7 (the equivalent level
of an undergraduate degree).

The rules for and further information on these qualifications can be found in the relevant sections in
the Undergraduate Faculty Handbook.
14 ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONS

ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONS
Information Concerning Admission to the Professions

Entrance to the Accounting Profession

General Information
The accountancy profession in South Africa is represented by a number of professional bodies
including:
ABASA (the Association for the Advancement of Black Accountants of Southern Africa);
ACCA (the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants);
CIMA (The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants);
SAICA (The South African Institute of Chartered Accountants) who award the designation CA(SA);
SAIPA (The South African Institute of Professional Accountants).
The University of Cape Town offers programmes to meet the educational requirements for the Initial
Test of Competence (ITC) toward the CA(SA) qualification. Students following those programmes
may be granted exemptions from courses required by the other professional bodies. In addition to
the educational requirements, there are training requirements specified for each professional
qualification. All enquiries relating to the training requirements should be addressed to the
appropriate institute.

Chartered Accountant, the CA(SA)


Students studying towards the CA(SA) at UCT can do a BCom Financial Accounting (3 years);
BBusSc Finance with Accounting (4 years). All these qualifications include Financial Reporting III,
Taxation II, Corporate Governance, Management Accounting II and Business Analysis &
Governance. These studies are followed by the one-year Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting
(PGDA). A PGDA or equivalent from an accredited University is a prerequisite to write the ITC.

Entrance to the Actuarial Profession


Qualification as an Actuary:
In order to practise as an actuary in the Republic of South Africa, it is necessary to be either an
Associate member or a Fellow of the Actuarial Society of South Africa. Moreover, several Acts of
Parliament specify that certain statutory duties may only be performed by qualified actuaries,
defined as a Fellow of the Actuarial Society of South Africa.
The Faculty of Commerce offers three degrees specially designed for students who wish to enter the
actuarial profession and, ultimately, to qualify as actuaries, viz. the BCom in Actuarial Science, the
BBusSc in Actuarial Science and the BCom(Hons) in Actuarial Science for students who already
have an undergraduate degree.
In addition, a Postgraduate Diploma in Management (Actuarial Conversion course) is available to
students with a non-actuarial undergraduate degree (with strong mathematics and mathematical
statistics).
The exemption arrangements with the Actuarial Society of South Africa (which are explained in
more detail below) mean that the total time required to complete all the parts of the examinations for
Fellowship is considerably reduced.

Structure of the BCom and BBusSc degree in Actuarial Science:


The curriculum for the BBusSc degree extends over four years of full-time study and the BCom
degree over three years. In the Field of Actuarial Science, the curriculum may be divided into the
following categories of courses:
(a) Core courses in Business Science
ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONS 15

(b) Ancillary and related courses


(c) Courses specifically corresponding to subjects of the Actuarial Society of South Africa.
The full standard four-year curriculum for the BBusSc degree in Actuarial Science the syllabuses for
all the individual courses/subjects appear in the later sections of the handbook dealing programme of
study or with Departmental Information and Course Syllabuses.

Exemptions from professional subjects:


The Actuarial Society of South Africa has officially recognised for exemption purposes the
University of Cape Town's degrees in Actuarial Science.
Although recommendations for exemptions will be at the discretion of the external examiners, it is
anticipated that a student who graduates with a degree in Actuarial Science from the University of
Cape Town and obtains at least 60% for the appropriate courses may be able to obtain exemption
from some or all of parts A1, A2 and A3 of the Actuarial Society.

University courses required for exemption purposes:


For information contact the School of Management Studies, Section of Actuarial Science

Postgraduate studies for qualifying as an Actuary:


Students who graduate from the University of Cape Town with a degree in Actuarial Science and
who qualify for the abovementioned exemptions will be able to go on to complete the final parts of
the examinations leading to the Fellowship of the Actuarial Society.
At postgraduate level, exemptions could be gained from the F1 part by enrolling for either the
Postgraduate Diploma or Master of Commerce Actuarial Science at the University of Cape Town.

General information regarding the Actuarial profession:


General information regarding entrance into the Actuarial profession and student membership of the
Actuarial Society of South Africa, as well as information regarding career prospects and the
professional work of an actuary and the various fields open to a qualified actuary, is obtainable from
the Honorary Secretary, Actuarial Society of South Africa, P.O. Box 4464, Cape Town 8000 or by
visiting www.actuarialsociety.org.za

Actuarial conversion course:


This course of study offers a unique opportunity for graduates in a discipline other than Actuarial
Science to change to an Actuarial career without having first to complete three years of
undergraduate study.
The programme extends over at least one-year of intensive full-time study and affords the students
the possibility of gaining exemptions from most of the parts A1 and A2 professional subjects.

Entrance to the Legal Profession


Introduction
Students wishing to qualify as Attorneys or Advocates must obtain the LLB degree. In the
Commerce Faculty, it is possible to take either a Bachelor of Commerce or a Bachelor of Business
Science degree as the necessary preliminary qualification for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
Laws (LLB). Please note, however, there are a restricted number of places offered to candidates on
assessment of their previous academic record. In general terms, an average of at least 65% is
required.

Bachelor of Business Science and Bachelor of Commerce Law streams


The BBusSc or the BCom to be followed by the LLB degree is taken in accordance with the
curricula set out in the section/s dealing with the Bachelor of Business Science and Bachelor of
Commerce Law degree stream/s. This is followed by the Intermediate and Final LLB years. The
16 ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONS

minimum period of registration is 6 years to complete the BBusSc degree and the LLB degree and
five years to complete the BCom degree and the LLB degree.

Notes for BBusSc or BCom students intending to proceed to the Postgraduate LLB degree:

Standard programme: admission to LLB at Preliminary Level


(1) The standard programme offered at UCT for entry into the legal profession is a three or
four-year Bachelor's degree followed by a three-year LLB programme.
(2) A candidate for the LLB must apply for admission in the final year of the BCom/BBusSc
degree (before 31 October) to the Dean of Law, who will assess the applicant's suitability
for admission as a candidate on the basis of his/her academic record in the BCom/BBusSc
degree together with information furnished in the prescribed questionnaire (available from
the Law Faculty Office). An overall average of at least 65% in the first degree is required.
(3) There are no statutory language requirements for the practice of law. Language proficiency
is, however, very important for the study and practice of law. Prospective lawyers are
encouraged to include courses in the national languages in particular in their first degrees.

In order to practice as an Industrial Psychologist in South Africa, it is necessary to register with the
Health Professions Council of South Africa through the Professional Board of Psychology. The
requirements for registration as an Industrial Psychologist include the completion of a recognised
Master’s degree and a 12-month internship.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 17

RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS


Rules for Postgraduate Qualifications

The following are the general rules for postgraduate degrees and the rules for specific study
programmes in the Faculty. They must be read in conjunction with the general rules for degrees and
diplomas in Handbook 3 of this series.

Postgraduate Diplomas offered:


The following are the general rules for postgraduate degrees and the rules for specific study
programmes in the Faculty. They must be read in conjunction with the general rules for degrees and
diplomas in Handbook 3 of this series.

Qualification Qualification Description Academic Specialisation


Code Plan Code
CG010 Postgraduate Diploma in ACC01
Accounting

CG012 / Postgraduate Diploma in BUS01


CG042 Actuarial Science

CG015 Postgraduate Diploma in BUS07


Management in Marketing
Innovative
Leadership
CG025 Postgraduate Diploma in GSB41
Management
Practice
GSB42 Wine Management
GSB04 Business
Administration
GSB14 Customised/Open
CG028 Postgraduate Diploma in BUS12
Management in Sports
Management

CG030 Postgraduate Diploma in BUS03


Management in
Entrepreneurship

CG040 Postgraduate Diploma in INF10 Information Systems


Information System
Management
INF02 Computer Forensics
INF03 IS Management
INF04 Enterprise Systems
INF05 Business & Systems
Analysis
18 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

CG034 Postgraduate Diploma in Public ACC11


Sector Accounting
CG038 Postgraduate Diploma in Data ECO15
Analysis for development
CG041 Postgraduate Diploma in BUS25
Business Communication
CG043 Postgraduate Diploma in DPP01
Development Policy and
Practice

Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science


[CG012BUS01/CG042BUS01]
Convener : P Botha

Entrance requirements:
Graduates who have completed the CT-series of the Examinations of the Institute and Faculty of
Actuaries (UK), OR equivalently, the A1 and A2-series of the Actuarial Society of South Africa
(AS) will be considered. Before we could consider admitting anyone to the Diploma it is necessary
that we look at a full academic transcript to determine the suitability of the applicant. We will also
need to know which actuarial examinations have been passed/exempted, as well as details and dates
of any unsuccessful attempts.

Programme outline:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science is aimed at graduates who have completed the CT-
series of the UK, OR equivalently, the A100 and A200-series of the AS and now intend to study the
material for the A300, F100 and F200-series of AS examinations (i.e. CA, ST and SA-series
examinations of the UK). Courses are offered in conjunction with the University of Stellenbosch.

Duration:
The Diploma may be done full-time (typically one year), but is often done on a part-time basis. Part-
time students would generally not undertake more than one course per semester.

[CG012BUS01 January intake/ CG042BUS01 June intake]


Prescribed curriculum/programme structure:
For the award of the Diploma a candidate will be required to complete courses worth at least 126
credits, of which 72 credits must come from the following coursework studied at the university:

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


BUS5042F Health & Care ................................................................................ 36 9
BUS5018F Life Insurance ................................................................................ 36 9
BUS5040S General Insurance .......................................................................... 36 9
BUS5019S Pensions ......................................................................................... 36 9
BUS5035S Specialist Finance & Investment .................................................. 36 9
BUS4027W Actuarial Risk Management .......................................................... 54 8
BUS4034S Professional Communication ......................................................... 27 8
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 19

Assessment:
Students must pass every course taken, in fulfilment of the above requirement, with at least 50% to
qualify.
The examinations may count 50% to 100% of the final mark for any course, depending on whether
tests, tutorials and assignments are taken into account.
No supplementary examinations are awarded.

Readmission rules:
Pass at least one course per year. Courses may only be repeated once.

Further programme specific notes:


Candidates who complete the course requirements for the Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial
Science may elect not to graduate but rather to complete a Master of Commerce degree after a
further period of study during which the candidate would complete a research dissertation or long
paper.

Professional course credits


FGDB3.2 A candidate may apply for credit for up to 54 credits in respect of courses where the
candidate has passed an equivalent level examination at another university, through
the Actuarial Society or equivalent (F100-series or F200-series, 36 credits and 54
credits respectively) or at another institution recognised by the Senate for this
purpose. Where a candidate has previously passed BUS4027W as part of an
undergraduate degree at this University, this will only count for 27 credits, even if it
is repeated.

Concurrent registration
FGDB4 The Senate may permit a candidate to register concurrently for the Degree of
Master of Business Science and the Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science.

Examination
FGDB5.1 Candidates are also required to submit assignments regularly and attend
tutorial sessions, in addition to being continuously assessed through tests.

FGDB5.2 Candidates who do not perform adequately during any course will not be permitted
to sit the final examination in that course.

FGDB5.3 Candidates who are unable to complete the programme within three years will not
be allowed to continue.

Distinction
FGDB6 The mark for determining a distinction will be based on the prescribed courses
completed at UCT. This mark is calculated as the average (without rounding) of the
two best results obtained for these prescribed courses. The diploma may be awarded
with distinction if the mark obtained is at least 75% and the diploma is completed
within three years. The Class medal, if any, in any one year will be awarded to the
student achieving distinction in that year, who has the highest average as calculated
above.
20 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business


Communication [CG041BUS25]
Convener: T Grant

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree or equivalent in any area. All applicants are also required to submit their
CV detailing previous work experience and/or any extra-curricular involvement. This can be
uploaded on to the online admissions form if the applicant is applying online to UCT. Applicants
with undergraduate degrees from universities other than UCT are also required to submit their full
academic transcripts to date. Students wishing to apply for the diploma with qualifications other
than an undergraduate degree will need to satisfy the Senate that his/her qualification and/or
experience are an adequate preparation for the work prescribed in the course. Students who are
applying on the basis of work experience (Recognition of Prior Learning [RPL]) will also need to
complete a separate RPL process; candidates applying on the basis of RPL will be informed of the
additional application requirements on receipt of their application.

Programme outline:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business Communication (PDBC) delivers an
innovative curriculum seeking to equip graduates with the skills requisite of a changing and
challenging business environment. With an explicit focus on business and corporate communication,
the PDBC employs an experiential enquiry-based curriculum, allowing students to explore and
debate various scenarios involving internal and external stakeholder interactions. Corporate
communication is a critical business asset for strategic global change; in times of crisis, an
integrated approach is a prerequisite to business success and sustainability. The PDBC encourages
students to work collaboratively as problem-solvers and change-agents, guiding staff at all levels to
serve the mission of the organization and its publics.
The interlocking and integrative nature of the programme creates an additional level of learning
whereby students can hold up theoretical constructs and test their applicability in practice.

Duration:
One year full-time. On an exception basis and with the permission of the Convener, students can
complete the diploma over two years.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG041BUS25]
Prescribed courses/structure: FTX1005F and BUS2010S must be completed by students who
have not previously completed these courses or their equivalents, nor passed the entrance exam in
these courses. These courses are non-credit bearing for the purposes of the diploma

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


BUS4092H Business Research and Communication* ...................................... 18 8

First semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4091F Organisation and Management .................................................. 18 8
BUS4103F Effective People Practices ......................................................... 18 8
BUS4104F Business and Corporate Communication ................................... 18 8
BUS4105F Intercultural and Diversity Management ................................... 18 8
BUS4106F Team Management and Communication ................................... 18 8
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 21

Second semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4107S Persuasion in Multimodal Discourses and Domains ..................... 18 8
BUS4108S Campaign Communication and Reputation Management ............. 18 8
Plus two electives from the list of courses made available to students at
registration, or as approved by the postgraduate convener .... 36
Total credits ............................................................................. 180

*BUS4092H runs over the year


Attendance requirements and academic performance levels shall be set out in a course manual to be
distributed by the department(s) concerned at the beginning of the academic year. The department
concerned reserves the right to withhold a DP certificate from any student who fails to comply with
these requirements.

All students are to complete all courses on the diploma.


Any deviation from the standard curriculum has to be approved by the Convener.

Assessment:
Each course is individually assessed by coursework and final project or examination.
Students are required to pass every course with a minimum of 50% in order to qualify.

Readmission rules:
A student may not fail more than four semester courses.
A student may not fail a course required for the diploma more than once.
A student who fails a diploma course once may attempt that course once more. Supplementary
examinations are offered in each course to students who achieve between 40 and 49% for their final
course mark.
A student must have completed two courses by the end of the first year of registration and a total of
five courses by the end of the second year.
Resubmission of failed assignments is at the discretion of the individual course convener.

Distinction rules:
A distinction may be awarded to a student who receives a weighted average of 75% or more across
all courses.

Applications for the Diploma must be received by the University not later than the 31 October in the
year preceding the year of intended registration.

Further qualification specific notes:


A candidate may obtain credits in respect of equivalent courses completed elsewhere for one
prescribed course and up to two elective courses.
Students will be expected to acquire or have acquired the normal prerequisites (or equivalent
thereof) for each of the above subjects (the prerequisites as set out in the Commerce Faculty
Handbook).
22 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Postgraduate Diploma in Management (Information Systems)


[CG040INF10]
Convener: A Stander

Entrance requirements:
An appropriate bachelor’s degree, coupled with a minimum of three years work-appropriate
experience. (An exception to the work experience criterion is made for the Business Analysis and
Systems Analysis stream, because of the intensive way in which the course learning is embedded
and interleaved in the specialised work practice of the students as interns in industry).
All applicants must submit a detailed CV, and supply answers to questions relating to relevant past
and present work experience, skills and qualifications gained, involvement with the IS industry, their
mathematical and English ability, their career progression, and motivation for enrolment in the
course. Applicants may be required to write a Departmental entrance test.
Places may be limited and selection will be made by a Departmental committee. Allowance may be
made for recognition of prior learning (RPL) as follows:
All non-degree candidates must have many years of proven IT/IS work experience at operational or
management level that can be shown to have compensated for the lack of a degree. They must sit
for, and pass the AL & QL NBT with an intermediate result, and should contact the Department of
Information Systems to clarify the exact entry requirements. These will include a report detailing
their life experiences to date (primarily since the completion of formal schooling) and covering
personal, work, education and community experiences, closely aligning each experience or job to
skills and competencies gained along the way.

Programme outline:
This programme aims to provide best practice application and integration in Information Systems
topics; to formalise and extend knowledge gained through work in industry and to develop critical
reading and writing skills. Students may choose between four Information Systems streams:

IS Management [CG040INF10] which includes systems development, technology, project


management and strategic use of information technology as applied to distributed commercial
information systems;
Computer Forensics [CG040INF02] which includes risks in IT, legal aspects of computer
forensics, the right to privacy and evidence, networking security principles, computer forensics
investigations, investigation project management, technology crime, computer security,
corporate governance and research methodology;
Enterprise Systems and Business Process Management [CG040INF04] which includes
principles and practices of Business Process Management, Enterprise Systems and Business
Process Integration and Strategic ICT management.

Business and Systems Analysis [CG040INF05] which is an industry demand-led programme that
not only provides education and training as well as work experience via internships for new
entrants to the Business Analyst and Systems Analyst skills pool, but also to current employees
in this field to extend their skills.

Duration:
Most streams are over two years part-time, the Business and Systems Analysis stream is typically
done over one year.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 23

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG040INF10]
A candidate for the Diploma shall attend and complete the following courses:

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


INF4015W Information Systems (Coursework) .............................................. 60 8
OR ....................................................................................................
INF4016W Computer Forensics (Coursework)................................................ 60 8
OR ....................................................................................................
INF4012W Enterprise Systems and BPM (Coursework) ................................. 60 8
OR ....................................................................................................
INF4018W Business and Systems Analysis (Coursework).............................. 60 8
AND .................................................................................................
INF4017H Information Systems Project ......................................................... 60 8
Total credits ................................................................................ 120

Assessment:
Students are required to achieve at least 50% for each of the courses. INF4015W/ INF4016W/
INF4012W/ INF4018W will be weighted at 75% and INF4017H at 25%.

Readmission rules:
A candidate who has not been successful in the course for the diploma shall not be permitted to
present him/herself for a second time as a candidate for the examination.

Distinction rules:
The diploma will be awarded with distinction if a weighted average mark of 75% is achieved.

Further programme specific notes:


Students who after their first year meet the pre-requisites for INF4024W may have the opportunity
of registering for this course and converting to Honours in Management Information Systems

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Entrepreneurship


[CG030BUS03]
Convener: D Priilaid

Departmental postgraduate convener: A Meadows

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree or equivalent in any area. Candidates who have not completed the courses
FTX1005F (Introduction to Managerial Finance) and BUS2011F (Introduction to Marketing), or
equivalents, prior to registration, will be required to complete these courses concurrently with the 1st
semester courses. All applicants are also required to submit their CV detailing previous work
experience and/or any extra-curricular involvement. This can be pasted on to the online admissions
form if the applicant is applying online to UCT. Applicants with undergraduate degrees from
universities other than UCT are also required to submit their full academic transcripts to date.
Students wishing to apply for the diploma with qualifications other than an undergraduate degree
will need to satisfy the Senate that his/her qualification and/or experience are an adequate
preparation for the work prescribed in the course.
24 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Programme outline:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Entrepreneurship (PDE) delivers an innovative
curriculum seeking to equip graduates with the skills requisite of a changing and challenging
business environment. With an explicit focus on entrepreneurship, the PDE employs an action-
learning based curriculum, the core thrust of which is to challenge the orthodox view that
entrepreneurship is mostly about spreadsheets, business plans and projections of discounted cash
flows. Instead the PDE encourages students to see themselves as change-agents, artists, creators, and
visionaries in a year-long learning process whereby student groups start up and run their own
businesses.

The interlocking and integrative nature of the programme creates an additional level of learning
whereby students can hold up theoretical constructs and test their applicability in real time with real
people and real money.

Duration:
One year full-time. On an exception basis, and with the permission of the Convener, students can
complete the diploma over two years.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG030BUS03]
FTX1005F and BUS2011F must be completed by students who have not previously completed these
courses or their equivalents, nor passed the entrance exam in these courses. These courses are non-
credit bearing for the purposes of the diploma

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


BUS4049W Organisational Project ................................................................... 36 8
BUS4092H Business Research and Communication* ...................................... 18 8

First semester:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4091F Organisation and Management ...................................................... 18 8
BUS4103F Effective People Practices ............................................................. 18 8
BUS4078F Entrepreneurial Strategies .............................................................. 18 8
BUS4090F Creativity in Business .................................................................... 18 8

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


BUS4075S Management Theory in Practice .................................................... 18 8
Plus two electives from the list of courses made available to students at
registration, or as approved by the postgraduate convener .... 36
Total credits ................................................................................. 180

*BUS4092H runs over the year


Attendance requirements and academic performance levels shall be set out in a course manual to be
distributed by the department(s) concerned at the beginning of the academic year. The department
concerned reserves the right to withhold a DP certificate from any student who fails to comply with
these requirements.

All students are to complete all courses on the diploma.


Any deviation from the standard curriculum has to be approved by the Convener.

Assessment:
Each course individually assessed by coursework and final examination.
Students are required to pass every course with a minimum of 50% in order to qualify.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 25

Readmission rules:
A student may not fail more than four semester courses.
A student may not fail a course required for the diploma more than once.
A student who fails a diploma course once may attempt that course once more. Supplementary
examinations are offered in each course to students who achieve between 40 and 49% for their final
course mark.
A student must have completed two courses by the end of the first year of registration and a total of
five courses by the end of the second year.
Resubmission of failed assignments is at the discretion of the individual course convener.

Distinction rules:
A distinction may be awarded to a student who receives a weighted average of 75% or more across
all courses. In the calculation of the average mark, the Genesis Project is weighted as two semester
courses but they vary, depending on the number of credits or specific weightings.

Applications for the Diploma must be received by the University not later than the 31 October in the
year preceding the year of intended registration.

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Marketing


[CG015BUS07]
Convener: J Chigada
Departmental postgraduate convener: A Meadows

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree or equivalent in any area. Candidates who have not completed the courses
FTX1005F (Introduction to Managerial Finance) and BUS2011F (Introduction to Marketing), or
equivalents, prior to registration, will be required to complete these courses concurrently with the 1st
semester courses. All applicants are also required to submit their CV detailing previous work
experience and/or any extra-curricular involvement. This can be pasted on to the online admissions
form if the applicant is applying online to UCT. Applicants with undergraduate degrees from
universities other than UCT are also required to submit their full academic transcripts to date.
A student wishing to apply for the diploma with qualifications other than an undergraduate degree
will need to satisfy the Senate that his/her qualification and/or experience are an adequate
preparation for the work prescribed in the course.

Programme outline:
This diploma programme aims to provide specialised academic and professional knowledge to
candidates in the field of marketing management. Inter alia, candidates will be exposed to in-depth
courses in the areas of consumer behaviour, digital marketing, advertising and communications,
retail management, services marketing, strategic management and international marketing.
Contemporary issues are explored within these courses and candidates are encouraged to develop
practical solutions in both a local and international context. The courses are applied in nature and
geared towards equipping candidates with the knowledge and skills to succeed in an increasingly
competitive workplace.

Duration:
One year full-time. On an exception basis, and with the permission of the convener, students can
complete the diploma over two years.
26 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG015BUS07]
FTX1005F and BUS2011F must be completed by students who have not previously completed these
courses or their equivalents, nor passed the entrance exam in these courses. These courses are non-
credit bearing for the purposes of the diploma.

First semester:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4091F Organisation and Management ...................................................... 18 8
BUS4092H Business Research and Communication* ...................................... 18 8
BUS4103F Effective People Practices ............................................................. 18 8

Second Semester:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4074S E-Marketing ................................................................................... 18 8
BUS4018S Retail Management and Services Marketing ................................. 18 8
BUS4017S Consumer Behaviour ..................................................................... 18 8
BUS4016S Integrated Marketing Communication ........................................... 18 8
BUS4019S Strategic and International Marketing ........................................... 18 8
Plus two electives from the list of courses made available to students at
registration, or as approved by the postgraduate convener .... 36
Total credits ................................................................................. 180

* BUS4092H runs over the year


All students are to complete all courses on the diploma.
Any deviation from the standard curriculum has to be approved by the Convener.

Readmission rules:
A student may not fail more than four semester courses.
A student may not fail a course required for the diploma more than once.
A student who fails a diploma course once may attempt that course once more. Supplementary
examinations are offered in each course to students who achieve between 40 and 49% for their final
course mark.
A student must have completed two courses by the end of the first year of registration and a total of
five courses by the end of the second year.
Resubmission of failed assignments is at the discretion of the individual course convener.

Distinction rules:
A distinction may be awarded to a student who receives a weighted average of 75% or more across
all courses.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


Applications for the Diploma must be received by the University not later than the 31 October in the
year preceding the year of intended registration.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 27

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Marketing


[CG032BUS07]
(Not offered in 2018) (Distance)
Convener: A Meadows

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree or equivalent in any area. Candidates who have not completed the courses
FTX1005F (Introduction to Managerial Finance) and BUS2011Q (Introduction to Marketing), or
equivalents, prior to registration, will be required to complete these courses concurrently with the 1st
year curriculum. All applicants are also required to submit their CV detailing previous work
experience and/or any extra-curricular involvement. This can be pasted on to the online admissions
form if the applicant is applying online to UCT. Applicants with undergraduate degrees from
universities other than UCT are also required to submit their full academic transcripts to date.
A student wishing to apply for the diploma with qualifications other than an undergraduate degree
will need to satisfy the Senate that his/her qualification and/or experience are an adequate
preparation for the work prescribed in the course. Students who are applying on the basis of work
experience (Recognition of Prior Learning [RPL]) will also need to complete a separate RPL
process; suitable candidates applying on the basis of RPL will be informed of the additional
application requirements on receipt of their application.

Programme outline:
This diploma programme aims to provide specialised academic and professional knowledge to
candidates in the field of marketing management. Inter alia, candidates will be exposed to in-depth
courses in the areas of consumer behaviour, digital marketing, advertising and communications,
retail management, services marketing, strategic management and international marketing.
Contemporary issues are explored within these courses and candidates are encouraged to develop
practical solutions in both a local and international context. The courses are applied in nature and
geared towards equipping candidates with the knowledge and skills to succeed in an increasingly
competitive workplace.

Duration:
The diploma is offered over two years part-time as a distance learning qualification, with a contact
week at UCT at the beginning of each academic year.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG032BUS07]
Prescribed curriculum/programme structure:
#** Note: FTX1005R and BUS2011Q must be completed by students who have not previously
completed these courses or their equivalents. These courses are non-credit bearing for the purposes
of the diploma.

First year – First semester


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS2011Q#** Introduction to Marketing (see above) ............................................ 0 6
BUS4091Q Organisation and Management ...................................................... 18 8
BUS4103Q Effective People Practices ............................................................. 18 8
28 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

First year – Second Semester


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX1005R#** Introduction to Managerial Finance ................................................ 0 5
BUS4092T Business Research and Communication*...................................... 18 8
BUS4074R E-Marketing .................................................................................. 18 8
BUS4017R Consumer Behaviour ..................................................................... 18 8

Second Year – First Semester


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4092T Business Research and Communiction* ....................................... 18 8
BUS4018Q Retail Management and Services Marketing................................. 18 8
BUS4016Q Integrated Marketing Communication .......................................... 18 8
FTX1005R#** Introduction to Managerial Finance ................................................ 0 5

Second Year – Second Semester


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4092T Business Research and Communication* ...................................... 18 8
BUS4019R Strategic and International Marketing ........................................... 18 8
Plus TWO electives .........................................................................

Elective courses offered (subject to demand):


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS3038R Introduction to Project Management ............................................. 18 7
INF4000R Managerial Information Systems ................................................... 18 8
BUS4094R Events Management ...................................................................... 18 8

* BUS4092T runs over three semesters beginning in the 2nd semester of the first year
#** FTX1005R runs over two semesters beginning in the 2nd semester of the first year

All students are to complete all courses on the diploma.


With permission from the Postgraduate Convener, students registered for other residential
qualifications in the Faculty of Commerce at UCT may register for certain individual courses
offered in distance format.

Assessment rules:
At least 50% of the final mark for each course must be made up of individual work that has been
proctored.
Each student in each course requires a sub-minimum of 50% in the individual proctored work to
pass that course. This means that where a student does not achieve 50% for the individual proctored
work, the final mark will consist only of that proctored individual assessment (i.e. The mark for any
other non-proctored coursework will not count towards the final mark in that course).

Readmission rules:
A student may not fail more than four semester courses.
A student may not fail a course required for the diploma more than once.
A student who fails a diploma course once may attempt that course only once more. No student may
attempt a course more than twice.
Supplementary examinations are offered in each course to students who achieve between 40 and
49% for their final course mark.
Resubmission of failed assignments is at the discretion of the individual course convener.

Distinction rules:
A distinction may be awarded to a student who receives a weighted average of 75% or more across
all courses.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 29

Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport Management


[CG028BUS12]
Convener: D Maralack

Departmental postgraduate convener: A Meadows

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree or equivalent in any area. Candidates who have not completed the courses
FTX1005F (Introduction to Managerial Finance) and BUS2011F (Introduction to Marketing), or
equivalents, prior to registration, will be required to complete these courses concurrently with the 1st
semester courses.
All applicants are also required to submit their CV detailing previous work experience and/or any
extra-curricular involvement. This can be pasted on to the online admissions form if the applicant is
applying online to UCT. Applicants with undergraduate degrees from universities other than UCT
are also required to submit their full academic transcripts to date.
A student wishing to apply for the diploma with qualifications other than an undergraduate degree
will need to satisfy the Senate that his/her qualification and/or experience are an adequate
preparation for the work prescribed in the course.

Programme outline:
The objective of this diploma programme is to provide graduates interested in a career in Sport
Management and Administration with a combination of both general and sport management skills
and a well-rounded knowledge of the opportunities and challenges facing the industry in South
Africa. The diploma places particular emphasis on the application of management theory to the
business and administration of sport, both in the academic coursework and in practical exposure to
the sports industry.

Duration:
One year full-time. In exceptional cases, and with the permission of the Convener, students may
complete the diploma over two years.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG028BUS12]
Prescribed curriculum/programme structure:
FTX1005F and BUS2011F must be completed by students who have not previously completed these
courses or their equivalents, nor passed the entrance exam in these courses. These courses are non-
credit bearing for the purposes of the diploma.

First semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4091F Organisational and Management ................................................... 18 8
BUS4092H Business Research and Communication* ...................................... 18 8
BUS4035F Introduction to Sport Management................................................ 18 8
BUS4103F Effective People Practices ............................................................. 18 8

*BUS4092H runs over the year


30 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Second Semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4094S Events Management ...................................................................... 18 8
BUS4039S Sport Management in Practice ....................................................... 18 8
BUS4041S Sport Administration and Business ............................................... 18 8
BUS4040S The Science of Sport...................................................................... 18 8
Plus two electives from the list of courses made available to students at
registration, or as approved by the postgraduate convener . 36
Total credits for the year........................................................... 180

All students are to complete all courses on the diploma.


Any deviation from the standard curriculum has to be approved by the convener.

Assessment:
Each course is individually assessed by coursework and final examination.
Students are required to pass every course with a minimum of 50% in order to qualify.

Readmission rules:
A student may not fail more than four semester courses.
A student may not fail a course required for the diploma more than once.
A student who fails a diploma course once may attempt that course once more. Supplementary
examinations are offered in each course to students who achieve between 40 and 49% for their final
course mark.
A student must have completed two courses by the end of the first year of registration and a total of
five courses by the end of the second year.
Resubmission of failed assignments is at the discretion of the individual course convener.

Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting [CG034ACC11]


Convener: I Lubbe

Duration:
The programme duration is 1 year.

Entrance requirements:
B Com (General Accounting) degree, or similar (NQF level 7) undergraduate degree in Accounting.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CG034ACC11]
Prescribed curriculum/programme structure:
This programme consists of four courses, each consisting of a number of modules. A pass in all four
courses are required in order to be awarded the PG Dip in Public Sector Accounting qualification.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC4037W Public Sector Financial Reporting ................................................. 36 8
ACC4038Z Public Sector Structures and Functions ......................................... 24 8
ACC4039H Public Sector Audit & Governance ............................................... 24 8
ACC4036W Public Financial Management ....................................................... 36 8
Total credits for the year .............................................................. 120

All four courses are compulsory (i.e. there are no electives)


RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 31

Assessment:
For each of the four individual courses: formative assignments (including regular submission of
assignments and essays), one test per semester and final exams.
Per each individual course: students are required to achieve a year mark of 40% for each course in
order to qualify to write the final examination in that course.
The results of the assignments held during the year will constitute the year mark for the course 40%
of the final mark.
A final examination (including an integrated assignment) 60% of the final mark.

Readmission rules:
A student who fails to complete the requirements for the diploma at the end of his/her first year of
study will be allowed to re-register in the second year for each of the courses that the student failed
in the prior academic year. No student will be readmitted to the programme if he/she has failed any
course in the programme twice.

Distinction rules:
The diploma may be awarded with distinction if a student has obtained an average of at least 75%
with a subminimum of 70% in each course.

Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice (Customised /


Open Programme) [CG025GSB14/CG025GSB39]
Convener: E Shelley
Departmental postgraduate convener: K West/S Nair

Entrance requirements:
 Applicants must be at least 25 years old and have at least three years’ relevant work
experience.
 All applicants are required to submit a curriculum vitae, two referee reports and three essays.
 Applicants must have an NQF Level 7 qualification.
 A Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) opportunity exists if the applicant does not have an
NQF Level 7 degree, and the applicant may be admitted if he/she:
o Has at least five years of proven junior or middle-management experience
supported by a documented management track record including a curriculum vitae,
referee reports and personal motivations;
o Competencies at a graduate level demonstrated by a portfolio of evidence (POL)
that will be assessed by an RPL assessor.

Qualification outline:
The PGDip in Management Practice is a management development programme at a postgraduate,
post work experience, pre-masters level. The qualification is registered at the National
Qualifications Framework (NQF) at Level 8.
The qualification provides the necessary theoretical foundations and learning processes that will
enable managers to construct a framework of relevant and intellectual concepts for understanding
and managing organisational viability and sustainable growth. Students will develop appropriate
management practices through action learning and research processes grounded in their particular
work context. These processes are designed to simultaneously develop the required management
competencies and contribute to organisational performance.
The qualification has a strategic focus on management practice and is aligned with the vision and
mission of the Graduate School of Business. Key themes are values-based leadership, an emerging
market focus, and developing options and then making credible decisions about which option to
action. The objectives are to enable junior to middle managers to:
32 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

 Develop an understanding of the meaning of organisational viability and sustainable growth


within the context of an emerging market and an increasingly complex business environment;
 Exhibit personal leadership competencies, which reflect values-based solutions that address the
contexts in which they operate.
 Apply the necessary managerial knowledge and understanding of tools, in order to be efficient
and effective managers.
 Develop their ability to manage future learning and self-development and, in the process,
develop a range of the above managerial competencies.
 Show the pedagogical skills of critical thinking, problem solving, collection and analysis of
data and effective written communication in an action learning assignment completed back in
the workplace.

Duration:
12-18 months part-time modular.

Prescribed coursework structure for the Customised Programme


[CG025GSB14/CG025GSB39]
Programme Convener:
B Shrand

Prescribed coursework structure for the customised programme:


Students registered on the customised programme are required to obtain a total of 120 credits from
four courses: GSB4102W Foundations of Systemic Management Practice as a compulsory course in
Module 1, one elective course in Module 2, one elective course in Module 3 and GSB4107Z
Technical Report as a compulsory course in Module 4.
Only students who are completing this programme as part of a Barclays Compliance Academy
cohort may take electives GSB4459X/Z and GSB4463X/Z

Compulsory course (Module 1):


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4102W Foundations of Systemic Management Practice ............................ 30 8

Two of the following courses (Modules 2 and 3):


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4195F/S Professional Sales Management Practice ...................................... 30 8
GSB4196F/S Professional Sales Organisation ................................................... 30 8
GSB4103W Managing Value Streams .............................................................. 30 8
GSB4110Z Employee/Employer Relationships and Organisation ................... 30 8
GSB4169W Building Business Acumen ........................................................... 30 8
GSB4459X/Z Introduction to Compliance Management ..................................... 30 8
GSB4463X/Z Applied Compliance Management Practice .................................. 30 8

Compulsory course (Module 4)


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4107Z Action Learning Research Project ................................................. 30 8

Assessment on customised programme structure:


The assessment of the qualification is based on the following projects in each of the courses
undertaken:

1. Position Paper (55% of course mark): develops a conceptual framework and identifies
opportunities for improvement by implementing two small improvement initiatives.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 33

2. Reflective Practice Paper (30% of course mark): formal documentation and reflection of
student’s own management practice.
3. Group Work (15% of course mark).

Prescribed coursework structure for the Open Academic Programme


[CG025GSB14/39]
Programme Convener:
E Shelley

Prescribed coursework structure for open academic programme:


Students on the open academic programme are required to obtain a total of 120 credits from four
compulsory courses plus one specialisation course. The specialisation course takes place after
Business Acumen.

Compulsory Courses:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4604F/S Values Based Leadership and Sustainability .................................25 8
GSB4605F/S Business Acumen I ........................................................................25 8
GSB4601F/S Emerging Markets in Context ........................................................25 8
GSB4606F/S Action Learning Report .................................................................20 8

Specialisation Streams:
Business Administration
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4603F/S Business Acumen II .......................................................................25 8

DP requirements:
A student must attend contact lectures and group sessions during the lecture periods.
A student must present all assignments for marking according to published deadline dates. A student
must pass all courses with 50% to qualify and graduate with the qualification.
A student may be asked to revise and resubmit should he/she fail a major assignment with at least
40% or above and have passed the course with a minimum average of at least 50%. A student may
not be re-examined in more than two courses across the qualification.
The student may only repeat a course once.
A student may only be re-examined once per course.

Readmission rules:
A student who does not qualify for a DP for any of the courses for above reasons will be deemed
DPR (Duly Performed certificate Refused) for that course. This is deemed a course fail – the student
has failed to meet the course readmission requirements.

Distinction rules:
Students with a weighted average of at least 75% for all courses of the programme and at least a
65% average per individual course will be awarded the diploma with distinction.
34 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting [CG010ACC01]


Convener: R Carpenter

Duration:
The diploma involves one year of full-time study. Students who do not perform adequately by the
end of the July examinations will be required to change their registration to the extended PGDA
programme and deregister from Financial Reporting IV, ACC4023, and Corporate Governance III,
ACC4025. The PGDA covers the material needed by candidates wishing to present themselves for
the Initial Test of Competence (ITC) of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants
(SAICA). Candidates who complete the diploma may present themselves for the Initial Test of
Competence.

Further programme specific notes:


Qualification as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) requires a pass in the Initial Test of
Competence and the Assessment of Professional Competence and the completion of a registered
traineeship contract. This training period is five years but exemptions or remissions (usually two
years) may be granted to graduates. Enquiries about training contracts and entry to the ITC should
be addressed to: The Secretary, South African Institute of Chartered Accountants, P O Box 59875,
Kengray, 2100.
Applicants for the PGDA must apply using the prescribed forms. The closing date for students
currently registered at UCT is 31 October. All other applications must also be received by 31
October. Late applications may be considered.

Entrance requirements:
1. A graduate of this University who has completed the prescribed courses for the BCom
degree (Financial Accounting CA option) or the BBusSc degree (Finance with
Accounting option) in the minimum time to graduation.
2. A graduate of this University from the BCom degree (Financial Accounting CA option)
or the BBusSc degree (Finance with Accounting option) who has completed ACC3009
Financial Reporting III, ACC3022 Corporate Governance II, ACC3004 Taxation II and
either FTX4057 Applied Investments or ACC3023 Management Accounting II over a
period of two years and has obtained an average mark of 53% for the following courses:
ACC3009 Financial Reporting III, ACC3022 Corporate Governance II, ACC3004
Taxation II and ACC3023 Management Accounting II, all in the preceding year or the
year prior to the preceding year.
3. An applicant who has satisfied the Senate by means of such test as may be prescribed by
the Senate that he/she has attained a level of competence adequate for the purposes of
study for this diploma.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


FGDA2. A candidate for the diploma shall attend and complete during one year of full-time
1 study the following courses:

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[FGDA2.1]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC4023W Financial Reporting IV .................................................................. 36 8
ACC4025H Corporate Governance III .............................................................. 24 8
ACC4020W Managerial Accounting and Finance II ......................................... 36 8
ACC4002H Taxation III .................................................................................... 24 8
Total credits per year ................................................................... 120
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 35

Students who have not completed an appropriate Ethics Course will be required to register for and
pass PHI2043F in order to be awarded the diploma.

Assessment
FGDA2. To qualify for the award of the Diploma a candidate must complete all the ACC
2 courses specified in FGDA2.1 in the same academic year.

Supplementary examinations
FGDA3 A candidate who fails not more than one of the four ACC courses of the diploma
may be permitted by the Senate to write a supplementary examination in that
course.

Readmission
FGDA4 A candidate who fails to complete the requirements for the diploma at the end of
his/her first year of study will be required to re-register in the second year for all the
ACC courses of the Diploma. No students will be readmitted to the programme if
they have failed any course in the programme twice.

Adequate performance
FGDA5 For the purposes of determining the "adequate performance" which is necessary
to continue with the programme registration, the following must be satisfied after
completion of the mid-year tests:
An aggregate of 40% of the year mark for all ACC courses for which the student
is registered;
A 75% attendance at tutorials together with adequate preparation for and
participation in the tutorial.

Duly performed requirement


FGDA6 Any student who is registered for the second time for the one-year PGDA
programme, must satisfy the following criteria in order to remain registered after
the completion of the mid-year tests:
An aggregate of 40% of the year mark for all ACC courses for which the student is
registered;
75% attendance at tutorials together with adequate preparation; and participation for
the tutorial.

Attendance registers will be strictly maintained. Except for extraordinary circumstances no medical
certificates will be entertained for missing tutorials but medical certificates will be required for
exemptions from tests and examinations.

Distinction
FGDA7 The diploma may be awarded:
1. with distinction; or
2. with distinction in one or more of Financial Reporting, Corporate
Governance III, Managerial Accounting and Finance, Taxation; or
3. with distinction in the diploma and with distinction in one or more of the
subjects listed in paragraph 2
Diploma with distinction
a. a minimum of 75% must be attained for Financial Reporting IV
b. a simple average of 70% for Financial Reporting IV, Corporate
Governance, Taxation III and Managerial Accounting and
Finance II
36 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Subject distinctions
Financial Reporting IV 80%
Corporate Governance III 80%
Managerial Accounting & Finance II 80%
Taxation III 80%

In applying the distinction rules, only passes at the first attempt are taken into account.

Postgraduate Diploma in Survey Data Analysis for Development


[CG038ECO15]
Convener: A Kerr

Entrance Requirements
A bachelor’s degree in statistics, economics or demography or
An alternative tertiary qualification plus appropriate work experience, such as the use of economic
software and data analysis, subject to the University’s RPL criteria and anentrance exam.
Recommendation of acceptance is at the discretion of the Graduate Committee.

Programme Structure
The Post-Graduate Diploma in Survey Data Analysis for Development programme comprises two
compulsory courses in the first semester, four compulsory courses in the second semester and a
compulsory research report. The degree runs over 12 months if undertaken full-time and 24 months
if undertaken part-time. The programme comprises of 120 credits.

Curriculum
[CG038ECO015]
Compulsory courses:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO4116F Cross sectional econometric methods ............................................ 16 8
ECO4117F Panel data methods ........................................................................ 16 8
ECO4115S Consumption and microeconomic theory ...................................... 16 8
ECO4119F The Analysis of Complex Surveys ................................................ 14 8
ECO4121S Welfare Measurement.................................................................... 14 8
ECO4118S Applied Labour Economics ........................................................... 14 8

Research component:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO4120S Research Project ........................................................................... 30 8
Total credits ................................................................................. 120

Assessment:
To qualify for the PGDip, students must pass all courses including the research report to a value of
120 HEQF credits.
The research component is examined by way of a research report (30 HEQF credits) which will be
due early January in the year following the coursework.

Readmission rules:
Students who fail may repeat a maximum of two courses of the coursework component once
provided that they have submitted the required research report within the timeframe for submission.
A compulsory course may be repeated once.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 37

There will be no supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The Postgraduate Diploma may be awarded with distinction if students has an overall average of at
least 75% with a subminimum of 70% for the coursework and for the research dissertation

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, all students must also submit a CV, letter
of motivation and the names and contact details of two referees before 31 October. The programme
begins in January.

Postgraduate Diploma in Development Policy & Practice


[CG043DPP01]
Convener: B Levy

Entrance Requirements
The minimum admission requirements is an approved NQF 7 qualification; fluency in English, both
written and spoken (requirements outlined in the UCT Directions for Applicants); basic computer
literacy and relevant work experience. The academic components of these admission requirements
are aligned with the university’s admission policy

Programme Structure
The Postgraduate diploma is offered on a part-time basis over an 18 month period. Each semester
will commence with a two-week intensive period in residence in Cape Town, followed by
interactive distance learning, organized around practical problems from participants’ workplaces.

Programme Outline
Graduates of the Postgraduate Diploma in Development Policy and Practice will have an enhanced
professional capability, underpinned by an integrated, well-rounded understanding of the challenges
of development policy and practice, and of the role of research in informing policy design and
implementation. Graduates will be able to:
 Take an holistic view of complex development challenges, especially in the African
context, based on specialist knowledge which enables them to address these complex
challenges both systematically and creatively;
 Use relevant methods, techniques, processes and technologies which facilitate the
making of sound judgements in specialised contexts;
 Compare and critically evaluate global and African continental knowledge and
experience, in order to identify appropriate methodologies for enquiry and action that are
sensitive to issues of social justice;
 Recognise the difficult ‘balancing acts’ associated with development policy formulation
and implementation (e.g. difficult technical and ethical choices, and balancing the needs
and demands of competing stakeholders in particular contexts) and address these in
policy formulation and implementation;
 Demonstrate a capability for designing, implementing and managing policy processes for
different social contexts, with a strong focus on communication with a range of
audiences and the engagement of relevant stakeholders.
38 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

Programme Description
[CG043DPP01]
Prescribed curriculum:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GPP4006F The Practice of Strategic policy-making for development ............ 25 8
GPP4008F Introduction to African economic development ............................ 10 8
GPP4001W Public Leadership I ........................................................................ 20 8
GPP4004S The Practice of policy implementation .......................................... 25 8
GPP4000W Research and Policy Numeracy ..................................................... 10 8
GPP4002F Public Leadership II....................................................................... 10 8
GPP4003W Topics in Development Policy....................................................... 20 8
Total credits ................................................................................. 120

Assessment:
Assessments will include written assignments. For some courses, there will also be a written
examination. Assessment will include application of analytical policy skills to workplace challenges

Readmission rules:
Students who fail may repeat a maximum of two courses once, provided that they scored at least
40% on the first attempt.

Distinction rules:
The Diploma will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains a mark of 75% or more for
the coursework

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, the applicant must submit a CV, referee
details and motivation with a covering letter. Applications should be submitted by 30 September.
Late applications will be accepted only in exceptional circumstances. The programme begins in
January each year.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 39

RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES


Honours Degrees
FH1 Degrees offered:

Programme Qualification Academic


Specialisation
Code Description Plan Code
CH001 Bachelor of ACC01 Accounting
Commerce
Honours
CH001 Bachelor of BUS01 Actuarial Science
Commerce
Honours BUS09 Quantitative
Finance
CH001 Bachelor of ECO01 Economics
Commerce
Honours
CH001 Bachelor of FTX05 Finance
Commerce
Honours
CH022 Bachelor of ECO09 Financial Analysis
Commerce and Portfolio
Honours Management
(January intake)
CH023 Bachelor of ECO09 Financial analysis
Commerce and Portfolio
Honours Management
(June intake)
CH001/ Bachelor of INF01 Information
CH022 Commerce Management
Honours Systems
CH001 Bachelor of STA07 Statistics
Commerce
Honours
CH001 Bachelor of BUS08 Organisational
Commerce Psychology
Honours
CH001 Bachelor of FTX11 Taxation (Tax
Commerce Technical &
Honours Compliance)
CH001 Bachelor of FTX12 Taxation (Tax
Commerce Opinion &
Honours Consulting)
40 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Entrance requirements
FH2 Any one of the following may be admitted by the Senate as a candidate for the
degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Honours):
2.1 A graduate of the University or a graduate of any other university
recognised by the Senate for such purpose.
2.2 A person who has passed the final professional chartered accountancy
examination of the Independent Regulatory Board of Auditors of South
Africa or an examination which in the opinion of IRBA and of the
Senate is of an equivalent standard.
2.3 A person who has by means of such test as may be prescribed by the
Senate, satisfied the Senate that:
2.3.1 he/she has attained a level of competence which in the
Senate's opinion is adequate for the purposes of the
programme; or
2.3.2 his/her qualifications are of a standard equivalent to any of
those enumerated in 2.1 and 2.2 above.
2.4 Applicants whose first language is not English will be required to sit the
TOEFL language test to verify fluency in English. Please refer to UCT
Language policy

Duration
FH3 The Honours course shall comprise not less than one year of full-time study or not
less than three semesters of part-time study.

Examination
FH4.1 The Honours examination shall consist of a formal written examination or
examinations. In addition, a technical report or research project will be required.
Research that involves human participants or the use of animals must undergo
ethics review according to Faculty specific guidelines. Candidates must ensure
compliance with the Faculty Ethics in Research policy prior to engaging in any
research.

FH4.2 The Senate may also require any candidate to present himself/herself for oral
examination.

FH4.3 A candidate who has not been successful in terms of the requirements for the
Honours programme in a particular field shall not be permitted to present
himself/herself for a second time as a candidate for the same qualification.

Assessment
FH5 A candidate is required to pass each required component of the Honours
qualification.
5.1 The names of the successful candidates in the Honours examination
shall be published in three classes.
5.2 Unless otherwise specified, the research component of the Honours
programme should be no longer than 15,000 words in length.
5.3 Unless otherwise specified, any research component of the full-time
Honours qualification shall be submitted for examination by no later
than 15 November of the candidate’s first year of study.
5.4 A candidate shall comply with such other requirements for specific
qualifications as the Senate may prescribe.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 41

Re-examination
FH6 A candidate who fails an Honours course will not be permitted to repeat the course
but may replace it with another course, provided it is not a compulsory course for
the qualification. Senate permission is required to substitute a compulsory course.

Concessions
FH7 Any exemption from or modification of the above rules is subject to approval by
the Senate.

Distinction
FH8 Distinctions may be awarded in ‘the First Class’. See distinction rule for the
specific qualification.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in ACCOUNTING [CH001ACC01]
Convener: R Carpenter

Duration:
This programme is offered on a full-time basis and in conjunction with the Postgraduate Diploma in
Accounting (PGDA), which it is designed to supplement and enrich. The broad aim of the
programme is the fostering in participants of conceptual knowledge and critical thought leading to
the development of problem solving ability in the broader areas of financial reporting and related
subjects in the PGDA.
Students who do not perform adequately by the end of the July examinations will be required to
change their registration to the extended PGDA programme and deregister from Financial Reporting
IV, ACC4023, Corporate Governance III, ACC4025, and ACC4050, Specialised Topics in
Accounting and Research Report. This qualification covers the material needed by candidates
wishing to present themselves for the Initial Test of Competence (ITC) of the South African Institute
of Chartered Accountants (SAICA). Candidates who complete the degree may present themselves
for the Initial Test of Competence.

Further programme specific notes:


Qualification as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) requires a pass in the Initial Test of
Competence and the Assessment of Professional Competence and the completion of a registered
traineeship contract. This training period is five years but exemptions or remissions (usually two
years) may be granted to graduates. Enquiries about training contracts and entry to the ITC should
be addressed to: The Secretary, South African Institute of Chartered Accountants, P O Box 59875,
Kengray, 2100.
Applicants for the BCom (Honours) in Accounting must apply using the prescribed forms. The
closing date for students currently registered at UCT is 31 October. All other applications must also
be received by 31 October. Late applications may be considered.
42 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Entrance requirements:
1. A graduate of this University who has completed the prescribed courses for the BCom
degree (Financial Accounting CA option) or the BBusSc degree (Finance with
Accounting option) and who has obtained:
an average mark of 65% for the following courses: ACC3009 Financial Reporting III,
ACC3022 Corporate Governance II, ACC3004 Taxation II and ACC3023 Management
Accounting II, all in the preceding year or the year prior to the preceding year.
2. An applicant who has satisfied the Senate by means of such test as may be prescribed by
the Senate that he/she has attained a level of competence adequate for the purposes of
study for this diploma.

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


FGDA2. The programme comprises both course work and a research report of publishable
1 quality.
The following courses are compulsory:

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CH001ACC01]
Prescribed curriculum/programme structure
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC4023W Financial Reporting IV .................................................................. 36 8
ACC4025H Corporate Governance III .............................................................. 24 8
ACC4020W Managerial Accounting and Finance II ......................................... 36 8
ACC4002H Taxation III .................................................................................... 24 8
ACC4050W Specialised Topics in Accounting and Research Report ............... 30 8

Note: Students who have not completed an appropriate Ethics course will be required to register for
and pass PHI2043 in order to be awarded the degree.

Assessment
FGDA2. To qualify for the award of the degree a candidate must complete all the ACC
2 courses specified in FGDA2.1 in the same academic year. This includes the
submission of a research report as part of ACC4050W Specialised Topics in
Accounting and Research Report

Supplementary examinations
FGDA3 A candidate who fails not more than one of the four ACC courses (the courses
specified in FGDA2.1 but excluding ACC4050W Specialised Topics in Accounting
and Research Report) of the degree may be permitted by the Senate to write a
supplementary examination in that course.

Readmission
FGDA4 A candidate who fails to complete the requirements for the degree at the end of
his/her first year of study will be required to re-register in the second year for all the
ACC courses of the degree. No students will be readmitted to the programme if
they have failed any course in the programme twice.

Adequate performance
FGDA5 For the purposes of determining the "adequate performance" which is necessary to
continue with the programme registration, the following must be satisfied after
completion of the mid-year tests:
An aggregate of 40% of the year mark for all ACC courses (excluding ACC4050W
Specialised Topics in Accounting and Research Report) for which the student is
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 43

registered;
A 75% attendance at tutorials together with adequate preparation for and
participation in the tutorial.

Duly performed requirement


FGDA6 Any student who is registered for the second time for the one-year BCom
(Honours) in Accounting programme, must satisfy the following criteria in order to
remain registered after the completion of the mid-year tests:
An aggregate of 40% of the year mark for all ACC courses (excluding ACC4050W
Specialised Topics in Accounting and Research Report) for which the student is
registered;
A 75% attendance at tutorials together with adequate preparation; and participation
for the tutorial.

Attendance registers will be strictly maintained. Except for extraordinary circumstances no medical
certificates will be entertained for missing tutorials but medical certificates will be required for
exemptions from tests and examinations.

Distinction
FGDA7 The Honours degree may be awarded in “the First Class” if the student has an
overall average of at least 75% at the first attempt with a subminimum of 70% for
the coursework and for the technical report

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in ACTUARIAL SCIENCE [CH001BUS01]
Convener: P Botha

Entrance requirements:
An undergraduate degree such as the BCom (Actuarial Science) or the Advanced Diploma in
Actuarial Science (Actuarial Conversion Course) from UCT or, with the permission of the
programme convener, an equivalent degree from another recognised university. Candidates are
required to have have passed or to be exempted from the subjects corresponding to the A101- 103
and A201-204 subjects of the Actuarial Society of South Africa or subjects CT1 to CT7 of the
Institute and Faculty of Actuaries in the UK. Candidates may still be considered if they are missing
one of these subjects, but priority will be given to those candidates who have all seven.

Programme outline:
The UCT honours qualification in Actuarial Science is an intensive programme which is aimed at
graduates who have completed either the BCom (Actuarial Science) or the Advanced Diploma in
Actuarial Science (Actuarial Conversion Course) at UCT or an equivalent degree from another
recognised university. Successful completion of this programme could lead to exemptions from
some of the examination which a candidate must pass in order to be admitted as a Fellow of either
the Actuarial Society of South Africa or the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries in the UK
(corresponding to the subjects A205, A301 and A302 in South Africa or subjects CT8 and CA1 in
the UK). The programme consists of coursework and an actuarial research project.

Duration:
One year of full-time study or two years of part-time study
44 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Prescribed curriculum/programme structure


[CH001BUS01]
Coursework – Compulsory
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4027W Actuarial Science III: Actuarial Risk Management ....................... 54 8
BUS4028F Actuarial Science III: Financial Economics .................................. 18 8
BUS4034S Professional Communication (Actuarial Science) ......................... 27 8

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4129H Actuarial Research Project ............................................................ 36 8

Assessment:
Students must pass every compulsory course with at least 50%, as well as passing the research
project with a mark of at least 50%, to be awarded the degree.
Generally, tests, tutorials and assignments during the year will be weighted 40%- 50% of the final
year mark (as per the departmental entry).

Readmission rules:
At least two courses (minimum 45 credits) should be passed in the first year. Any compulsory
coursework component may only be repeated once.
No supplementary examinations are awarded.

Distinction rules:
Students with a weighted average for the coursework and research project in excess of 75%,
including at least 75% for the research project, will be awarded the degree with distinction.

Further programme specific notes:

Prior to registration, students would be expected to acquire or have the normal prerequisites (or
equivalent thereof) for each of the above courses in the curriculum (prerequisites as set out in the
Commerce Faculty Handbook).

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in QUANTITATIVE FINANCE[CH001BUS09]
Convener: P Botha

Entrance requirements:
Candidates are required to have completed the BCom(Actuarial Science) specialising in Quantitative
Finance degree at UCT and achieve a minimum mark of 60% for both FTX3044F and FTX3045S.

Programme outline:
The UCT honours qualification specialising in Quantitative Finance is an intensive one-year
programme which is aimed at UCT graduates who have completed the BCom (Actuarial Science)
specialising in Quantitative Finance degree. The programme consists of coursework and
Quantitative Finance research project.

Duration:
One year of full-time study.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 45

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001BUS09]
Coursework – Compulsory
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4028F Actuarial Science III: Financial Economics .................................. 18 8
FTX4086F Alternative Investments ................................................................. 18 8
BUS4087S Quantitative Finance: Selected Topics .......................................... 18 8
BUS4088S Actuarial Science III: Assets ......................................................... 27 8

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4153H Quantitative Finance Project ......................................................... 36 8

Assessment:
Students must pass every compulsory course with at least 50%, as well as passing the research
project with a mark of at least 50%, to be awarded the degree.
Generally, tests, tutorials and assignments during the year will be weighted 40%- 50% of the final
year mark (as per the departmental entry).

Readmission rules:
At least two courses should be passed in the first year. Any compulsory coursework component may
only be repeated once.
No supplementary examinations are awarded for Actuarial Science subjects.

Distinction rules:
Students with a weighted average for the coursework and research project in excess of 75%,
including at least 75% for the research project, will be awarded the degree with distinction.

Further programme specific notes:


Prior to registration, students would be expected to acquire or have the normal prerequisites (or
equivalent thereof) for each of the above courses in the curriculum (prerequisites as set out in the
Commerce Faculty Handbook).

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in ECONOMICS [CH001ECO01]
Convener: K Eyal

Entrance requirements:
A bachelor’s degree or equivalent qualification with a major in Economics.
An average of at least 65% in their final year undergraduate Economics courses.
Students completing Economics-based programmes at UCT will require at least ECO3020F
(Advanced macroeconomics and microeconomics), ECO3021S (Quantitative methods in
Economics) and another third year level economics course to be considered for a place in the
Honours Programme.
Prospective Economics honours students from outside UCT are required to have taken third-year
Econometrics or equivalent and sufficient Mathematics (typically a full first year course) to gain
admission to the honours programme.
Foreign students may need to provide assurance of their competence in the English language.
Recommendation of acceptance is at the discretion of the Director of the School of Economics.
46 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Programme outline:
The programme is designed to expose good graduates to a range of specialised topics and to refine
the skills needed to pursue a successful research and professional career.

Duration of the programme:


Offered over one year full-time. The programme begins in January.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001ECO01]
The programme comprises three compulsory courses and one compulsory non-credit-bearing pre-
course in the first semester, four elective courses in the second semester, and a research paper.
The total credits for the standard programme is 134 NQF credits.

Non-credit bearing pre-course


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO4112F Mathematics and Statistics for Economics ...................................... 0 8

Compulsory courses (totaling 78 NQF credits)


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO4021W Research & Writing (Research Paper) ........................................... 30 8
ECO4006F Macroeconomics ............................................................................ 16 8
ECO4007F Microeconomics ............................................................................ 16 8
ECO4016F Econometrics ................................................................................. 16 8

Four special topics in advanced economics selected from the following options for a total of 56
NQF credits.*
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO4051S Development Economics ............................................................... 14 8
ECO4052S Environmental Economics ............................................................. 14 8
ECO4053S Financial Economics...................................................................... 14 8
ECO4013S International Finance ..................................................................... 14 8
ECO4020S Economic Challenges of Africa ..................................................... 14 8
ECO4032S Economics of Industry, Regulation and Firms .............................. 14 8
ECO4026S The Economy and its Financial Markets ....................................... 14 8
ECO4027S Analysis of Survey Data ................................................................ 14 8
ECO4028S Policy Analysis .............................................................................. 14 8
ECO4029S Experiments in Economics ............................................................ 14 8
ECO4113S Labour Economics ......................................................................... 14 8
ECO4114S The Economics of Conflict ............................................................ 14 8

* Business Science (Economics stream) students are required to take three options in addition to
BUS4050W.

Subject to the approval of the Graduate Convener, students may substitute a maximum of one of the
options with an NQF level 8 course of a similar credit value offered in another department.
ECO4112F is offered as a non-credit-bearing block course at the start of the first semester, and
serves as a mathematical foundation course to subsequent courses. Students who obtain less than
40% for this course will not be allowed to continue with the programme.
Please consult the School of Economics section of this handbook for descriptions of the compulsory
and elective courses in the semester.

Assessment:
To qualify for the honours degree, students must pass 134 NQF (level 8) credits. Each course must
be passed with 50%.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 47

Readmission rules:
Students must obtain at least 40% for ECO4112F in order to continue with the programme. Students
who obtain less than 40% for ECO4112F will not be allowed to continue with the programme.
Supplementary exams will be offered for ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F during the second
last week of the June/July vacation, but no other supplementary exams will be offered.
Economics Honours students must have passed all core courses (ECO4006F, ECO4007F and
ECO4016F) before proceeding to the second semester elective courses. PPE (and other) students
who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree requirements may be granted
permission to take second semester electives at the discretion of the Head of Department.
Should students fail one elective course, they will be allowed to register for the same course or
another elective in the second semester of the following year. Should a student fail more than one
elective, they will be denied readmission.
Students that receive a subminimum of 40% for their research paper (ECO4021W), will be given
one opportunity to revise and resubmit their paper before the start of the following academic year.
The revised research paper will be eligible for a maximum grade of 50%. Any student who fails
ECO4021W after re-submission fails the degree.

Distinction rules:
The Honours degree may be awarded in “the First Class” if student has an overall average of at least
75% at first attempt, with a subminimum of 70% for the course work and for the research paper.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, students applying from outside of UCT
must also submit the course outlines of their highest level Economics courses as well as the names
and contact details of the two referees to the Graduate Administrator, School of Economics before
31 October. BBusSc students intending to proceed to Economics Honours in their 4th year must
please notify the Graduate Administrator before 31 October. The programme commences in
January.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in FINANCE [CH001FTX05]
Convener: F.Toerien

Entrance requirements:
A bachelor’s degree from a recognised university with a major in Finance or Investment Science.
Selection will be on the basis of academic performance and the University’s equity policy. As a
general rule, a minimum of 65% in the major subjects would be expected, but this does not
necessarily guarantee acceptance to the programme, which also depends on capacity and the quality
of competing applications.

Programme outline:
The programme will prepare students for participation in the Finance Industry or for entry to further
academic development in Finance by exposing them to advanced issues in Finance from both
practical and theoretical perspectives. As well as mainstream asset classes they will also become
familiar with various alternative investments.

Duration:
Offered over 1 year of full-time study.
48 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001FTX05]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX4056S Applied Investments ...................................................................... 18 8
FTX4057F Applied Corporate Finance ............................................................ 18 8
FTX4052H Finance Honours Research Project ................................................ 40 8
FTX4086F Alternative Investments ................................................................. 18 8
Approved electives at HEQSF level 8 or above ........................... 26 8

Assessment:
Students must pass every course with at least 50% to qualify. Generally tests, tutorials and
assignments during the year will be weighted 40-50% of the final year mark (as per the
departmental entries).

Readmission rules:
Students will not be allowed to repeat compulsory (non-elective) courses. A student whose research
report is given a mark of less than 50%, but who is allowed to make changes to the project and
resubmit it, will be awarded a maximum mark of 50%.

Distinction rules:
Students with an overall weighted average of at least 75%, and a subminimum of 70% for
FTX4051H, will be awarded the degree “in the first class”.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours (PART-TIME)


specialising in FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO
MANAGEMENT
[CH022ECO09-January Intake] [CH023ECO09- June Intake]
Convener: L Neethling

Entrance requirements:
A minimum requirement to be considered for admission is a bachelor’s degree from a recognized
university with an average of at least 60% in the major subjects. Students must have completed at
least a first-year semester (18 credits) course in each of statistics (STA1000 or equivalent) and
mathematics (MAM1010 or equivalent) with a final grade of at least 60% for each course.
Applicants who have completed more advanced courses in mathematics or statistics may be
exempted from this requirement at the discretion of the convener. Applicants who do not meet these
entry requirements may be considered for admission at the discretion of the convener and the Head
of Department. In all such cases, applicants will need to demonstrate appropriate numerical ability.

Programme outline:
The honours programme aims to prepare students to participate as highly competent professionals in
the financial sector of the economy. To this purpose the programme is comprised of a range of
modules which include studies in economic principles of finance, analysis and interpretation of
financial statements, statistical methods in finance, equity valuation, futures and derivatives, fixed
income securities, portfolio management and securities legislation.
The structure is such that the graduate should be able to analyse financial situations at an executive
level; to utilise advanced quantitative methods to make financial decisions based on financial
forecasts; and to interact between different professions to form financial strategies.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 49

Duration:
This is a 12 to 18- month programme with intakes in January and June.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH022ECO09/CH023ECO09]
Prescribed curriculum/ structure:
The curriculum consists of eight courses (14 NQF credits each) and an Honours research report (30
NQF credits). A total of 142 credits must be obtained. Each course is modularised for 4-6 weeks,
with classes presented after hours. The Honours research report (ECO4106F/ECO4106Z) is
restricted to between 8,000 and 10,000 words and is generally commenced once the coursework has
been completed. Exemption from this requirement to enable students to complete the programme
requirements within 12 months is at the discretion of the convener. All courses listed below are
compulsory.

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


ECO4105Z/ Economics ..................................................................................... 14 8
ECO4125Z
ECO4104Z/ Financial Modelling And Statistics Module .................................. 14 8
ECO4124Z
ECO4109Z/ Accounting for Portfolio Managers ............................................... 14 8
ECO4129Z
ECO4108Z/ Futures, Options, Derivatives ........................................................ 14 8
ECO4128Z
ECO4102Z/ Portfolio Optimisation ................................................................... 14 8
ECO4122Z
ECO4103Z/ Fixed Income Security Analysis.................................................... 14 8
ECO4123Z
ECO4101Z/ Corporate Finance/Equity Valuation ............................................. 14 8
ECO4121Z
ECO4100Z/ Security Legislation ....................................................................... 14 8
ECO4120Z
ECO4106Z Honours Long Essay ..................................................................... 30 8
/ECO4126F

Assessment:
To qualify for the Honours degree, students must attain at least 50% for each course.

Readmission rules:
Students are allowed to re-register once for a maximum of 2 courses. Students who fail to meet the
re-admission requirements will be deregistered from the programme.
Students that receive a subminimum of 40% for the Honours research report will be allowed to
revise and resubmit their report for re-examination within 4 weeks of receipt of their grade. The
revised research report will be eligible for a maximum grade of 50%.
No supplementary examinations are awarded.
Students with a deferred examination will be required to write the first available deferred
examination offered. These deferred examinations will generally be offered in the subsequent
semester. Deferred examinations for the second semester courses of the January intake will be
offered in January/February the following year. Students failing to write the first available deferred
exam will be classified as AB for that exam.
Enrolment in the programme may not be extended beyond 2 years.
50 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Distinction Rule:
The degree may be awarded in “the first class” if a student has an overall average of at least 75% at
first attempt, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% for both the coursework component and
the Honours research report

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS [CH001INF01]
Convener: M Tanner

Entrance requirements:
Unless otherwise agreed by the Head of Department, internal UCT candidates will be expected to
obtain an overall average of at least 65% for their third year IS major courses, and at least 55% for
each course. Applicants must submit a detailed CV, and supply answers to questions relating to any
past and present work experience and activities, awards, skills, and qualifications gained,
involvement with the IS industry, their intended career progression, and motivation for enrolment in
the course. Applicants from outside UCT should also submit an authorised academic transcript of
their marks, and give contact details of two referees. They may also be requested to provide
examples of their written or project work, and may be required to attend an interview.

Programme outline:
The full-time honours course caters for recent graduates with an Information Systems major. It
covers the major issues and research contributions in the field of IS applications and management,
involves students in the research process, and increases their practical experience and knowledge of
IS through the development of a team-based software project or through industry-based internship.

Duration:
One year full-time or two years with an integrated one year industry internship.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001INF01]
Fulltime stream
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF4026F Application and Technical Development ...................................... 20 8
INF4025S Information Systems Management ................................................ 20 8
INF4027W Systems Development Project II ................................................... 40 8
INF4024W Information Systems Research Project .......................................... 60 8

Industry stream – Year One


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF4026F Application and Technical Development ...................................... 20 8
INF4024W Information Systems Research Project .......................................... 60 8

Year Two
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF4017H Information Systems Project.......................................................... 60 8
INF4025S Information Systems Management ................................................ 20 8
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 51

Readmission rules:
Students are allowed to re-register once for a maximum of 2 courses. No supplementary
examinations are awarded. Students with a deferred examination will be required to write the first
available subsequent examination offered, generally the subsequent examination will be offered the
next time the course is run. Students failing to write the first available examination will be classified
as AB for that examination. Enrolment in the programme may not extend beyond 2 years.

Distinction rules:
The Honours degree may be awarded in “the First Class” if student has an overall average of 75% or
more, with a subminimum of 70% for both coursework courses and the research course.

Further programme specific notes:


The programme starts a week before undergraduate term starts.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


Students are expected to be employed by the department as undergraduate tutors.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours


specialising in MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
[CH022INF01]
Convener: W Chigona

Entrance requirements:
Entrance to the Honours programme is through performance in the coursework in one of the
Postgraduate Diploma in Management streams in the Department. Students who have performed
well in the first (coursework) year of the Postgraduate Diploma are typically invited to convert to the
Honours degree. Unless otherwise agreed by Senate, candidates wishing to convert to Honours
should obtain at least 65% for the coursework year, and should have experience of critical reading,
literature survey work and have written essays or white paper assignments at postgraduate level.

Programme outline:
Learning objectives:
• To develop critical reading and writing skills
• To develop analysis and research skills
• To deepen expertise in Information Systems topics
• To prepare for research based postgraduate study

Duration:
A candidate shall register for a minimum of two years of part-time study.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH022INF01]
YEAR 1 – Coursework
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF4012W Enterprise Systems and BPM ............................................ 60 8
OR ....................................................................................................
INF4015W Information Systems (Coursework) .............................................. 60 8
OR ....................................................................................................
INF4016W Computer Forensics (Coursework)................................................ 60 8
52 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


INF4018W Business and Systems Analysis (Coursework) .............................. 60 8

YEAR 2 – Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF4024W Information Systems. Research Project ......................................... 60 8

Assessment:
An overall mark of at least 50% is required to pass the programme and a minimum of 50% must be
obtained for both the coursework and research components.

Readmission rules:
Students are allowed to re-register once for a maximum of 2 courses. No supplementary
examinations are awarded. Students with a deferred examination will be required to write the first
available subsequent examination offered, generally the subsequent examination will be offered the
next time the course is run. Students failing to write the first available examination will be classified
as AB for that examination. Enrolment in the programme may not exentd beyond 2 years.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded in “the First Class” if student has an overall average of 75%, with a
subminimum of 70% in the coursework and in the research.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in STATISTICS


[CH001STA07]
Convener: G Distiller

Entrance requirements:
The minimum requirements are MAM1000W (MAM1010 and MAM1012), one semester of
Computer Science 1 plus one of the following two sets of 3rd year courses: Applied Statistics
stream: STA3030F + STA3036S; OR Mathematical Statistics Stream: STA3041F, STA3043S.
Applicants fulfilling the minimum requirements above with an average of 65% or more for their 3rd
year courses (at first attempt) can be confident of admission into the programme. Students who do
not achieve the 65% level will be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration.

Programme outline:
This honours in theoretical and applied statistics and operations research aims to build on and
consolidate the undergraduate studies in Statistical Sciences by giving students a good theoretical
basis through the teaching of core modules and by exposing them to many different areas of
statistical sciences through the offering of several elective modules. It includes a significant
computing component. It is geared towards preparing students for jobs in quantitative analysis in
widely diverse fields in industry, finance, and medicine. It also offers training in research through
supervised project work.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001FSTA07]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
STA4006W BCom (Hons) in Statistical Science ............................................ 160 8
STA4020W Statistical Sciences Honours Coursework ....................................... 0 8
STA4021W Statistical Sciences Honours Research Project ................................ 0 8
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 53

Assessment: Assessment is per module through examination and class assignments. Students are
required to pass all core modules and the research project module

Readmission rules:
The duration of the qualification is one year. No readmission is allowed. Students are not allowed to
repeat any of the modules or the course as a whole. Students may take more than the minimum
number of required electives and the best of the marks for the required minimum number of
electives will be taken into account in calculating the final grade.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded in “the First Class” if student has an overall average of 75%, with a
subminimum of 70% in the coursework and research dissertation.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


Elective may with permission of the programme convener be taken from honours modules in other
departments. At most one elective may be substituted by an undergraduate course again with the
approval of the programme convener and subject to NQF credit requirements.

Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in TAXATION [TAX


Technical & Compliance – CH001FTX11; Tax Opinion &Consulting
CH001FTX12]
Convener: T Johnson

Entrance requirements:
BCom or BBusSc or equivalent undergraduate degree containing taxation course(s) in the final year
of that degree and the pre-requisites for FTX4010F (Stream 1- CH001FTX11) or FTX5030W
(Stream 2 – CH001FTX12). Academic references for all applicants may be requested. A curriculum
vitae and academic transcript is required on application. An entrance exam or interview may be
required.

Programme outline:
Stream 1 - Tax Technical & Compliance: This is offered full-time (in 1 year) or part-time (over 2
years) by coursework and technical report. The aims of this stream are to advance students technical
taxation knowledge and practical skills, in order to prepare them to embark on careers in the tax
field.

Stream 2 - Tax Opinion & Consulting: This is offered part-time (over 2 years) by coursework and
technical report. The aim of this stream is to equip successful candidates with the skills to be well-
rounded competent practitioners in the tax field.

Stream 1- Tax Technical & Compliance


[CH001FTX11]
Year 1 Coursework:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX4010F Advanced Tax I ............................................................................. 45 8
FTX4036F Research Methods in Taxation ........................................................ 0 8
FTX4037S Advanced Taxation II .................................................................... 45 8
54 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Year 2 Research:
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX4035W Taxation Technical Report ............................................................ 30 8

Stream 2 - Tax Opinion & Consulting


[CH001FTX12]
Year 1 Coursework
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5030W Taxation Coursework .................................................................... 90 9
FTX4036S Research Methods in Taxation ........................................................ 0 8

Year 2 Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX4035W Taxation Technical Report ............................................................ 30 8

Assessment:
Stream 1: The student must achieve at least 50% in the FTX4010F and at least 50% in FTX4037S.
Oral assessments may be substituted at the discretion of the convener for any of the written
assessments. A minimum of 50% must be achieved for the technical report (FTX4035W) and the
overall weighted programme result must be equal to or exceed 50%.

Stream 2: The student must achieve at least 50% in FTX5030W. Assessments comprises in-course
assessments (90%) and group projects (10%). Oral assessments may be substituted at the discretion
of the convener for any of the written assessments. A minimum of 50% must be achieved for the
technical report (FTX4035W) and the overall weighted average programme result must be equal to
or exceed 50%.

Readmission rules:
Compulsory courses may not be repeated. No supplementary examinations are permitted. Provided
that they scored at least 40% at first attempt for FTX4035W, students may resubmit the technical
report once.

Distinction rules:
May be awarded in “the First Class” if student has an overall weighted average of at least 75%, with
a minimum of 70% in the coursework and in the technical report.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


In addition to the university entrance requirements, a successful interview with representatives in the
Department of Finance and Tax may be required.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 55

Bachelor of Commerce Honours in ORGANISATIONAL


PSYCHOLOGY
specialising in CHANGE MANAGEMENT [CH001BUS08]
Convener : A Boodhoo

Entrance requirements:
A bachelor’s degree with Organisational Psychology/Industrial Psychology/Human Resource
Management as a major subject. In order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants
should have an average mark of at least 65% for their third-year level organisational psychology
courses. BBusSc students from UCT may be eligible for enrolment in their fourth year of study, but
all students are subject to the selection process. Selection is based on academic performance and the
University’s equity policy. A student who successfully completes the degree will be awarded a
BCom (Hons), BA (Hons), or BSocSc (Hons), depending on the bachelor's degree they obtained.

Programme outline:
The programme consists of coursework and a research project.
The central theme of the coursework of this programme is organisational change. This programme
aims to equip students with the knowledge and skills to act as change agents within an organisation.
The aim of the research component is to introduce students to the full cycle of a research project,
from formulating research questions to producing a research paper publishable in a journal in the
field of Organisational Psychology. Students who complete this component also will have a
fundamental understanding of the ethics involved in the research process.

Duration:
One year full-time. The programme commences in the first week of February. The duration of the
programme cannot be extended. Under special circumstances a leave of absence may be
recommended at the discretion of the Head of Department or the Faculty Manager.

Prescribed curriculum
[CH001BUS08]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS4006W Organisational Psychology Change Management
Coursework ................................................................................... 60 8
BUS4030H Organisational Psychology Change Management
Research Report ............................................................................ 60 8

Please note that students who have not done any finance courses in their first degree must
complete FTX1005F Managerial Finance.

Assessment:
BUS4006W: Each coursework module consists of formative and summative assessments. Students
are required to obtain at least 50% for all coursework modules.
BUS4030H: Each chapter of the research project has an assessment weighting (literature review,
method, results and discussion). Together with the final research report submission these draft
submissions make up the mark for BUS4030H. Students are required to obtain at least 50% for the
research report.

Readmission rules:
No component/module may be repeated.
56 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Students who fail FTX1005F can repeat it, or if it is the only module outstanding for the award of
the degree, can repeat it by means of a UNISA equivalent.
There are no examinations or supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded in the first class if students obtain an overall mark of 75% or higher and
if they obtain not less than 70% for both the coursework and the research report components of the
degree.

Further specific administrative requirements:


Students applying for Honours must apply in the year preceding that for which the application is
made. The deadline for applications is as per the University’s specified date.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 57

Master’s Degrees
Students who successfully complete their master’s will be awarded an MPhil, MBusSc or MCom
depending on their academic history.

CM006 Master of Business Administration (by Coursework and Dissertation)

CM008 Master of Business Administration (by Coursework and Dissertation)


specialising in Executive Management (CM008GSB09)

CM009 Master of Business Science (by Dissertation only)


Student registered at the discretion of the Convener

CM010/CM034 Master of Commerce (by Dissertation only)


Student registered at the discretion of the Convener

CM031 Master of Commerce (by Coursework and Dissertation)


specialising in Financial Reporting, Analysis & Governance (CM031ACC13)
specialising in Actuarial Science (CM031BUS01)
specialising in Applied Economics (CM031ECO08)
specialising in Economics (CM031ECO01)
specialising in Economic Development (CM031ECO12)
specialising in Economic Science (CM031ECO05)
specialising in Finance in the field of Financial Management (CM031FTX02)
specialising in Finance in the field of Corporate Finance & Valuations (CM031FTX14)
specialising in Finance in the field of Investment Management (CM031FTX07)
specialising in Information Systems (CM031INF01)
specialising in Taxation in the field of International Taxation (CM031FTX09)
specialising in Taxation in the field of South African Taxation (CM031FTX10)

CM033 Master of Philosophy (by Coursework and Dissertation)


specialising in Demography (CM033BUS11)
specialising in Mathematical Finance (CM033BUS18)
specialising in Programme Evaluation (CM033BUS15)

Master of Philosophy in Development Policy & Practice (CM033DPP01)


Master of Philosophy in People Management (CM033BUS19)

CM034 Master of Philosophy (by Dissertation only)


specialising in Inclusive Innovation (CM034GSB40)

CM035 Master of Commerce in Development Finance (by Coursework and Dissertation)

CM036 Master of Commerce in Risk Management of Financial Markets

CM037 Master of Industrial & Organisational Psychology

CM038 Master of Development Policy and Practice

Master of Business Administration


Full Time (CM006GSB16)/Modular (CM025GSB17) specialising in Executive Management
(CM008GSB09)
58 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

Entrance Requirements
FM2.1 Except by permission of the Senate a candidate for the degree must hold a four-
fm3.2
year bachelor’s degree or be an honours graduate of the University or a graduate of
any University who holds a degree recognised by the Senate as being equivalent.

FM2.2 A person must comply with the admission requirements prescribed for the
programmes for which he or she wishes to be admitted as a candidate.

FM2.3 Applicants whose first language is not English will be required to sit the TOEFL
language test to verify fluency in English. Please refer to UCT Language Policy.

Registration
FM3.1 A candidate registering for a programme for which a date for registration is
stipulated shall register on that date.

FM3.2 A candidate registering for the first time for a programme for which no date for
registration is stipulated shall register no later than the last Friday in February;
provided that any candidate who is registering for the first time may register after 1
May, but shall not be permitted to count the remainder of the year as part of the
minimum prescribed period of study for the programme.

FM3.3 A returning candidate for a programme for which no date for registration is
stipulated shall renew his/her registration not later than the last Friday of February
every year.

FM3.4 The appropriate MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) must be completed by all


Master’s candidates in the Faculty of Commerce prior to registration for the
dissertation / research project course in their programme and is valid for up to a
year. For those completing minor dissertations (60, 90 or 120 credits), an abridge
MoU is completed in the first year. Masters by dissertation only candidates (180
credits) complete a full MoU in the first year. A full MoU must be completed by all
students prior to re-registration every year.

Readmission
FM4.1 A candidate shall obtain permission from the Faculty Board for each succeeding
year of registration and must satisfy the Board that there are adequate grounds for
the granting of such permission. The Board’s decision shall be based on progress
reports.

FM4.2 A candidate who has not been successful in terms of the requirements for a
Master’s programme by coursework and dissertation in a particular field shall not
be permitted to present himself / herself for a second time as a candidate for the
same programme.

FM4.3.1 A full-time candidate is expected to complete the requirements for the degree
within two years.

FM4.3.2 A part-time candidate is expected to complete the requirements for the degree
within three years.

FM4.3.3 Satisfactory progress for research as per MOU


MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 59

Examination
FM5.1 The dissertation must show an acquaintance with methods of research and afford
evidence of independent critical power in the handling and interpretation of
material already known or newly discovered. The dissertation may embody the
original work of the candidate, with such acknowledged extracts from the work of
others as may be pertinent. The examiners may require the candidate to submit to
such written or oral examination as they deem necessary.

FM5.2 The dissertation must be satisfactory as regards literary presentation and must be
submitted in typewritten or printed form. The dissertation must incorporate an
abstract setting out objectives, methods and conclusions.

FM5.2.1 Research that involves human participants or the use of animals must undergo
ethics review according to Faculty specific guidelines. Candidates must ensure
compliance with the Faculty Ethics in Research policy prior to engaging in any
research.

FM5.4 A candidate shall not be given credit for any work that has been submitted for a
degree at any other university.

FM5.5 A candidate may present his/her work for examination at any time in the final term
of the registration approved for him/her or thereafter, but where a candidate intends
to submit his/her dissertation for examination in the hope of the award of the degree
at either the June or December graduation ceremonies, he/she must inform the
Registrar, in writing, of his/her intention to do so by not later than 15 January or 20
June as the case may be. The final dates for receipt of the dissertation for
examination by the Registrar are 15 February or 15 August. The University does
not however undertake to reach a decision on the award of the degree by any
specific date.

FM5.6 When presenting his/her dissertation the candidate shall be deemed by so doing to
grant a free license to the University to publish it in whole or part at any time in any
manner or format which the University may deem fit. Any permission given by a
candidate to publish work done by him/her under supervision for the degree shall be
subject to this, and it shall be the responsibility of the candidate to satisfy the
University that he/she is entitled to grant this license to the University of all such
work of his/hers already published, as may be included in or comprise his/her
dissertation. The University's right to this free license may, however, be waived in
any case where, on the recommendation of the Board of the Faculty of Commerce,
the Senate is satisfied that the whole dissertation has been or is being published in a
manner satisfactory to the University. No publication may, without the permission
of the University, contain a statement that the published material was, or is to be
submitted in part or in full for the degree.

FM5.7 In the case of examination by coursework and dissertation, a candidate must obtain
at least 50% for each coursework component and for the dissertation.

FM5.8 Unless otherwise specified, the dissertation component of a coursework Master’s


degree shall be not more than 25,000 words in length, while that of a research
Master’s degree shall be not more than 50,000 words in length.

FM5.9 A candidate shall comply with such other requirements for specific programmes as
the Senate may prescribe.
60 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

FM5.10 A candidate shall not be permitted to graduate until any corrections and alterations
required by Senate have been made to the electronic copy of the dissertation.

FM5.11 Except with permission from Senate, a candidate whose dissertation has been
returned for revision and resubmission must submit a revised dissertation for
examination no later than one calendar year after the date of original notification of
the revise and resubmit result. A candidate required to make minor revisions to the
dissertation or research project before being allowed to graduate must submit such
corrections within six months of notification from the Faculty Office. All
submission must comply with the submission dates set in Rules above.

FM5.12 No candidate shall be invited more than once to revise and resubmit his/her
dissertation.

FM5.13 A candidate whose dissertation is failed will not be allowed to present him/herself
as a candidate for the Master’s degree again for the examination in the same field of
study, but may, with the permission of Senate, be admitted to another field of study.

FM5.14 In the case of a dissertation submitted for re-examination, the resubmitted


dissertation will either be awarded a passing grade of 50% or not passed.

FM5.15 A candidate must submit:


a. For examination a digital copy in the format specified
b. For graduation a digital copy of the final corrected version of the dissertation
in the format specified for the Library; and
c. one copy of the final corrected version in temporary binding for each of the
candidate’s supervisors, unless the candidates indicates that the supervisors
have copies of the thesis.

Degree Requirements
FM6.1 A candidate for the degree shall register for at least one academic year.

FM6.2 A candidate shall undertake an approved research dissertation under the guidance
of a supervisor appointed by the Senate;

FM6.3 Every candidate shall select a subject for intensive study and research from among
the Fields of the Research listed above. On applying for admission he/she shall
submit his/her choice of subject for approval and must satisfy the Senate as to the
suitability of his/her subject and the programme of research which he/she proposes
to follow and the conditions under which it will be carried out.

FM6.4 Every candidate must satisfy his/her supervisor(s) that his/her work is of an
acceptable standard. Progress reports must be submitted by the supervisor(s) to the
Faculty of Commerce annually before 31 November. If a candidate has not made
sufficient progress with his/her research by that date the Senate may, on
recommendation of the Faculty, refuse to renew his/her registration.

FM6.5 Where a candidate intends to submit his or her dissertation for examination in the
hope of the award of the degree at either April or December graduation ceremonies,
he or she must inform the Faculty Office in writing of his or her intention to do so
six weeks before submitting the dissertation for examination. It is recommended
that the dissertation be submitted for examination five months before the graduation
ceremony to allow time for the examination process to run its course.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 61

Distinction
FM7.1 The degree may be awarded with distinction.

FM7.2 Unless otherwise specified, the Master’s degree will be awarded with distinction if
the candidate obtains an overall average mark of 75% or higher and not less than
70% for any component of the degree.

Change of registration from Master's to PhD


FM8 The Senate may, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board and the candidate’s
supervisor, change a candidate’s registration, prior to submission of the dissertation,
on the grounds of the quality and development of the candidate’s work.

NOTE:
Candidates wishing to change their registration should submit the following to the Faculty Office:
1. Letter of motivation that must be signed by the supervisor, HOS/ HOD/ Director of
GSB.
2. PhD research proposal with the approved coversheet.

Publication
FM9 No publication may, without the prior permission of the University, contain a
statement that the published material was or is to be submitted in part or in full for
the degree.

Concessions
FM10 Any exemption from or modification of the above rules shall be subject to the
Senate’s approval.
62 MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY

MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY


Master of Business Science /Master of Commerce / Master of
Philosophy
[CM009/CM010/CM034]
The master’s by dissertation only is a research degree on an advanced topic under supervision
offered by any department in the Faculty. Examination is by dissertation alone (180 NQF credits).
Prospective candidates should consult the appropriate Head of Department, School or Section
concerned to discuss both the proposed topic and the availability of suitable supervision. The
Faculty Office should be contacted for details regarding the application process. Entry is by
selection. Selection is based on academic performance and demonstrated research competence and
the availability of suitable supervision.

Master of Commerce (by Dissertation only)


specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS [CM010INF01]
Convener: M Kyobe

Entrance requirements:
Unless otherwise agreed by the Head of Department, candidates with a full-time or part-time IS
honours degree from the Department will be expected to obtain a mark of at least 65% for their
honours degree. Applicants must submit a detailed CV, and supply answers to questions relating to
any past and present work experience and activities, awards, skills, academic and professional
qualifications gained, involvement with the IS industry, and their intended career progression. They
should state why they are seeking a postgraduate degree in Information Systems, indicate whether
full-time or part-time study, and describe their preparation for postgraduate studies. They should
describe previous research done in their honours year, and any research they may have done in
industry, and list any publications, technical reports or conference proceedings they may have.
Applicants should give details of any course, for which they are currently registered, and an interim
evaluation from appropriate instructors, as well as details of any registration cancelled or
applications for postgraduate study refused by an academic institution. Applicants without the IS
honours degree from UCT should also submit an authorised academic transcript of their marks, and
give contact details of two referees. They are also required to provide electronic or hard-copy
examples of their past research (preferably their honours research report), and may be required to
attend an interview. Those whose home language is not English must provide evidence of English
language proficiency. Acceptance is at the discretion of the Head of Department, and places may be
limited. In addition, they must provide a strong motivation for not following the usual coursework
and dissertation route, detailed evidence of research methodology courses taken, and full evidence
of research carried out (electronic or hard copies are required). They should also submit a five- to
ten-page cited and referenced preliminary proposal of the research area intended for study. Only
students with an exceptionally strong and broad research background will normally be accepted for
this master’s route, and the vast majority of candidates will benefit from the coursework and minor
dissertation option.

Students who successfully complete the programme will be awarded an MPhil, MBusSc or MCom
depending on their academic history.
MASTER'S BY DISSERTATION ONLY 63

Master of Philosophy (by Dissertation only) specialising in


Inclusive Innovation (CM034GSB40)
Convener: W Nilsson

Entrance Requirements:
Applicants must hold at least an NQF Level 8 qualification in Applied Science, Commerce,
Humanities, Health Sciences, Arts, or other related degrees. Alternatively, applicants who have a
three-year degree with three or more years of work experience may apply as RPL (Recognition of
Prior Learning) candidates. All applications are reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Applicants must have already demonstrated a desire for solving problems within the key themes of
education, health, finance and digital inclusion; or have a passion to pursue an area they have
already researched substantially.

Programme description:
The Master of Philosophy specialising in Inclusive Innovation (MPhil) is an interdisciplinary,
research-based degree that leads to the development of sustainable solutions for challenges in Africa
and elsewhere. Inclusive innovators who take this learning journey will travel through a rigorous
academic curriculum right through to practical prototyping of new business models, processes,
services or products that help create a more inclusive economy and society at large.
Unconstrained by set cultures or organisations, they will work together in a “living lab”
environment, where expertise, life experience, passion and innovation all converge to support new
possibilities and ideas. In this rich, integrative space, commercial, technological and social
innovations all combine to further Africa’s future.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM034GSB40]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB5006W Dissertation.................................................................................. 180 9

Duration: Minimum one year, with possibility of extending for a further year to complete the
dissertation.

Readmission rules:
The programme cannot be repeated.
There are no examinations or supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if a student obtains an overall mark of 75% or higher in
the research proposal and dissertation component of the degree.
64 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND


DISSERTATION)
MASTER OF COMMERCE
specialising in Financial Reporting, Analysis &
Governance [CM031ACC13]
Convener: M Graham

Entrance requirements:
An honours degree or equivalent (An HEQSF level 8 qualification in Accounting and/or Finance or
relevant work experience in Accounting and/or Finance or CA(SA)).
Candidates may be required to present themselves for an interview

Programme outline:
The qualification is part-time by coursework and a minor dissertation (60 credit minor dissertation
or an option to complete a 90 credit minor dissertation).
The focus of this qualification is on real world applications and the qualification will enhance the
skills required to achieve leadership in accounting and corporate governance decision making.
Specific theoretical applications include all areas of accounting, including financial reporting,
integrated reporting, corporate governance, risk management and corporate financial analysis.

Duration:
This is a two-year programme, but students will be allowed to take up to three years to finish. Any
subsequent registration requires faculty approval.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031ACC13]
Minimum number of credits required is 180
Year 1
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC5025H Corporate Governance and Risk Management .............................. 30 9
ACC5023H Financial and External Reporting .................................................. 30 9
ACC5020H Corporate Financial Analysis ........................................................ 30 9

Year 2
Option 1
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC5001H Topics in Accounting and Governance (see note 1) ...................... 30 9
ACC5051W Minor dissertation .......................................................................... 60 9

Option 2
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ACC5050W Minor dissertation Accounting ...................................................... 90 9

NOTE 1: This course can be exchanged for a 4000/5000 level course approved by the Programme
Convener and subject to meeting relevant course pre-requisites and approval from the Course
Convener.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 65

Assessment:
Assessment will involve case study submissions, and written examinations. Students are required to
pass all courses. A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the dissertation and students are required to
achieve an overall mark for the aggregated programme of at least 50% or higher.

Readmission rules:
Students may repeat a maximum of one course, once only.
No supplementary examinations are permitted.

Master of Commerce
specialising in ACTUARIAL SCIENCE [CM031BUS01]
Convener: P Botha

Entrance requirements:
Graduates, with an Honours level degree, who have completed the CT-series of the Examinations of
the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries (UK), OR equivalently, the A100 and A200-series of the
Actuarial Society of South Africa (AS) will be considered.
Applicants must submit a detailed research proposal in advance and acceptance is subject to
supervision capacity.

Programme description:
The Actuarial Science Section of the School of Management Studies offers a Master of Commerce
specialising in Actuarial Science, recognising the need for high level actuarial skills. Candidates can
undertake coursework at HEQSF levels 8 and 9 that could count towards final qualification as an
actuary, specialising in their preferred area of expertise. In addition it affords the opportunity to
focus on high level (HEQSF level 9) actuarial research and thereby develop intellectual
independence, self-direction and originality in tackling and solving actuarial problems. The credit
dissertation weighting allows students to qualify for NRF funding.

Duration:
The degree may be done full-time (typically over 2 years), but is often done on a part-time basis in
which case it might take longer. Part-time students would generally not undertake more than one
course per semester.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031BUS01]
The Master of Commerce degree in Actuarial Science by coursework and dissertation would be
completed by:

Coursework:
Prescribed courses (listed below), offered in conjunction with the University of Stellenbosch (72
credits at HEQSF levels 8 & 9); plus

Research: A dissertation (108 credits at level 9) - BUS5002W


Total: 180 credits
66 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

A candidate may apply for credit for up to 36 points towards coursework in respect of equivalent–
level examinations passed through the UK or the AS, or at another university.

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


BUS5042F Health and Care ............................................................................. 36 9
BUS5040S General Insurance .......................................................................... 36 9
BUS5018F Life Insurance ................................................................................ 36 9
BUS5019S Pensions ......................................................................................... 36 9
BUS5035S Specialist Finance & Investment ................................................... 36 9
BUS4027W Actuarial Risk Management .......................................................... 54 8
BUS4034S Professional Communication ......................................................... 27 8

Assessment:
Students must pass the required number of prescribed courses with at least 50%, as well as pass the
dissertation with a mark of at least 50%, to qualify.
The examinations count 50% to 100% of any one course depending on whether tests, tutorials and
assignments are taken into account (as per the detailed course entries.)

Readmission rules:
Pass at least one course per year. Courses may only be repeated once.
No supplementary examinations are awarded.

Distinction rules:
Students with a weighted average for the coursework and dissertation in excess of 75%, including at
least 75% for the dissertation, will be awarded the degree with distinction. Only those courses
completed at UCT and counting toward the degree would be counted. The weighting would be by
NQF credits with course work counting a maximum of 72 credits.

Master of Commerce
specialising in APPLIED ECONOMICS [CM031ECO08]
Convener: M Sarr

Entrance requirements:
 A mark of at least 65% in Honours level Microeconomics, Macroeconomics and
Econometrics respectively, with an overall average of at least 65% in an Honours degree in
Economics (4th year) or international equivalent. Before admission to the degree a candidate
shall have completed quantitative courses in Econometrics, Microeconomics and
Macroeconomics at Honours level, or the equivalent.
 Applicants with degrees outside South Africa are encouraged (and in some cases may be
required) to submit a GRE test score. A strong performance in the quantitative segment
(above the 80th percentile) is expected.
 Students who have completed equivalent courses at the master’s level may apply for
exemption, but not credit, from particular courses.

Programme description:
The School of Economics offers a Master of Commerce specialising in Applied Economics in
recognition of the need for a flexible structure which allows students to focus on research while
choosing a curriculum best suited to their abilities and interests. The aim is to equip students with
essential research skills (both quantitative and writing skills) and knowledge in their chosen area of
specialisation.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 67

The 120 credit dissertation weighting allows students to qualify for NRF funding.

Duration:
Offered over two years full-time, beginning in January.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031ECO08]
This curriculum comprises two compulsory courses, two optional courses and a dissertation
(ECO5066W).
Students taking ECO5046F or ECO5021F or ECO5020F are required to take ECO5011F
Quantitative Methods for Economists as a co-requisite for these courses. It is non-credit bearing for
this specialization. Lecture attendance is compulsory. A candidate will ordinarily complete the
prescribed courses in the first year, and will be expected to complete the dissertation within the
following year. The qualification comprises 240 credits.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5046F Advanced Econometrics ................................................................ 30 9
At least one of: .................................................................................
ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5020F Advanced Microeconomics ........................................................... 30 9
ECO6007F Microeconomics II ........................................................................ 30 10

Optional courses: Two courses to be chosen from the following (one course if both
Macroeconomics and Micro- economics are chosen in the first semester):
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5003F Governance and Growth ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5050S International Finance ..................................................................... 30 9
ECO5052S Natural Resource Economics ........................................................ 30 9
ECO5057S Labour Economics......................................................................... 30 9
ECO5062S Applied International Trade .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5064S Views of Institutional and Behavioural Economics ...................... 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9
ECO5073F Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation and Development .... 30 9
ECO5074S Research and Policy Tools ............................................................ 30 9
ECO5075S Macroeconomic Policy Analysis ................................................... 30 9
ECO5076S Development Microeconomics...................................................... 30 9
ECO5077S Empirical Industrial Organisation ................................................. 30 9
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9

Research component
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5066W* Minor Dissertation ....................................................................... 120 9

*Submission deadline:
The master’s dissertation must be submitted by 31 October of the second year

Optional courses may be added or withdrawn at the discretion of the School of Economics according
to circumstances each year. Students should check with the Department prior to registration,
whether a particular option will be offered in that year.
Students may take one approved course from a cognate discipline as an optional course (in either
semester).
68 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

Please consult the School of Economics section of this handbook for descriptions of the compulsory
and elective courses.

Assessment:
To qualify for the degree, students must pass all courses including the research component to a value
of 240 NQF credits. To pass a course, a student must obtain 50% for the course.
Candidates are normally expected to complete all the coursework within one year.
The 120 credit dissertation, which should be no longer than 25 000 words in length, is expected to
be completed in the year following the coursework.

Readmission rules:
Students must obtain 50% for each course they take in order to pass the course. Students may not
fail more than two courses (compulsory or elective). Students may repeat a maximum of two courses
once, provided that they have submitted the required dissertation within the timeframe for
submission.
If a student fails an elective they may substitute it with another elective.
There will be no supplementary examinations.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) which is to be
signed at the start of the academic year.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of 75%
at first attempt, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% for both the coursework component
and the dissertation component of the degree.

Further specific administrative requirements:


The closing date for applications is 31 October. The programme begins in January.

Master of Commerce
specialising in ECONOMICS [CM031ECO01]
Convener: M Sarr

Programme description:
The objective of the masters by coursework is to equip students with the theoretical and technical
knowledge required to practise as a professional economist in the public and private sector. All
courses, including the compulsory theory courses, include theoretical and empirical applications to
reflect the objectives of the degree.

Entrance requirements:
 A mark of at least 65% in Honours level Microeconomics, Macroeconomics and
Econometrics respectively, with an overall average of at least 65% in an Honours degree
in Economics (4th year) or international equivalent.
Before admission to the degree a candidate shall have completed quantitative courses in
Econometrics, Microeconomics and Macroeconomics at Honours level, or the equivalent.
A candidate who has not completed these courses, or their equivalent, shall be required to
complete these as preliminary work whilst registered as a candidate for the degree in
addition to the prescribed courses.
 Applicants with degrees outside South Africa are encouraged (and in some cases may be
required) to submit a GRE test score. A strong performance in the quantitative segment
(above the 80th percentile) is expected.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 69

 Students who have completed equivalent courses at the master’s level may apply for
exemption, but not credit, from particular courses.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031ECO01]
The degree comprises four compulsory courses in the first semester, two elective courses in the
second semester, and a compulsory minor dissertation (60 credits). The degree runs over 12 months.
The programme comprises 240 credits.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5011F Quantitative Methods for Economists ........................................... 30 9
ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5046F Advanced Econometrics ................................................................ 30 9
AND .................................................................................................
ECO5020F Advanced Microeconomics ........................................................... 30 9
OR ....................................................................................................
ECO6007F Microeconomics ............................................................................ 30 10

Optional courses
Two courses to be chosen from:

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


ECO5003F Governance and Growth ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5050S International Finance ..................................................................... 30 9
ECO5052S Natural Resource Economics ........................................................ 30 9
ECO5057S Labour Economics......................................................................... 30 9
ECO5062S Applied International Trade .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5064S Views of Institutional and Behavioural Economics ...................... 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9
ECO5075S Macroeconomic Policy Analysis ................................................... 30 9
ECO5074S Research & Policy Tools ............................................................... 30 9
ECO5073F Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation and Development .... 30 9
ECO5076S Development Microeconomics...................................................... 30 9
ECO5077S Empirical Industrial Organisation ................................................. 30 9

Research component
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5023W Minor Dissertation......................................................................... 60 9

With the permission of the Graduate convener, students may be permitted to take one Master’s
course (level 5000) from another Department.
Optional courses may be added or withdrawn at the discretion of the School of Economics according
to circumstances each year. Students should check with the Department prior to registration,
whether a particular option will be offered in that year.

Assessment:
To qualify for the degree, students must pass all courses including the research component to a value
of 240 NQF credits. To pass a course, a student must obtain 50% for the course.
70 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

The research component is examined by way of a minor-dissertation (9 000-10 000 word journal
article style) (60 NQF credits) which will be due early February in the year following the
coursework.

Readmission rules:
Students must obtain 50% for each course they take in order to pass the course. Students may not
fail more than two courses (compulsory or elective). Students may repeat a maximum of two
courses once, provided that they have submitted the required dissertation within the timeframe for
submission.
If a student fails an elective they may substitute it with another elective.
There will be no supplementary examinations.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) which is to be
signed at the start of the academic year.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of at
least 75% at first attempt, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% for both the coursework
component and the dissertation component of the degree

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


The closing date for applications is 31 October. The programme begins in January.

Master of Commerce
specialising in ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT [CM031ECO12]
Convener: A Black

Entrance requirements:
An average of at least 65% in an honours degree and with a three-year major in Economics in a
Bachelors degree. A candidate shall have completed a quantitative course in Econometrics at 3rd
year level or equivalent. Recommendation of acceptance is at the discretion of the programme
convener and the Graduate committee.
Applicants with degrees outside South Africa are encouraged (and in some cases may be required)
to submit GRE test scores. A strong performance in the quantitative segment (above the 80th
percentile) is expected.

Programme description:
The School of Economics offers a Master of Commerce specialising in Economic Development in
recognition of the need for a flexible programme structure which allows students to focus on
research while choosing a curriculum best suited to their abilities and interests. The aim is to equip
students with essential research skills (both quantitative and writing skills) and knowledge in their
chosen area of specialisation. The 120 credit dissertation weighting allows students to qualify for
NRF funding.

Duration:
Offered over two years full-time. The programme begins in February.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 71

Prescribed curriculum structure


[CM031ECO012]
This programme comprises two compulsory courses, two optional courses and a dissertation
(ECO5066W).
Students taking ECO5046F or ECO5021F or ECO5020F are required to take ECO5011F
Quantitative Methods for Economists prior to registering for these courses. It is non-credit bearing
for this programme. Lecture attendance is compulsory.
A candidate will ordinarily complete the prescribed courses in the first year, and will be expected to
complete the dissertation within the following year. The programme comprises 240 credits.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5073F Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation and Development .... 30 9
ECO5074S Research and Policy Tools ............................................................ 30 9

Optional courses: Two courses to be chosen from any other Masters course in Economics for
which students meet the entrance requirements.
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5003F Governance and Growth ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5020F Advanced Microeconomics ........................................................... 30 9
ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5046F Advanced Econometrics ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5050S International Finance ..................................................................... 30 9
ECO5052S Natural Resource Economics ........................................................ 30 9
ECO5057S Labour Economics......................................................................... 30 9
ECO5062S Applied International Trade .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5064S Views of Industrial and Behavioural Economics .......................... 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9
ECO5075S Macroeconomic Policy Research .................................................. 30 9
ECO5076S Development Microeconomics...................................................... 30 9
ECO5077S Empirical Industrial Organisation ................................................. 30 9

Research component
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5066W* Minor Dissertation ....................................................................... 120 9

*Submission deadline:
The master’s dissertation must be submitted by 31 October of the second year

Options may be added or withdrawn at the discretion of the School of Economics according to
circumstances each year. Students should check with the department prior to registration, whether a
particular option will be offered in that year.
Students may take one approved course from a cognate discipline as an optional course (in either
semester).
Please consult the School of Economics section of this handbook for descriptions of the
compulsory and elective courses.

Assessment:
To qualify for the degree, students must pass all courses including the research component to the
value of 240 credits. To pass a course, a student must obtain 50% for the course.
Candidates are normally expected to complete all the coursework within one year.
72 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

The 120 credit dissertation should be no longer than 25 000 words in length and is expected to be
completed in the year following the coursework.

Readmission rules:
Students must obtain 50% for each course they take in order to pass the course. Students may not
fail more than two courses (compulsory or elective). Students may repeat a maximum of two
courses once, provided that they have submitted the required dissertation within the timeframe for
submission.
If a student fails an elective they may substitute it with another elective.
There will be no supplementary examinations
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) which is to be
signed at the start of the academic year.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of at
least 75% at first attempt, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% for both the coursework
component and the dissertation component of the degree.

Further specific administrative requirements:


The closing date for applications is 31 October.

Master of Commerce
specialising in ECONOMIC SCIENCE [CM031ECO05]
Convener: M Sarr

Entrance requirements:
A mark of at least 65% in Honours level Microeconomics, Macroeconomics and Econometrics
respectively, with an overall average of at least 65% in an Honours degree in Economics (4th year)
or international equivalent. Before admission to the degree a candidate shall have completed
quantitative courses in Econometrics, Microeconomics and Macroeconomics at Honours level, or
the equivalent.
Applicants with degrees outside South Africa are encouraged (and in some cases may be required)
to submit a GRE test score. A strong performance in the quantitative segment (above the 80th
percentile) is expected.
Students who have completed equivalent courses at the master’s level may apply for exemption, but
not credit, from particular courses.

Programme Description:
The School of Economics offers a two-year coursework and dissertation-based Master of Commerce
Economic Science degree. The objective is to prepare students with the theoretical and empirical
knowledge required for research in Economics, including doctoral research. It provides training
equivalent to the first two years of a good PhD programme at an overseas university.
The coursework content of the first year of the master’s stream is similar to that of the Master of
Commerce Economics. In the second year, students are required to complete additional compulsory
courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics, econometrics and other electives. In addition students
are required to complete a compulsory 60 credit minor dissertation.

Duration:
Offered over two years full-time. The programme begins in January.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 73

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031ECO05]
Prescribed curriculum:
The curriculum consists of a number of compulsory courses and optional courses. The courses may
be completed during any stage of the degree. Students are advised to follow the Master of
Commerce Economics stream during the first year. A candidate will ordinarily complete the
prescribed courses in the first year, and will be expected to complete the dissertation within the
following year. The qualification comprises 360 credits.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5011F Quantitative Methods for Economists ........................................... 30 9
ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5020F Advanced Microeconomics ........................................................... 30 9
ECO5046F Advanced Econometrics ................................................................ 30 9
ECO6007F Microeconomics II ........................................................................ 30 10
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9

Elective courses (120 credits to be chosen from the following electives)


Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5003F Governance and Growth ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5050S International Finance ..................................................................... 30 9
ECO5052S Natural Resource Economics ........................................................ 30 9
ECO5057S Labour Economics......................................................................... 30 9
ECO5062S Applied International Trade .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5064S Views of Institutional and Behavioural Economics ...................... 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9
ECO5073F Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation and Development .... 30 9
ECO5074S Research and Policy Tools ............................................................ 30 9
ECO5075S Macroeconomic Policy Analysis ................................................... 30 9
ECO5076S Development Microeconomics...................................................... 30 9
ECO5077S Empirical Industrial Organisation ................................................. 30 9

Research component
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5023W Minor Dissertation......................................................................... 60 9

With permission of the Graduate Convener, a Master’s in Economic Science student may be
permitted to take up to two master’s courses (30 NQF credits) from another Department. Options
may be added or withdrawn according to circumstances each year.
Optional courses may be added or withdrawn at the discretion of the School of Economics according
to circumstances each year. Students should check with the Department prior to registration whether
a particular option will be offered in that year.
Please consult the School of Economics section of this handbook for descriptions of the
compulsory and elective courses.

Assessment:
To qualify for the master’s degree, students must pass all courses including the research
component to the value of 360 NQF credits.
The dissertation is examined by way of a 60 credit minor dissertation (9 000-10 000 word journal
article style) (ECO5023W) to be submitted before the start of the next academic year in the
following year (3rd).
74 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

Readmission rules:
Students must obtain 50% for each course they take in order to pass the course. Students may not
fail more than two courses (compulsory or elective). Students may repeat a maximum of two courses
once, provided that they have submitted the required dissertation within the timeframe for
submission.
If a student fails an elective they may substitute it with another elective.
There will be no supplementary examinations.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) which is to be
signed at the start of the academic year.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of at
least 75% at first attempt, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% for both the coursework
component and the dissertation component of the degree.

Further specific administrative requirements:


The closing date for applications is 31 October.

Master of Commerce
specialising in FINANCE in the field of FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
[CM031FTX02]
Convener: F. Toerien

Entrance requirements:
An Honours degree or equivalent.
Two years of relevant work experience.
Candidates may be required to present themselves for an interview.

Programme description: Part or Full-Time


The qualification is part-time by coursework and a 90 credit dissertation.
The aim is to equip successful candidates with the skills to perform research, analysis and
valuations in all the areas of financial management, including capital markets, derivatives,
corporate finance, accounting and company valuations.

Duration: Part time or one year full-time


The degree is offered over two years but many students take until their third year to finish. Any
subsequent registration requires faculty approval.

Prescribed curriculum structure


[CM031FTX02]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5003W Minor Dissertation ......................................................................... 90 9
FTX5042W Corporate Finance & Valuations ................................................... 60 9
FTX5043F Capital Markets and Financial Instruments ................................... 30 9

Assessment:
A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the dissertation and students are required to achieve an
overall mark for the aggregated programme of at least 50% or higher.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 75

Readmission rules:
Courses may not be repeated.
No supplementary examinations are permitted.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if a student has an overall average of at least 75%
with a subminimum of 70% for both the coursework and dissertation.

Further specific administrative requirements:


Successful interview by representatives of the Department of Finance and Tax.
Selection of a supervisor and a signed memorandum of understanding between student and faculty
member.

Master of Commerce
specialising in FINANCE in the field of CORPORATE FINANCE AND
VALUATIONS [CM031FTX14]
Convener: F Toerien

Entrance requirements:
An honours degree or equivalent.
Two years of relevant work experience.
Candidates may be required to present themselves for an interview.

Programme description:
The qualification is part-time by coursework and a 60-credit minor dissertation.
The aim is to equip successful candidates with the skills to perform research, analysis and valuations
in all the areas of financial management, including capital markets, derivatives, corporate finance,
accounting and company valuations.

Duration:
The degree is offered over two years, but many students take until their third year to finish. Any
subsequent registration requires faculty approval.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031FTX14]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5029W Minor Dissertation in Financial Management ............................... 60 9
FTX5028W Topics in Financial Management .................................................. 30 9
FTX5042W Corporate Finance & Valuations ................................................... 60 9
FTX5043F Capital Markets and Financial Instruments ................................... 30 9

Assessment:
A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the dissertation and students are required to achieve an
overall mark for the aggregated programme of at least 50% or higher.

Readmission rules:
Courses may not be repeated. No supplementary examinations are permitted.
76 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if a student has an overall average of at least 75% with
a subminimum of 70% for both the coursework and dissertation.

Further specific administrative requirements:


Successful interview by Financial Management representatives in the Department of Finance and
Tax.
Selection of a supervisor and a signed memorandum of understanding between student and faculty
member.

Master of Commerce
specialising in FINANCE in the field of INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT [CM031FTX07]
Convener: P van Rensburg

Entrance requirements:
A relevant NQF level 8 qualification with an appropriate research component at a recognised
university. At least a NQF level 7 course in finance (BUS3026W at UCT which, for the purposes
of illustration, has the prescribed textbook Bodie, Kane and Marcus, “Investments”) or ECO4053S
Financial Economics and second year level course in statistics (STA2020 at UCT) is required. A
NQF level 8 course in finance (BUS4083W at UCT) is recommended. Most UCT applicants are
likely to be BBusSc FNC, FCA, QFN, ECO or Honours in Financial Analysis and Portfolio
Management and Honours in Economics graduates. The entrance requirements for non-UCT
students being the equivalent to that of UCT students but achieved at another recognised
university.

Only students who can attend full-time are admitted. Foreign students may need to provide
evidence of their competence in the English language being of a sufficient level that they can
engage in academic writing. Applicants must demonstrate a high level of academic and
quantitative ability. In general, a grade point average of at least 70% is required over the
candidate’s university career. Admission is competitive and the above does not guarantee
admission. In certain cases, an interview may be required. Each year there is a selection process
that takes into account academic ability, equity and capacity available. Recommendation for
acceptance is at the sole discretion of the programme convener.

Upon application, a brief note or email indicating the candidate’s intention to apply, confirmation
of his or her full-time availability, a brief CV and full mark record (academic transcript) is to be
provided.

Programme description:
The aim of the programme is to equip successful candidates with the skills to perform research,
analysis and the valuation of instruments listed on financial markets. The programme is both
practical and research orientated, requiring the study of econometrics, the review of empirical
studies and, at minimum, a half-thesis research report.

Duration:
This is a full-time one-year programme. Graduation (after dissertation external marking and
corrections) will typically be in June of the following year.
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 77

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031FTX07]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5003W Minor Dissertation......................................................................... 90 9
FTX5028W Topics in Financial Management .................................................. 30 9
FTX5044H Empirical Finance.......................................................................... 30 9
FTX5043F Capital Markets and Financial Instruments ................................... 30 9

Readmission rules:
Courses may not be repeated. No supplementary exams are permitted.

Distinction Rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if a student has an overall average of at least 75%
with a subminimum of at least 70% for both the coursework and dissertation.

Master of Commerce
specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS [CM031INF01]
Convener: M Kyobe

Entrance requirements:
Unless otherwise agreed by the Head of Department, candidates with a full-time or part-time IS
honours degree from the Department will be expected to obtain a mark of at least 65% for their
honours degree. Applicants must submit a detailed CV, and supply answers to questions relating to
any past and present work experience and activities, awards, skills, academic and professional
qualifications gained, involvement with the I.S. industry, and their intended career progression.
They should also submit a one-page preliminary proposal of the research area intended for study.
They should state why they are seeking a graduate degree in Information Systems, indicate whether
full-time or part-time study, and describe their preparation for postgraduate studies. They should
describe previous research done in their honours year, and any research they may have done in
industry, and list any publications, technical reports or conference proceedings they may have.
Applicants should give details of any course(s) for which they are currently registered, and an
interim evaluation from appropriate instructors, as well as details of any registration cancelled or
applications for postgraduate study refused by an academic institution. Applicants without an IS
honours degree from UCT should also submit an authorised academic transcript of their marks, and
give contact details of two referees. They are also required to provide electronic or hard copy
examples of their past research (preferably their honours research report), and may be required to
attend an interview. Acceptance is at the discretion of the Head of Department, and places may be
limited. If they have a dissertation topic in mind, or a potential supervisor, they may mention them,
but this is not required at this stage and generally decided later in the course.

Programme description:
This qualification aims to provide practice knowledge in Information Systems topics; formalise and
extend knowledge gained through work in industry; to develop critical reading and writing skills and
to provide exposure to research objective; methods and techniques.
Students may choose between three Information Systems streams:
 IS Education and Educational Technology, which includes teaching and learning of IS, and the
use of education technology as an aid to teaching and learning.
 ICTs and Innovation, which includes ICT innovations and the use of ICTs for innovation, The
Internet, e-commerce, e-government, mobile phones, m-commerce, t-commerce, and other
emerging technologies.
78 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

 IS Management, Knowledge Management, IS Project Management and IS Development, which


includes issues related to IS management, knowledge management, the IS professional, project
management, work teams, systems development, IS security, IT governance and computer
forensics.

It gives candidates exposure to conducting research in a rigorous manner and producing a sound
research dissertation. It provides access to doctoral programmes.

Learning objectives:
 To develop critical reading and writing skills
 To develop analytical and research skills
 To deepen expertise in Information Systems topics
 To prepare for research based postgraduate study

Duration:
A full-time candidate for the degree in Information Systems shall register for a minimum of one
academic year whereas a part-time candidate for the degree shall register for a minimum of two
academic years.
The course begins in February.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031INF01]
This degree is offered on either a full-time or part-time basis. Students will be required to complete
the following two courses:

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


INF5004W Information Systems Masters Coursework .................................... 90 9
INF5005W Information Systems Masters Dissertation .................................... 90 9

Assessment:
INF5004W is assessed through a number of deliverables and INF5005W is assessed through a
dissertation.
In order to be awarded the degree, the candidate must pass both INF5004W and INF5005W.

Readmission rules:
No course may be repeated and no supplementary examinations are awarded.

Distinction rules:
A distinction will be awarded if the candidate has achieved an average of at least 75% over the two
courses and not less than 70% for either of them.

Master of Commerce
specialising in TAXATION in the field of International Taxation
[CM031FTX09]
Convener: C West

Entrance requirements:
BCom(Hons) (Taxation) or CA(SA) or LLB or equivalent acceptable qualification / experience
(evidenced by a submitted portfolio of academic and practical experience). Professional and/or
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 79

academic references for all applicants may be requested. A curriculum vitae and academic transcript
is required on application. An entrance exam or interview may be required.

Programme description:
This is a part-time coursework and minor dissertation programme.
The aim of the course is to equip successful candidates with the skills to be well rounded, competent
practitioners in the international tax field; to assess the tax efficiency of commercial transactions; to
do research; to draft legal opinions; to deal with SARS on behalf of clients; and, to prepare for and
execute tax litigation.

Duration:
The programme is offered over two years, part-time. The programme starts in January. The first year
consists of coursework (FTX5034F and FTX5033S) and a methodology course (FTX4036F). In the
second year a minor dissertation is completed (FTX5032W).
The period to complete the dissertation may be extended at the convener’s discretion.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031FTX09]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5034F International Tax ........................................................................... 60 9
FTX5033S International Tax II ........................................................................ 60 9
FTX4036F Research Methods in Taxation ........................................................ 0 8
FTX5032W Taxation Minor Dissertation ......................................................... 60 9

FTX5034F, and FTX5033S and FTX4036S are completed in the first year of registration and
FTX5032W in the second year of registration.

Assessment:
FTX5034F and FTX5033S: A student must achieve at least 50% weighted across all
assessments.
Oral assessments may be substituted at the discretion of the convener for any of the written
assessments. A sub-minimum of 50% must be achieved for the minor dissertation (FTX5032W) on
an international taxation topic and the overall weighted average programme result must be equal to
or exceed 50%.

Readmission rules:
Courses may not be repeated.
No supplementary examinations are permitted.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding).

Further programme specific administration requirements:


A successful interview with representatives in the Department of Finance and Tax may be required.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of at
least 75% or higher, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% in the coursework component
and in the dissertation component of the degree.
80 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

Master of Commerce
specialising in TAXATION in the field of South African Taxation
[CM031FTX10]
Convener: C West

Entrance requirements:
Honours degree in Taxation or CA(SA) or LLB or equivalent acceptable qualification / experience
(evidenced by a submitted portfolio of academic and practical experience). Professional and/or
academic references for all applicants may be requested. A curriculum vitae and academic transcript
is required on application. An entrance exam or interview may be required.

Programme description:
This is a part-time coursework and minor dissertation programme.
The aim of the course is to equip successful candidates with the skills to be well rounded, competent
practitioners in the tax field; to assess the tax efficiency of commercial transactions; to do research;
to draft legal opinions; to deal with SARS on behalf of clients; and, to prepare for and execute tax
litigation.

Duration:
The programme is offered over two years, part-time. The programme starts in January. The first year
consists of coursework and group projects (FTX5030W) and a methodology course (FTX4036F). In
the second year either a 90 credit dissertation is completed (FTX5031W)

The period to complete the dissertation may be extended at the convener’s discretion.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM031FTX10]
Year 1

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


FTX5030W Taxation coursework ..................................................................... 90 9
FTX4036S Research Methods in Taxation ........................................................ 0 8

Year 2
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
FTX5031W Taxation Minor Dissertation .......................................................... 90 9

FTX5030W and FTX4036S are completed in the first year of registration and FTX5031W in the
second year of registration.

Assessment:
FTX5030W: A student must achieve 50% calculated as follows:

In course assessments 90%


Group projects 10%
100%
MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION) 81

Oral assessments may be substituted at the discretion of the convener for any of the written
assessments. A sub-minimum of 50% must be achieved for the dissertation (FTX5031W) on a
taxation topic and the overall weighted average programme result must be equal to or exceed 50%.

Readmission rules:
Compulsory courses may not be repeated. No supplementary examinations are permitted.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding).

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an overall average mark of at
least 75% or higher, and if the candidate obtains not less than 70% in the coursework component
and in the dissertation component of the degree.

Master of Industrial and Organisational Psychology


[CM037BUS028]
Convener: F de Kock

Entrance requirements:
Entrance requires an honours degree in Organisational Psychology and Industrial Psychology. In
order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants should have an average mark of at least
65% for their honours degree. Selection is based on academic performance and the University’s
equity policy.

Programme description:
The degree consists of coursework and a research dissertation.
The programme is aligned with the Health Professions Council of South Africa’s scope of practice
for the professional training of industrial/organisational psychologists. The programme aims to
equip students with the knowledge and skills to perform the role of scientist practitioner.
The aim of the dissertation is to assess whether students have mastered the principles of the research
process and are able to apply these to a dissertation.

Duration:
One year full-time (both the coursework and the research dissertation are completed within the year
of study). The programme commences in the first week of February.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM037BUS08]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS5033W Organisational Psychology Masters Coursework .......................... 90 9
BUS5034H Organisational Psychology Masters Dissertation .......................... 90 9

Please consult the School of Management Studies section of this handbook for a list of the
compulsory and elective modules in BUS5033W.

Assessment:
The coursework contributes 50% towards the final mark for the Master’s degree. Students are
required to pass each module in order to pass the course.
Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their dissertation.
The dissertation component contributes 50% towards the final mark for the degree.
82 MASTER OF COMMERCE (BY COURSEWORK AND DISSERTATION)

Students are required to pass both the coursework and research components in order for the degree
to be awarded.

Readmission rules:
BUS5033W cannot be repeated.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if students obtain an overall mark of 75% or higher and
subminimum of 70% for both the coursework and research dissertation component of the degree.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


Students applying for the master’s programme must apply on-line using the university’s application
system in the year preceding that for which the application is made. The deadline for applications is
as per the University’s specified date.
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY 83

MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY
Master of Philosophy
specialising in DEMOGRAPHY [CM033BUS11]
Convener: T Moultrie

Entrance requirements:
An honours degree with at least a full, first-year university mathematics course; and second-year
statistics, or their equivalent. Some or all of these requirements may be waived at the discretion of
the Convener.

Programme description:
On completion of the qualification, an MPhil in Demography graduate will be able to demonstrate
professional competence in the core areas of demographic analysis and research. Included in this is
the clear demonstration of a capacity to apply and develop methods of demographic analysis that are
both theoretically informed and appropriate to the research (and research context) pursued. The core
competencies are indicated by the material suggested in the course outlines. Particular emphasis is
placed on training demographers capable of working with developing countries’ data and in other
situations where data are either non-existent or inadequate.

Duration:
The programme consists of coursework and research dissertation components. The coursework is
completed in the first two semesters of study. The dissertation is done in the third, and if necessary
subsequent, semester. Diligent students should be in a position to submit their dissertation in time
for the August submission deadline, and thereby graduate at the end of two years’ full-time study.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM033BUS11]
Coursework
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5001F Basic Demography ........................................................................ 15 9
DOC5004F Population Studies ......................................................................... 15 9
DOC4002F Demographic Data and Statistics................................................... 15 9
DOC5002S Techniques in Demographic Estimation ....................................... 30 9
DOC5003S Population Projections and Modelling .......................................... 15 9

Students who have taken any of the above courses as part of another degree must substitute it with
a course chosen in consultation with the convener.

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5000Z Dissertation.................................................................................... 90 9

Assessment:
Students must pass every compulsory course with at least 50%, as well as passing the dissertation
with a mark of at least 50%, to qualify. A minimum of 180 NQF credits are required for the award
of the degree.
Students who score less than 50% for either DOC5002S or DOC5003S will only be allowed to
continue their registration (and to repeat the failed course(s) in the following year) on appeal to,
and with approval given by, the Convener.
84 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY

Readmission rules:
DOC5001F may not be repeated. Students who score less than 50% for DOC5001F are ineligible
to continue their registration in that year and will be deregistered from the programme.
DOC5002S and DOC5003S may only be repeated with the approval of the Programme
Committee. Other courses may be repeated as required.
No supplementary examinations are awarded.
Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU (Memorandum of Understanding).

Distinction rules:
Students with a weighted average for the coursework and dissertation of at least 75%, including at
least 75% for the dissertation, will be awarded the degree with distinction. Students who have
repeated any course required for this degree will not be eligible for distinction. The degree may be
awarded with distinction in the dissertation if the student achieves 75% for the dissertation, but does
not achieve 75% for the coursework component.

Further specific notes:


Scholarships are awarded to students on a competitive basis. The number of awards each year is
not fixed, and scholarships will be awarded to students at the discretion of the Programme
Committee.

Master of Philosophy
specialising in MATHEMATICAL FINANCE [CM033BUS18]
Convener: D Taylor

Entrance requirements:
There are limited places on the degree and admission is based on merit.
Applicants must have an Honours (or four–year equivalent) degree from one of the Faculties of
Science‚ Commerce or Engineering.
Applicants should be aware that this is predominantly a mathematical degree and preference will be
given to candidates with a strong background in a mathematical science.
Admission is at the discretion of the admissions committee and meeting the minimum requirements
does not guarantee acceptance.

Once admitted, candidates must pass or gain credit for the pre–courses to continue with the degree.

Qualification Outline:
The African Institute of Financial Markets and Risk Management in association with the School of
Management Studies offers an MPhil in Mathematical Finance by coursework and dissertation. The
programme has been designed to accommodate students from a wide variety of backgrounds. This
degree is mathematical in nature and requires a high level of skill in statistics and mathematics. The
programme is intensive and challenging‚ and combines training in applied mathematical‚ statistical
and computing skills with a solid understanding of financial markets and asset pricing theory. It
consists of 2 preliminary courses that run 4 weeks prior to the start of the rest of the degree‚ 150
credits of coursework and a 60 credit minor dissertation. Graduates of this degree are well-equipped
for careers in the most sophisticated areas of investment banking‚ asset management‚ risk
management‚ or any career where a solid quantitative finance or financial engineering background is
useful. They may also pursue doctoral research in quantitative finance
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY 85

Duration:
The degree is only offered full–time over one year; it begins in January and ends in January of the
following year. With the approval of their supervisor‚ a student may be permitted to re–register for
the dissertation in the year following coursework‚ but fees will be payable.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM033BUS18]
Programme Convener:
D Taylor

Non-credit bearing preliminary courses

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


STA5089Z Basics of Mathematical Statistics (compulsory) ............................. 0 9
DOC5038Z Mathematical Computing Skills (compulsory) ............................... 0 9

First Semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5045F Introduction to Finance & Derivatives (compulsory)...................... 0 8
DOC5032F South African Financial Markets (compulsory) ............................ 15 8
DOC5046F Stochastic Calculus for Finance I (compulsory)............................ 30 9
DOC5043F Numerical Methods in Finance I (compulsory) ............................. 30 9

Second Semester
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5047S Stochastic Calculus for Finance II (compulsory) .......................... 30 9
DOC5048S Numerical Methods in Finance II (compulsory) ........................... 30 9
DOC5044S Risk Management of Financial Instruments .................................. 15 9

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5005W Dissertation (not exceeding ten thousand words) .......................... 60 9

The objective of the courses DOC5045F, STA5089Z and DOC5038Z is to harmonize knowledge of
the fundamental tools in statistics, computational mathematics and finance needed to follow the
remainder of the programme. A full course (30 HEQSF credits) typically consists of 48 contact
hours. However, the specific organisation of each course will be adapted according to the learning
needs.

Assessment:
To qualify for the degree, the student must achieve the following:
Pass or gain credit for the pre-courses, STA5089Z and DOC5038Z, and the co-requisite course,
DOC5045F.
Pass courses totalling (at least) 150 credits (including the compulsory courses).
Pass the dissertation, which carries an additional 60 credits.

Readmission rules:
Any candidate who fails any of the courses required for successful completion of the degree, during
the first year of registration, will be allowed to repeat a maximum of two courses in the following
academic year.
Courses may only be repeated once.
DOC5005W, DOC5045F, STA5089Z and DOC5038Z may not be repeated.
86 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains a weighted average mark of at
least 75% for the coursework component of the degree, and a grade of "Distinction" for the
dissertation.

Further specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, an applicant must submit academic
transcripts and a Curriculum Vitae. Application for the following year must be made by 30
September

Master of Philosophy
specialising in PROGRAMME EVALUATION [CM033BUS015]
Convener: S Chapman

Entrance requirements:
The minimum admission requirements is an honours degree or a four-year professional bachelor’s
degree at NQF level 8. Both types of degree should include a component in quantitative research
methods. Please note that a bachelor’s degree or an NQF level 7 or below is not accepted. In order to
qualify for selection students should have achieved an average of 65% for their honours / four- year
professional bachelor’s degree.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM033BUS15]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS5037W Programme Evaluation Coursework .............................................. 90 9
BUS5036S Dissertation (Programme Evaluation) ............................................. 0 9
BUS5050F Dissertation (Programme Evaluation) ........................................... 90 9

Please consult the School of Management Studies section of this handbook for a list of the
compulsory and elective modules in BUS5037W.

Programme description:
This is a one and a half-year full-time programme (both the coursework and dissertation are
completed within the year and a half of study) commencing in the first week of February.
The programme consists of coursework and a research dissertation.
The coursework comprises five compulsory modules that run from February to October, and aims to
equip students with advanced programme evaluation knowledge and skills. The research dissertation
runs for 12 months, commencing in July of the year of registration, and concluding with submission
of the dissertation the following year. The dissertation aims to assess whether students have
mastered the principles of programme evaluation, are able to apply these to a real-life programme
that they are expected to evaluate. Students who successfully complete the degree will be awarded
an MPhil.

Assessment:
The coursework component contributes 50% towards the final mark for the master’s degree.
Students are required to pass each module in order to pass the course.
Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their dissertation.
The dissertation component contributes 50% towards the final mark for the degree.
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY 87

Students are required to pass both the coursework and the dissertation in order for the degree to be
awarded.

Readmission rules:
The programme cannot be repeated.
There are no examinations or supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if students obtain an overall mark of 75% or higher and
a subminimum of 70% for both the coursework and research dissertation component of the degree.

Further specific administrative requirements:


Students applying for the Master of Philosophy (Programme Evaluation) must apply online using
the University’s application process by the end of November in the year preceding that for which the
application is made.

Master of Philosophy in Development Policy and Practice


[CM033DPP01]
Programme Convener: B Levy

Entrance requirements:
An Honours degree or its equivalent;
Five years of professional experience, with an orientation towards public service.

Programme description:
The degree will offer a structured and sustained learning opportunity, at the cutting edge of global
knowledge and experience, with abundant opportunities for applied research on effective
approaches and practices of public policy design and implementation in developing countries.
The degree is offered on a part-time basis over a two-year period. Each semester will commence
with a two-week intensive period in residence in Cape Town, followed by interactive distance
learning, organized around practical problems from participants’ workplaces.

The first year compulsory curriculum is designed to address the challenge of designing,
winning support for and implementing new programmes in government. It will strengthen
students’ capacities to:

 Analyse how governance, political economy and institutional shortfalls influence outcomes –
and explore practical ways of moving forward which take these institutional realities into
account;
 Build organisational capabilities and effectiveness through careful diagnosis and adaptation to
prevailing constraints and opportunities.
 Operate in one or more key policy areas, such as economic development, environmental
sustainability or health policy;
 Become increasingly skilful leaders – with a strong focus on personal development and people-
management; offered in partnership with the Graduate School of Business;
 Undertake applied research that both addresses practical policy and implementation challenges
and meets requisite standards of rigour.

This compulsory curriculum will be taught by an eminent, globally-recognised faculty, who


will bring to the classroom a rich combination of research eminence and practical
experience at senior levels of policy-making and implementation.
88 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY

The second year programme will build on the academic resources of the different faculties at the
University of Cape Town, as well as those of local and international partners. A number of subject
areas will be introduced, from which students can select for in-depth work, potentially including:
health care; trade, industrial policy and export promotion; climate change mitigation and adaptation;
infrastructure and its regulation; labour markets and employment; governance and justice;
information and transparency. In addition, as part of the second year programme, students will write
a minor dissertation on an applied policy topic.

Duration:
Two years on a part-time basis

Prescribed curriculum
[CM033DPP01]
Coursework
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GPP5001F Strategic policy-making for development: analysis and practice .. 25 9
GPP5002S Policy implementation and the regulation of markets ................... 25 9
GPP5003W Leadership I ................................................................................... 20 9
GPP5007F Leadership II .................................................................................. 10 9
GPP5004W Topics in development policy ........................................................ 30 9
Electives (minimum 10 credits) ..................................................... 10 9

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GPP5005W Minor Dissertation ......................................................................... 60 9

Assessment:
Assessments will include written assignments. For some courses, there will also be a
written examination. Assessment will include application of analytical policy skills to
workplace challenges.

Readmission Rules:
Students who fail may repeat a maximum of two courses of the coursework once,
provided that they scored at least 40% on the first attempt. There will be no
supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an average mark of
at least 75% for the coursework component of the degree; and not less than 75% for the
dissertation.

Further specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, the applicant must submit a
Curriculum Vitae, referee details and motivation with a covering letter. Applications should be
submitted by 30 September. Late applications will be accepted only in exceptional circumstances.
The programme begins in January.
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY 89

Master of Philosophy in People Management [CM033BUS19]


Convener: S Goodman

Entrance requirements:
The minimum admission requirement is an Honours degree in Human Resources or Organisational
Psychology / Industrial Psychology and a minimum of three years’ work experience in the field of
human resources. In order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants should have an
average mark of 65% for their Honours degree. At the discretion of the Head of Section‚ applicants
who do not have an Honours degree in these fields or the required mark in the Honours degree‚ but
have at least eight years of work experience in the field of human resources may receive recognition
of prior learning. Such candidates may be required to write specialised admission tests.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM033BUS19]
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
BUS5003W People Management Masters Coursework 1 ................................. 60 9
BUS5004W People Management Masters Coursework 2 ................................. 60 9
BUS5006W People Management Research Report ........................................... 60 9

Please consult the School of Management Studies section of this handbook for a list of modules in
BUS5003W and BUS5004W

Programme description:
It is a two-year part-time programme (both the coursework and dissertation are completed within the
two years of study) commencing in March. The duration of the programme cannot be ordinarily
extended.
The programme consists of coursework and a research report.

The research project aims to assess whether students have mastered the basic principles of practical
and applied research.
Students who successfully complete the degree will be awarded an MPhil.

Assessment:
The coursework component contributes 66% towards the final mark for the master’s degree.
Students are required to pass each module in order to pass the course.
Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their project.
The project component contributes 34% towards the final mark for the degree.
Students are required to pass both the coursework and the research report in order for the degree to
be awarded.

Readmission rules:
The programme cannot be repeated.
There are no examinations or supplementary examinations.

Distinction rules:
The degree may be awarded with distinction if students obtain an overall mark of 75% or higher and
a subminimum of 70% for both the coursework and research dissertation component of the degree.
90 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY

Further specific administrative requirements:


Students applying for the Master of Philosophy (People Management) must apply online using the
University’s application process by the end of October in the year preceding that for which the
application is made.

Master in DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PRACTICE [CM038DPP01]


Convener: B Levy

Entrance requirements:
The minimum admission requirements will be: an approved Postgraduate Diploma or Honours
degree (HEQSF Level 8); fluency in English, both written and spoken (requirements outlined in the
UCT Directions for Applicants); basic computer literacy and relevant work experience. The
academic components of these admission requirements are aligned with the university's admission
policy

Qualification outline:
Graduates of the Graduate School of Development Policy and Practice Masters programme will
have an enhanced professional and leadership capability, underpinned by an integrated, well-
rounded understanding of the challenges of development policy and practice, and of the need for
evidence-based research to inform policy design and implementation, grounded in applied research
methodologies. This will prepare them to lead in the public sector in a way which:

 Takes an holistic view of development challenges, especially in the African context, based on
specialist knowledge which enables them to address these complex challenges both
systematically and creatively and understand the consequences of their problem solving;
 Is based on a command of relevant methods, techniques, processes and technologies which
facilitate enquiry and the making of sound judgements in specialised contexts;
 Is anchored in cutting edge comparative global knowledge and experience, as well as exploring
African continental knowledge and experience, enabling graduates to critically evaluate current
and historical knowledge and identify appropriate methodologies for enquiry and action;
 Recognises the difficult ‘balancing acts’ associated with development policy formulation and
implementation (e.g. difficult technical and ethical choices, and balancing the needs and
demands of competing stakeholders in particular contexts) and directly addresses these in
policy formulation and implementation, and develops significant insights;
 Enables them to design, implement and manage policy processes with a strong focus on
communication with a range of audiences and the engagement of relevant stakeholders;
 Develop their competencies as motivated, self-regulated, lifelong learners in today’s
technological age, who can devise their own learning strategies for sustained, independent
learning, in both formal and informal learning contexts, for academic or professional
development.

Duration:
The degree is offered on a part-time basis over a two-year period. Each semester will commence
with a two-week intensive period in residence in Cape Town, followed by interactive distance
learning, organized around practical problems from participants’ workplaces.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 91

Prescribed curriculum
[CM038DPP01]
Compulsory courses

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


GPP5001F Strategic Policymaking for development: Analysis & Practices ... 25 9
GPP5002S Policy Implementation & the Regulation of Markets .................... 25 9
GPP5003W Leadership I ................................................................................... 20 9
GPP5006S Research and Policy Numeracy II ................................................. 10 9
GPP5007F Leadership II ................................................................................. 10 9
GPP5008W Issues in Economics development for Africa ................................ 10 9
GPP5004W Topics in Development Policy ...................................................... 30 9
Total credits for the year ............................................................. 120
Research Component: ....................................................................
GPP5009S Research Design and Proposal Development ................................ 15 9
GPP5010S Research Project ............................................................................ 45 9
Total credits for the year ............................................................... 60

Supplementary Examination:
There will be no supplementary exams.

Assessment:
Assessments will include written assignments. For some courses, there will also be a written
examination. Assessment will include application of analytical policy skills to workplace challenges

Readmission rules:
Students who fail may repeat a maximum of two courses of the coursework once, provided that they
scored at least 40% on the first attempt.

Distinction rules:
The Degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains an average mark of at least
75% for the coursework component of the degree, and not less than 75% for the Research
components.

Further specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, the applicant must submit a CV, referee
details and motivation with a covering letter. Applications should be submitted by 30 September.
Late applications will be accepted only in exceptional circumstances. The programme begins in
January each year.
92 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

Master of Commerce in Development Finance [CM035GSB30]


Convener: N Biekpe

Entrance requirements:
A four-year qualification or honours degree in Economics, Commerce, Accounting, Finance, or
another finance-related degree with a good quantitative background, or a four-year or honours
degree in non-finance related disciplines with at least 3 years’ experience in finance-related work
with a good quantitative background; in particular, students working for development finance
institutions, banking and non-banking institutions, government-linked development finance
departments/institutions and NGOs working in the area of development finance.

Programme description:
The primary purpose of this programme is to provide advanced training in development finance, and
to establish a platform for sustainable development finance research. On completion, the student will
have acquired the skills and capabilities to critically analyse the techniques and procedures for
financial sector development, financial management and issues on finance for development in a
developing and emerging market context; to apply these techniques and procedures in a
professionally competent manner; to undertake independent research, and to present research
findings in a form that can be disseminated effectively to users.

Duration: Two years.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM035GSB30]
Programme Convener:
N Biekpe

Students will be required to obtain 108 credits from compulsory courses, 12 credits from elective
courses and 60 credits from their research report.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB5100F Micro-Enterprise Finance .............................................................. 12 9
GSB5102S Project Finance .............................................................................. 12 9
GSB5103S International Finance for Development ......................................... 12 9
GSB5104F Quantitative Methods in Development Finance ............................ 12 9
GSB5105F Issues in Development Finance ..................................................... 12 9
GSB5106S Responsible Investment ................................................................. 12 9
GSB5107S Public Sector Finance .................................................................... 12 9
GSB5108F Financial Risk Management .......................................................... 12 9
GSB5115F Research Methods.......................................................................... 12 9

Elective courses: One course (12 credits) to be chosen from the following (not all courses will
be offered each year).
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB5109F Sovereign Debt Management ........................................................ 12 9
GSB5110F WTO and Trade Negotiations ........................................................ 12 9
GSB5111F Global Financial Architecture........................................................ 12 9
GSB5112F Financial Services Regulation ....................................................... 12 9
GSB5113F International Trade Policies ........................................................... 12 9
GSB5114F Corporate Finance and Investment ................................................ 12 9
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 93

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


GSB5509F Housing Finance for Emerging Markets ....................................... 12 9
GSB5508F Innovative Finance in Africa ......................................................... 12 9

Research component
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB5117W Minor Dissertation......................................................................... 60 9

Submission deadline: The minor dissertation must be submitted by 5th December of the second
year.

Assessment:
To obtain the qualification, a student must pass all nine compulsory courses and one elective course
with individual marks of at least 50%. In addition to this, the student must also complete an
independent research report with a mark of at least 50%. A course in Research Methods is also
compulsory and will be used as a pre-requisite to the research report.
Failed Course Assessment: At the first and only attempt of repeating a failed core course, the
following assessments criteria will apply: Assignment 40%; Final Exam 60%. The overall
assessment of a repeat/failed course will be capped at 50%. Where a student is absent from an exam,
the second attempt will be capped at 50%

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains a weighted average mark of at
least 75% for the coursework of the degree, and at least 75% for the dissertation.

Readmission rules:
Students must pass at least 6 of the compulsory courses.
Students must pass at least 6 of the compulsory courses with at least 50%.
Students may be permitted to reregister for a compulsory course only once and for a maximum of 3
courses.
If a student fails an elective, they are required to substitute it with another elective.
Supplementary examinations are not granted.
Students must complete coursework within a maximum period of 3 years.
The Master of Commerce in Development Finance programme cannot be repeated.

Master of Business Administration


[CM006GSB16 – Full time]/[CM025GSB17 – Modular]
Convener: L Ronnie

Entrance requirements:
Applicants should:
 Be 25 years or older;
 Have a minimum of three years’ work experience;
 Have completed either a Bachelor Honours degree or Postgraduate Diploma or a cognate
Bachelor's Degree equivalent at NQF level 8 through relevant work experience.
Candidates not meeting the degree requirement can apply through the Recognition of
Prior Learning (RPL) route and submit the Portfolio of Learning (POL) assessment form.
All applicants are required to write the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) and obtain
a minimum score of 550.
All applicants are required to submit a CV, two referee reports and personal motivations in the form
of three essays that will be used for selection purposes.
94 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

Selected applicants will be required to take part in an interview.

Programme description:

The MBA curriculum is structured around 16 compulsory courses that are designed to familiarise
the student with the landscape in which business operates, provide a solid grasp of the fundamentals
of management, and offer opportunities to integrate learning into holistic frameworks that are
sensitive to the key challenges that organisations face today.

Students also complete a series of electives to enhance their knowledge and expertise in key
specialist areas that they have chosen to focus on.

In addition to the compulsory and elective courses, the research report tests the ability of students to
apply analytical skills and knowledge gained on the programme to a particular area of business.
Students need to research a specific topic, collect methodologically robust data, interpret the data
and apply the findings to resolve the research question. The exercise challenges the student to
become acquainted with the current literature in a specific field, to make independent critical
evaluations of contending points of view and to show understanding of the theory and its
implications to practice.

The overarching goal of the MBA is to prepare graduates to make significant contributions to socio-
economic challenges with a focus on emerging markets.

Duration:
One year (full time) or two years (modular).

Prescribed curriculum
[CM006GSB16/CM025GSB17]
The MBA is accredited with 210 NQF credits per programme; 190 from compulsory courses and 20
from elective courses.

Compulsory courses
Code Code Name Credits Level
(Full Time) (Modular)
GSB4401F GSB4501F Accounting 10 8
GSB4402F GSB4502F Business, Government & Society 5 9
GSB4421F GSB4519W Organisational Leadership and Values 10 9
GSB4404F GSB4504F Economics for Business 10 8
GSB4405F GSB4505F Finance 10 8
GSB4407F GSB4507F Leadership and Personal Development 10 9
GSB4426F GSB4526F Markets in Emerging Countries 5 9
GSB4409F GSB4509F Marketing 10 8
GSB4410F GSB4510F Operations Management 10 8
GSB4408F GSB4508F Organisational Behaviour and People 10 8
Management
GSB4460F GSB5604S Doing Business in Africa 5 9
GSB4414S GSB4514W Strategy 10 9
GSB4428F GSB4528F Social Innovation and Entrepreneuring 5 9
GSB4496S GSB4596S Social Innovation Lab 10 9
GSB4427S GSB4527S Business Model Innovation Lab 10 9
GSB4413S GSB4513W Research Report/Dissertation 55 9
GSB4616S GSB4616W Research Methods 5 9
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 95

Elective Courses: Students must register for 20 credits from elective courses. The following is
a selection of some of the more popular MBA elective courses that were offered in the last
years. Please note that not all the electives listed will necessarily be available, other electives
not listed below may be available, and from time to time new electives are offered.
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4013S Advanced Corporate Finance ...........................................................5 9
GSB4451S Advanced Leadership ....................................................................10 9
GSB4488S Applied SRI .....................................................................................5 9
GSB4498S Business Development in Emerging Markets ..................................5 9
GSB4419S Capital Flows & Emerging Markets ................................................5 9
GSB4452S Coaching ..........................................................................................5 9
GSB4453S Company Valuations........................................................................5 9
GSB4403S Company Analysis .........................................................................10 9
GSB4454S Complexity of Change .....................................................................5 9
GSB4462S Doing Business in Asia & China .....................................................5 9
GSB4416S E-Marketing .....................................................................................5 9
GSB4471S Global Supply Chain Management ..................................................5 9
GSB5010F/S Social Finance ..................................................................................5 9
GSB5011F/S Leading Organisations in a VUCA world ........................................5 9
GSB4607S Lean Thinking and Operational Excellence .....................................5 9
GSB4474S Management Control Systems .........................................................5 9
GSB4476S Negotiation to Create Value.............................................................5 9
GSB4493F Strategic Brand Building .................................................................5 9
GSB4417S Strategic Marketing..........................................................................5 9
GSB4477S Planning New Ventures .................................................................10 9

Assessment:
Courses are assessed by means of class and mid-term tests; individual and group assignments;
presentations; and final examinations/report submissions.
In order to pass a course, students must obtain a DP as stated in the individual course outline as well
as a minimum of 50% on individual assessment components.

Readmission rules:

Semester 1 (terms 1 and 2 of the GSB academic calendar)


A student must obtain a minimum of 105 out of 115 credits in semester 1 in order to proceed to
semester 2 (term 3).

Semester 2 (terms 3 and 4 of the GSB academic calendar)


Except with the permission of Senate, a student shall not be permitted to renew registration if she or
he fails more than 10 compulsory credits and/or fails more than 20 elective credits.
Satisfactory progress for research report.

Degree rules:
1. Of the 210 credits required for the MBA degree, students must pass 180 credits from the
compulsory courses and at least 20 credits from the elective courses.
2. With permission of the Director of the GSB, a student may be permitted to register for a
maximum of 30 elective credits.
3. A student is permitted to repeat or substitute a maximum of 10 elective credits.

Distinction rules:
Students with an average for the coursework and dissertation of at least 75%, including at least 75%
for the dissertation, will be awarded the degree with distinction.
96 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

Master of Business Administration specialising in Executive


Management [CM008GSB09]
Convener: K Sewchurran

Entrance requirements:
Admission is subject to a selection process. Applicants should:
 Have a minimum of ten years of management experience.
 Have completed either a Bachelor Honours degree or Postgraduate Diploma or a cognate
Bachelor's Degree equivalent at NQF Level 8 through relevant work experience. Candidates not
meeting the degree requirement can apply through the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
route and submit the Portfolio of Learning (POL) assessment form.
 Take the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) and obtain a minimum of 550 points
OR write the Modified Career Path Appreciation assessment (MCPA). Applicants are required
to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) if they did not obtain a minimum of 550 in the
GMAT. This test, developed by the University of Cape Town, provides additional insight into
the candidate’s verbal and quantitative abilities and is assessed in conjunction with the GMAT
or MCPA results and other indicators.

Selected applicants are required to take part in an interview.

All applicants are required to submit a curriculum vitae, two referee reports and personal
motivations in the form of 3 essays that will be used for selection purposes.

Duration:
The programme runs over two academic years.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM008GSB09]
Programme Convener:
K Sewchurran

The MBA specialising in Executive Management is accredited with 210 NQF Credits at HEQSF
level 9.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB4222F Systemic Executive Practice .......................................................... 30 9
GSB4223F/S Managing for Shareholder Value................................................... 30 9
GSB4224S Managing for Customer Value ...................................................... 30 9
GSB5001F Designing Sustainable Business Models ....................................... 30 9
GSB5002S Managing for Societal Value ......................................................... 30 9
GSB5003W Dissertation .................................................................................... 60 9

Distinction rules:
To graduate with distinction, students must have a mark of 70% or more for courses 1 to 5, a mark
of 75% for the dissertation and a total average of 75% overall.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 97

General rules:
Students must comply with the general rules for master’s degrees in the university’s Handbook 3.
Students are also required to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the EMBA
Administrative Manual.

Assessment:
The outcomes of each course are assessed by means of both group and individual assignments.
In order to pass a course, students must obtain a DP as well as a minimum of 50% on all individual
assessment components.

DP requirements:
Students are required to complete 70% of the inter-modular submission requirements.

Class attendance:
Requests for absence from class must be submitted at least seven working days prior to the required
attendance dates. Only six days’ absence is permitted during the course of the programme, with a
maximum of two days per course. All lectures missed require a 500-word review (per lecture) to
ensure that learning is not lost and that students continue to contribute meaningfully to group work.
Absence without written acceptance is considered a breach of the duly performed criteria.

Leave of absence:
Refer to Rule G16 in the General Rules and Policies Handbook.

Award of the degree:


The MBA specialising in Executive Management is accredited with 210 credits. Students must pass
all courses with a minimum of 50% in each in order to qualify for the Master in Business
Administration specialising in Executive Management degree.

Readmission rules:
• As each course is a prerequisite for the next course; students must pass each course in order to
be readmitted to the next course. Except with the permission of Senate – or their delegated
authority – students will not be permitted to proceed if they have failed a course.
• There are no supplementary examinations.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


Applications for admission must be submitted by 31 October in the prior year.

Master of Commerce (by Coursework and Dissertation)


in Risk Management of Financial Markets [CM036BUS24]
Convener: D Taylor

Entrance requirements:
There are limited places on the degree and admission is based on merit.
Applicants must have an Honours (or four-year equivalent) degree.
98 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

The minimum admission requirements are:


 An Engineering degree from any sub-discipline
OR
An NQF Level 8 qualification (honours or four year equivalent degree with)
 At least 18 credits of Mathematics at HEQSF level 5 (MAM1010F at UCT)
 At least 18 credits of Microeconomics at HEQSF level 5 (ECO1010F at UCT)
 At least 18 credits of Macroeconomics at HEQSF level 5 (ECO1011S at UCT)
 At least 18 credits of Statistics at HEQSF level 5 (STA1000S at UCT)
Admission is at the discretion of the admissions committee and meeting the minimum requirements
does not guarantee acceptance.

Qualification outline:
The African Institute of Financial Markets and Risk Management in association with the School of
Management Studies offers a full-time professional MCom in Risk Management of Financial
Markets by coursework. The primary objective of this professional Master’s degree is to equip
students with the necessary methodological, regulatory and research skills for financial market risk
management. The requisite technical skills cover fundamental mathematics, statistics, econometrics,
and computing. The prescribed courses aim to instil the application of technical skills to modelling
complex financial and economic concepts, and thereby enhancing the understanding thereof.

The qualification is intensive and challenging‚ and combines training in mathematical‚ statistical,
econometric, and computing skills with a solid understanding of financial markets and risk
management. It consists of 180 credits of coursework including a research component‚ all of which
can be completed within one year. Upon successful completion‚ candidates should be well equipped
for careers in sophisticated areas of risk management in the financial services sector; and to pursue
doctoral research within the broad fields of financial risk management or quantitative finance. The
programme has been designed to accommodate students from a wide variety of backgrounds.

Duration:
The degree is offered over one year, full-time and begins in February.

Prescribed curriculum
[CM036BUS24]
Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
DOC5011W Risk Management Quantitative Modelling .................................... 45 8
DOC5013W Risk Management Markets ............................................................ 45 9
DOC5010S Risk Management Governance ...................................................... 30 9
DOC5012W Risk Management Research .......................................................... 60 9
Total credits per year ................................................................... 180

Assessment:
To qualify for the degree, the student must pass all four of the prescribed courses.

Readmission rules:
Except with the permission of Senate, a student will not be permitted to renew registration in the
degree if he or she
(a) fails DOC5011W (Risk Management Quantitative Modelling) or DOC5012W (Risk
Management Research)
(b) fails both DOC5010S (Risk Management Governance) and DOC5013W (Risk Management
Markets)
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 99

If a student fails only one of DOC5010S (Risk Management Governance) or DOC5013W (Risk
Management Markets) during their first year of registration, they will be permitted to repeat this
course in the following academic year. A failed course may only be repeated once.

Distinction rules:
The degree will be awarded with distinction if the candidate obtains a mark of 75% or higher for
each of the prescribed courses.

Further specific administrative requirements:


In addition to completing the University application form, the applicant must submit academic
transcripts, a Curriculum Vitae and a letter of motivation. Application for the following year must be
made by 30 September.
100 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

Doctoral Degrees
Doctor of Philosophy [CD001]

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (CDOO1) is a research degree under supervision and
examination is by thesis alone. The following are notes on specific qualifications. Prospective
candidates should consult the appropriate Head of Department, School or section concerned to
discuss both the proposed topic and the availability of suitable supervision. The Faculty Office
should be contacted for details regarding the application process.

Qualification Code Qualification Description Academic Plan Code


CD001 Actuarial Science BUS01
CD001 Demography BUS11
CD001 Economics ECO01
CD001 Finance FTX05
CD001 Information Systems INF01
CD001 Management Studies BUS06
CD001 Marketing BUS07
CD001 Quantitative Finance BUS09
CD001 Organisational Psychology BUS08
CD001 Statistics STA07
CD001 Taxation FTX03
CD001 Business Administration GSB04
CD001 Development Policy & Practice DPP01

CD003 Economics ECO01


(Coursework and dissertation)

FDA1 A candidate who registers for the degree without submission of an approved
research proposal is required to submit this approved research proposal to the
Faculty Board by no later than six months from the date of first registration.

FDA2 If the Faculty Board approves the research proposal, the Board shall recommend the
candidate for registration to the University’s Doctoral Degrees Board.

FDA3 If the candidate fails to submit a research proposal by not later than six months
from the date of first registration, or if the Faculty Board rejects the research
proposal, the candidate’s registration shall be cancelled.

FDA4 A candidate registering for the first time for the degree may register at any time.

FDA5 A returning candidate shall register by not later than the last Friday of February
each year.

FDA6 The renewal of registration is subject to a satisfactory annual report from the
primary supervisor and relevant Head of Department that is approved by the Dean
or Dean’s nominee.

FDA7 Except by special permission of the Dean of Commerce, the thesis submitted for the
degree shall not be less than 40,000 words or exceed 80,000 words.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 101

FDA8 Research that involves human participants or the use of animals must undergo
ethics review according to Faculty specific guidelines. Candidates must ensure
compliance with the Faculty Ethics in Research policy prior to engaging in any
research.

FDA9 The MOU must be completed by doctoral candidates in the Faculty of Commerce
prior to registration for the thesis course in their programme and is valid for up to a
year.

FDA10 A full MOU must be completed prior to re-registration every year.

FDA11 Where a candidate intends to submit his or her dissertation for examination in the
hope of the award of the degree at either April or December graduation ceremonies,
he or she must inform the Faculty Office in writing of his or her intention to do so
six weeks before submitting the dissertation for examination. It is recommended
that the thesis be submitted for examination five months before the graduation
ceremony to allow time for the examination process to run its course.

Doctor of Philosophy
specialising in BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION [CD001GSB04]
Research Director: R Hamann

Entrance requirements:
Applicants need to have a recognised master’s degree (or in special circumstances, at the discretion
of the Senate, an approved Bachelor’s degree or qualification recognised by the Senate as
equivalent). They must demonstrate that they have the necessary competencies in research
methodology and practice that are required for the completion of an independent study research
degree.

Applicants will need to include a nomination of a suitable supervisor in their application. The
nominated PhD supervisor must be a full-time academic at the GSB and must be actively publishing
in the scholarly literature in the field in question. GSB faculty can discuss applicants’ research ideas
and preliminary proposals at their discretion, but we advise applicants not to contact potential
supervisors without some preliminary research ideas.

Applicants must provide the following documents when completing the application:
 CV
 Academic transcripts
 A covering letter, which should include:
 A motivation for embarking on a PhD
 A motivation for choosing the GSB
 At least one nomination for an appropriate supervisor based at the GSB, and a
justification of this choice.
 A preliminary proposal of about five pages in length or about 2500 words. The purpose
of the proposal is to make a case for the research to be undertaken, and it will need to
show that the applicant has the ability to identify a pertinent research question, has at
least an initial grasp of the relevant literature, and has some of the necessary
competencies in research methodology and practice that are required for the completion
of an independent study research degree. The proposal should include (not necessarily in
the following order):
102 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

 An abstract of 100 words;


 An outline of the essential background literature;
 The rationale of the proposed research, with reference to the intended practical and
theoretical contributions;
 The key question(s) to be addressed and the main objectives of the research;
 The approach to be taken in doing the project, including a preliminary outline of the
proposed research design and data generation and analysis methods;
 References.
 Certified copy of ID or passport
 Certified copies of degree qualifications (degree certificate and transcripts)
 Two reference letters

Duration:
Typically between three and four years. It is very important that a student be registered
consecutively for all years of PhD study at the Graduate School of Business.

Programme description:
In line with the research mission of “engaged inquiry in a complex world,” the GSB expects PhD
candidates to make an original contribution to theory, while also addressing practical organisational
or social challenges. While the primary guidance to PhD candidates is provided by the PhD
supervisor, fellow PhD students and other faculty provide a rich network of support and interaction.

The typical duration of a PhD project is between three and four years, if the student is dedicating the
bulk of her or his time to the project. A candidate must be registered for at least two consecutive
years, although registration for a year at another university may be accepted as part of that period.
Although no maximum period of time is prescribed for completing a thesis, the university stipulates
a "reasonable time", which is generally taken to be five years. If a candidate is not making
satisfactory progress, the Commerce Faculty's Higher Degrees Committee may issue a warning, and,
if necessary, may refuse re-registration.

Though we do allow part-time PhD students into the programme, we recommend that students are
able to dedicate at least 20 hours a week to the project. Experience shows that otherwise it is
difficult to create and maintain the necessary momentum. Supervisors can at their discretion require
students to commit to certain time commitments.

Students enrolled in the PhD programme are expected to:


 Participate actively the PhD and Research Colloquia (PRCs), especially in their first year
of registration – this is described in more detail below;
 Agree with the supervisor and regularly reconsider a set of commitments and a timeline,
which is to be outlined in a signed Memorandum of Understanding;
 In the first six months of registration, develop a formal research proposal, which will be
presented to GSB faculty and students and then submitted to the Commerce Faculty’s
Higher Degrees Committee;
 Keep the supervisor updated about progress within suitable, agreed timeframes;
 Take a proactive approach to identifying their learning needs and to implementing
suitable responses;
 As appropriate, actively participate in the academic life of the GSB through lecturing,
research seminars and/or co-supervision of MBA research reports; and
 Re-register every year – failure to do so will lead to deregistration and possible problems
when submitting your thesis.

In their first year of registration, PhD candidates are expected to actively participate in our PRCs.
These are four or five compulsory three-day workshops distributed throughout the year, and are
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 103

encompassed in the Doctoral Research Design course. Their objectives are to give students the
theoretical and methodological insights that will enable their PhD projects and also provide them
with a foundation for their ongoing scholarly careers. They also contribute to a strong and
supportive PhD cohort and to the GSB’s research culture. Participating in PRCs will involve
comprehensive preparatory readings and exercises. Detailed programmes and preparation
instructions for the PRC series will be provided at least one month in advance.

PhD candidates will have about nine months to develop their proposal. This is normally a document
of between 30 and 60 pages, and we also expect a 10-15 page version. This proposal will need to be
presented formally to a committee consisting of at least three members of faculty (including the
supervisor). The key objectives of this assessment will be to a) assess that the student has been
making adequate progress and b) provide some helpful feedback so that the student can improve
her/his proposal prior to entering the field. The presentation will normally take place in the last PRC
of the year, commonly in October. The candidate will be required to submit her or his proposal ten
days prior to the presentation. She or he will have 20 minutes to present, followed by 20 minutes
discussion.

The appraisal committee will provide formal feedback to the student in writing. The final appraisal
could be summarised in one of the three categories (akin to those provided for in PhD final
assessments), i.e. a) good as is; b) requires some changes; c) wholly unsatisfactory. If the verdict is
“a” the proposal and the committee’s recommendation will be passed on the university’s Doctoral
Degrees Board. If the result is “b” the student will need to make specific revisions to the satisfaction
of the supervisor, after which it will be passed on. Inadequate proposals that receive a “c” verdict
will be considered on a case-by-case basis, but a possible outcome is that the student will not be
allowed to re-register in the next year.

Prescribed curriculum
[CD001GSB04]
The programme comprises a thesis, as well as a compulsory series of PhD seminars for all registered
PhD students.

Required courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
GSB6001H Doctoral Research Design ............................................................... 0 10
GSB6000W Thesis .......................................................................................... 360 10

Doctor of Philosophy
specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS [CD001INFO01]
Convener: W Chigona

Entrance requirements:
The PhD in Information Systems has certain entrance requirements that are different from other
PhDs in the Faculty and in UCT. This is an interdisciplinary program, and our typical applicant will
have a research Master’s degree in Information Systems, Commerce, Computer Science,
Engineering, Social Science, Medicine, Law or fields related to National Development. However,
applicants with no IS background but with strong experience in business, commerce or leadership
positions in the NGO sector will be considered provided they take appropriate coursework in I.S. to
rectify their limited body of knowledge. Under very exceptional circumstances, we will consider
applicants with MBAs and others who have master’s degrees without research components but a
strong background in Information Systems. Applicants must submit a detailed CV, and supply
104 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

answers to questions relating to any past and present work experience and activities, awards, skills,
academic and professional qualifications gained, and involvement with the IS industry. They should
state why they are seeking a graduate degree in Information Systems, why they feel that UCT is an
appropriate institution to supervise their work, indicate whether Full-time or Part-time study, field(s)
of research in which they are interested, and describe their preparation for postgraduate studies.
They should describe previous research done for their master’s degree, and any research they may
have done in industry or society, and list any publications, technical reports, dissertations or
conference proceedings they may have. Applicants should give details of any course(s) for which
they are currently registered, and an interim evaluation from appropriate instructors, as well as
details of any registration cancelled or applications for postgraduate study refused by an academic
institution. Applicants from other countries in particular should state how long they intend to be
resident and how they will finance their studies. Applicants without a master’s degree in IS from
UCT should also submit an authorised academic transcript of their marks, and give contact details of
two referees. They are also required to provide a copy of their master’s dissertation (electronic or
hard copy) and of any publications they may have, and may be required to attend an interview.
Acceptance is at the discretion of the Head of Department, and places will be limited to ensure
adequate supervision is available.

Prescribed curriculum
[CD001INF01]
The programme comprises a thesis, with an advanced research methods course as a pre-requisite to
registering for the thesis. The pre-requisite course is non-credit bearing for this programme.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
INF6001W I.S.Research ..................................................................................... 0 10
INF6000W I.S. Thesis .................................................................................... 360 10

Doctor of Philosophy
specialising in ECONOMICS [CD003ECO01] (with coursework)
Convener: M Sarr

Entrance requirements:
Candidates who possess a minimum of a second class (lower division) master’s degree in
Economics by coursework are eligible to apply. Candidates with a Master of Economic Science
degree are eligible to apply.

Programme outline:
This programme is offered in collaboration with other universities in sub-Saharan Africa and
supported by the African Economic Research Consortium (AERC) through donor funding. Its
distinguishing features are the integration of advanced theory, tools and African applications in the
academic programme.

Duration:
Offered over four years full-time. Two years are devoted to prerequisite courses and two years are
devoted to writing the thesis. The programme begins in January.
RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 105

Prescribed curriculum
[CD003ECO01]
The programme comprises a thesis, with advanced courses as a pre-requisite to registering for the
thesis.

A candidate will ordinarily complete the coursework in the first two years before proceeding to the
thesis. The programme is equivalent to 360 NQF credits. The pre-requisite courses are non-credit
bearing for this programme.

Compulsory courses
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO5011F Quantitative Methods for Economists ........................................... 30 9
ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5020F Advanced Microeconomics ........................................................... 30 9
ECO5046F Advanced Econometrics ................................................................ 30 9
ECO6007F Microeconomics II .................................................................... 30 10
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
OR .....................................................................................................
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9

A:Two courses (not taken in terms of the rules above) to be chosen from:

Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level


ECO5003F Governance and Growth ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5030S Applied Growth Theory ................................................................ 30 9
ECO5050S International Finance II ................................................................. 30 9
ECO5052S Natural Resource Economics ........................................................ 30 9
ECO5057S Labour Economics......................................................................... 30 9
ECO5062S Applied International Trade .......................................................... 30 9
ECO5064S Views of Institutional and Behavioural Economics ...................... 30 9
ECO5069S Applied Time Series Analysis ....................................................... 30 9
ECO5070S Microeconometrics ........................................................................ 30 9
ECO5073F Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation and Development .... 30 9
ECO5074S Research and Policy Tools ............................................................ 30 9
ECO5075S Macroeconomic Policy Analysis ................................................... 30 9
ECO5076S Development Microeconomics...................................................... 30 9
ECO5077S Empirical Industrial Organisation ................................................. 30 9

OR

B:Two courses to be chosen from the options offered at the Joint Facility for Electives in Nairobi

Options may be added or withdrawn according to circumstances each year.

Please consult the School of Economics section of this handbook for descriptions of the prerequisite
courses.
106 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

Research
Code Course NQF Credits HEQSF Level
ECO6000W PhD in Economics ....................................................................... 360 10

The following specific rules apply to the programme


FED1 Students who fail may repeat a maximum of two courses of the prerequisite
coursework component once, provided that they scored at least 40% at the first
attempt.

FED2 If a student fails an elective, they may substitute it with another elective.

FED3 There will be no supplementary examinations.

FED4 Students are required to submit a topic and sign a Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) with a supervisor by the end of February of the year following the
completion of the prerequisite coursework (typically the 3rd year).

FED5 Satisfactory progress for research as per the MoU.

FED6 The degree is assessed entirely on the basis of the completed thesis.

Further programme specific administrative requirements:


The closing date for applications is 31 July. The programme begins in January.

Doctor of Economic Sciences [CD002ECO05]


The degree of Doctor of Economic Science (CD002) may be awarded in respect of published work
representing a major original contribution to a branch of learning.

The degree of Doctor of Economic Sciences may be conferred upon:

FESD1.1 A graduate of this University of not less than five years' standing

FESD1.2 A graduate of not less than five years' standing of any other university recognised
by the Senate for the purpose.

FESD2 A candidate shall present for the approval of the Senate original published work or
original work accepted for publication in a subject or subjects approved by the
Senate which must give proof of distinction by some original contribution to the
advancement of science or of learning in the field of economics and/or business
studies.

FESD3 The work must be submitted in a satisfactory form. Six bound copies must be
presented.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 107

DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE


COLLEGE OF ACCOUNTING
The College is housed in the Leslie Commerce Building. Reception: Room No. 4.50

The letter code for the College is ACC.


Telephone Number: (021) 650-2269; Fax (021) 689-7582.
Departmental website: http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za/accounting

Head of College and Associate Professor:


G Modack, BCom PGDip Tax Law MCom Cape Town CA(SA)

Professors:
A Watson, BCom(Hons) Cape Town CA(SA)

Associate Professors:
M Graham, BBusSc MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
J Kew, BCom HDE MBA Cape Town
I Lubbe, BCom(Hons) UJ HDTE MPhil (Higher Education Studies) Cape Town CA(SA)
M T Minter, BSc Cape Town CA(SA)
S Parsons, BBusSc PGDip Tax Law Cape Town MPhil (Applied Theology) Pret MCom Cape Town
CA(SA)
GD Willows, BCompt(Hons) MCom Cape Town PhD CA(SA)
J Winfield, BBusSc BCom(Hons) Cape Town MA Oxon

Senior Lecturers:
R Carpenter, BBusSc MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
C de Jesus, BBusSc, MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
C Fourie, HDE BEd(Hons) Cape Town
M Harber, BBusSc, MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
R Mabutha, BCom Witwatersrand CA(SA)
DE Macdonald, BCompt(SA) HDE MBA Cape Town
P Maughan, BBusSc BCom(Hons) Cape Town MPhil (Applied Theology) Pret CA(SA)
T Miller, MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
A Siddle, BA LLB LLM PGDip Tax MBA MCom PhD Cape Town Attorney of the High Court of
South Africa
S West, BCom, MEd Cape Town CA(SA)

Lecturers:
J Allie, BBusSc MCom CA(SA)
M Bardien, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)
J Dean, BCom, PG Dip Tax Law Cape Town CA(SA)
A Dhansay, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)
M Gajewski, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)
S Herbert, BCom(Hons) Cape Town CA(SA)
R Hoch, BMus Cape Town PG Dip Man MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
D McGregor, BBusSc Cape Town CA(SA)
R Mellon, BusSc PG Dip Tax Law, Cape Town CA(SA)
C Mjali, BBusSci, Cape Town CA(SA)
B Qheya, HDip ACC, B.AccSci Witwatersrand CA(SA)
S Shamsoodien, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)
108 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Adjunct Lecturer:
R Sithubi, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)

Student Advisors:
J Allie, BBusSc, MCom CA(SA)
R Carpenter, BBusSc MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
C de Jesus, BBusSc, MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
S Herbert, BCom(Hons) Cape Town CA(SA)
D McGregor, BBusSc Cape Town CA(SA)
S Shamsoodien, BCom Cape Town CA(SA)

Distinguished Teacher Awards


J Kew (2015)
P Maughan (2013)
J Winfield (2016)

Consultation times:
By appointment only: G Modack, BCom PGDip Tax Law MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
By appointment only: T Minter, BSc Cape Town CA(SA)

Email: accstudentadvice@uct.ac.za

Duly Performed Certificates


Students must comply with the DP requirements set for each course.
For DP purposes class tests exclude objective tests.
For DP purposes assignments include projects, essays etc. but no tutorial hand-ins.
The College reserves the right to set deferred class tests for students who miss class tests.
More than one exemption from an independent assessment may result in a DPR for the course
concerned.

ACC4002H TAXATION III


Fourth year status, whole year course, 2 lectures per week, 1 double period tutorial per week.
24 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: R Carpenter
Course entry requirements: Admission to PGDA or BCom Hon in Accounting
Course outline:
Advanced Income Tax with special reference to: Estates & Trusts, Tax planning for Individuals,
Corporate entities and Estates; Value Added tax.
Lecture times: Mon, Tues, Wed, Thur 16:00 – 18:00; Fri, 14:00 – 16:00
DP requirements: See PGDA requirements for DP.
Assessment: Tests and mid-year examination: 40% Final examination: 60%.

ACC4020W MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING & FINANCE II


Fourth year status, whole year course, 2 lectures per week, 1 double period tutorial per week
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: P Maughan
Course entry requirements: Admission to PGDA or BCom Hon in Accounting
Course outline:
The budgeting process; decision making; financial strategy; control in the organisation; quantitative
methods; the investment decision; the financing decision; valuations; decentralisation and
performance evaluation; financial engineering; international financial management.
Lecture times: Mon, Tues, Wed, Thur 16:00 – 18:00; Fri, 14:00 – 16:00
DP requirements: See PGDA requirements for DP
Assessment: Tests and mid-year examination 40% Final examination 60%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 109

ACC4023W FINANCIAL REPORTING IV


Fourth year status, whole year course, 2-4 lectures per week, 1 double period tutorial per week.
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Watson
Course entry requirements: Admission to PGDA or BCom Hon in Accounting
Course outline:
A detailed analysis of international financial reporting standards, including review of topics covered
to date. Group financial statements, including foreign operations. New developments in financial
reporting.
Lecture times: Mon, Tues, Wed, Thur 16:00 – 18:00; Fri, 14:00 – 16:00
DP requirements: See PGDA requirements for DP.
Assessment: Tests and mid-year examination :40% Final examination: 60%

ACC4025H CORPORATE GOVERNANCE III


24 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Harber
Course entry requirements: Admission to PGDA or BCom Hon in Accounting
Course outline:
The course builds on knowledge and skills gained in Corporate Governance I (ACC2018S) and
Corporate Governance II (ACC3022H) but often at a more advanced and integrated level. Topics
include:
Auditing Perspective:
Stages of the audit process, Planning, Tests of controls, Substantive audit procedures, Evaluating
and concluding and Audit reporting.
Management Perspective:
Corporate Governance – King III Report and Code on Governance in South Africa, Directors’
responsibilities, Auditors’ responsibilities, Stakeholder communication, The role of internal audit,
Audit committees, Professional and Business ethics, Systems aspect – Advanced systems
environments, Information system controls, Information security, Evaluation of controls.
Legislation/Ethics:
Interpretation and application of the Companies Act, the Auditing Profession Act and the
Accounting Profession’s Code of Professional Conduct.
Lecture times: Mon, Tues, Wed, Thur 16:00 – 18:00; Fri, 14:00 – 16:00
DP requirements: See PGDA requirements for DP.
Assessment: Tests and mid-year examination: 40% Final examination: 60%.

ACC4036W PUBLIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C de Jesus
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting
Course outline:
This course develops the understanding and application of costing techniques within the public
sector, and the ability to provide recommendations for improvements in productivity and efficiency
and effectiveness. Further focus areas include financial management policies, the preparation of
budgets and forecasts, control and management of projects, and tender processes. This course is
offered in a blended learning format. Students make use of online learning which contains formative
assessments.
DP requirements: A submission of at least 75% for formative assessment and a weighted average
year mark of at least 40% for class tests, assignments and projects
Assessment: Tests and assignments: 40 %, Final 3-hour examination: 60%.
110 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ACC4037W PUBLIC SECTOR FINANCIAL REPORTING


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: I Lubbe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting
Course outline:
This course develops competencies relating to the preparation, presentation and evaluation of
financial and performance information (output) in compliance with standards of Generally
Recognised Accounting Practice (GRAP) and other reporting requirements for the public sector
DP requirements: A weighted average year mark of at least 40% for class tests, assignments and
projects
Assessment: Tests and assignments: 40%Final 3-hour examination: 60%

ACC4038Z PUBLIC SECTOR STRUCTURES & FUNCTIONS


24 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Siddle
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting
Course outline:
This course develops: the understanding and application of public and administrative structures,
functions and policies within the public sector organisation using the legislative frameworks and
authorities in the public sector; and the ability to identify and suggest areas of improvement in such
functions and reporting structures. There is specific focus given to the PFMA, MFMA and the
National Regulations. This course is offered in a blended learning format. Students make use of
online learning with continuous formative assessments.
DP requirements: A submission of at least 75% of formative assessments and a weighted average
year mark of at least 40% for class tests, assignments and projects
Assessment: Tests and assignments: 40%Final 3-hour examination: 60%

ACC4039H PUBLIC SECTOR AUDIT & GOVERNANCE


24 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Dhansay
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Sector Accounting
Course outline:
This course covers aspects related to both external and internal audit functions, and ethics. It
includes aspects such as the design, analysis and evaluation of financial and related information
systems for business monitoring and control purposes; the design of internal control questionnaires;
and considerations for an appropriate control environment. Other aspects include ethical issues and
frameworks, the identification of acceptable professional conduct and behaviour, business risks and
constructive recommendations for the limitation or prevention, detection and correction of such
risks.
DP requirements: A weighted average year mark of at least 40% for class tests, assignments and
projects
Assessment: Tests and assignments 40%Final 3-hour examination 60% (integrated).

ACC4050W SPECIALISED TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING & RESEARCH REPORT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Herbert
Course entry requirements: BCom or BBusSc or equivalent degree, containing accounting courses
in the final year of that degree (at HEQC level 7), meeting the entrance requirements for PGDA or
Honours
Course outline:
This course aims to introduce students to further topics within accounting, such as the objectives and
constraints of financial reporting, the problem of measurement, creative accounting, the role of the
auditor, fundamental financial analysis and corporate evaluation.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 111

DP requirements: Students are required to achieve a minimum of 50% for the course.
Assessment: Assessment will involve assignments, tests and a research report which students will
be required to submit at the end of the course.

ACC5001H TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING AND GOVERNANCE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Parsons
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme
Course outline:
This is a capstone course which reflects on and integrates the areas covered in the prescribed
coursework.
After completion of the course, students are able to:
1. Display applications of all areas of accounting to any given scenario
2. Communicate results coherently and accurately
3. Produce work of creditable literary quality
DP requirements: None
Assessment: This course can be exchanged for a 4000/5000 level course approved by the
Programme Convener and subject to meeting relevant course pre-requisites and approval from the
Course Convener.

ACC5020H CORPORATE FINANCIAL ANALYSIS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Willows
Course entry requirements: Admission to CM031ACC13: Master of Commerce specialising in
Financial Reporting, Analysis and Governance.
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to enable students to develop key insights into strategy, financial analysis,
forecasting, financial modelling, valuations and credit analysis. The focus is on decision making in
the real world and students are place in business situations, which require a decision. Students will
be required to analyse South African, UK and Australian companies.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures and submit all assignments.
Assessment: Assessment will involve group work assignments (submissions and presentations) and
a written examination. Mark allocation: Group work assignments (submissions and presentations):
40%, Examination: 60%. Students must achieve a minimum of 50% in individual work to pass the
course

ACC5023H FINANCIAL AND EXTERNAL REPORTING


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Graham
Course entry requirements: Admission to CM031ACC13: Master of Commerce specialising in
Financial Reporting, analysis and Governance.
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to enable students to; understand the way in which financial reporting
standards are developed, appreciate the current status of International Financial Reporting
Standards, develop and implement accounting policies where the standards are silent and critically
discuss the financial reporting requirements of various entities. Furthermore, students will be
required to understand the role and nature of the Integrated Report as well as other external reports
that a Finance Director may be required to produce.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures and submit all assignments.
Assessment: Assessment will involve group work assignments (submissions and presentations) and
a written examination. Mark allocation: Group work assignments (submissions and presentations):
40%. Examination: 60%. Students must achieve a minimum of 50% in individual work to pass the
course.
112 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ACC5025H CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Modack
Course entry requirements: Admission to CM031ACC13: Master of Commerce specialising in
Financial Reporting, Analysis and Governance.
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to enable students to identify and exploit opportunities while reducing risks
(strategic, operational, financial, marketing, legal, environment, etc) in pursuit of an entity's overall
objectives, Furthermore, the course will enable students to; understand the leadership process of the
board or other governing body, appreciate the role of the audit committee and understand the role of
the internal audit function.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures and submit all assignments.
Assessment: Assessment will involve group work assignments (submissions and presentations) and
a written examination. Mark allocation: Group work assignments(submissions and presentations):
40%Examination: 60% Students must achieve a minimum of 50% in individual work to pass the
course

ACC5050W MINOR DISSERTATION ACCOUNTING


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Willows
Course entry requirements: Admission to CM031ACC01: Master of Commerce, Specialising in
Financial Reporting, Analysis and Governance.
Course outline:
A student will register for this course at the beginning of the second year.
This is the research option in Year 2, Option 2 for the degree of Master of Commerce specialising in
Financial Reporting, Analysis & Governance.
The dissertation will focus on subject areas culminating from the areas taught on in the separate
modules or related topics and will assist students in refining their understanding of the relevant
subject matter. Candidates are required to attend a research methods course during which the
dissertation proposal will be developed. The dissertation proposal will require course convener and
supervisor approval. A candidate will not be permitted to submit the dissertation until such time that
the first year coursework components (i.e. ACC5020H, ACC5023H and ACC5025H) are completed.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Minor Dissertation: 100%

ACC5051W MINOR DISSERTATION ACCOUNTING 60 CREDITS


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Willows
Course entry requirements: See requirements for CM031ACC13: Master of Commerce
specialising in Financial Reporting, Analysis and Governance
Course outline:
This is the composite research option in year 2 Option 1 for the degree of Master of Commerce
specialising in Financial Reporting, Analysis and Governance.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress to the supervisor's satisfaction.
Assessment: Minor Dissertation: 100%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 113

SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS
The School is housed in the School of Economics Building,Room 2.29, Middle Campus.

The letter code for the Department is ECO.


Telephone Number: (021) 650-5751.
Departmental website: http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za/economics

Director of the School and Professor:


L Edwards, BA Cape Town BA(Hons) Rhodes MA Msc LSE PhD Cape Town

Professors:
C Ardington, BSc (Hons)MSc PhD Cape Town
H Bhorat, BSocSc(Hons) Cape Town MA PhD Stell
A Black, BA Cape Town BA(Hons) Sussex MSocSc Natal PhD Cape Town
J Burns, BCom(Hons) Natal MPhil Cantab PhD Massachusetts
J P Dunne, BSc(Hons) Bristol MA Cantab PhD Edinburgh
H Kincaid, BA MA PhD Indiana
M V Leibbrandt, BSocSc(Hons) Rhodes MA PhD Notre Dame
E Muchapondwa, BSc MSc Zimbabwe PHL PhD Göteborg
N Nattrass, BA Stell BSocSc(Hons) Cape Town MA Natal MSc DPhil Oxon
D Ross, BA MA PhD Western Ontario
J Turpie, BSc (Hons) PhD Cape Town
C Van Walbeek, BCom(Hons) MCom Stell PhD Cape Town
M Visser, BSc(Hons) MCom Cape Town PhD Göteborg
M Wittenberg, BA(Hons) MA Natal MCom Witwatersrand PhD Natal

Emeritus Professors:
H Abraham, MA Tel Aviv PhD Hebrew University
D E Kaplan, BA BCom Cape Town MA Kent DPhil Sussex
M Morris, BA(Hons) Cape Town MA PhD Sussex

Principal Research Officer:


H Ross, PhD Illinois

Honorary Professors:
G Ainslie, BA Yale College MD Harvard
M Carter, MA PhD Wisconsin
G Harrison, BEcon(Hon) MA Monash MA PhD UCLA
D Lam, BA Colorado MA Austin MA PhD Berkeley
L Ndikumana, BA Burundi MA PhD Washington
E Rutström, Bachelor of Economics & Business Administration PhD Stockholm
T Sterner, BA PhD Göteborg

Adjunct Professor:
F Ismail, BA LLB Natal MPhil Sussex PhD Manchester

Associate Professors:
B Conradie, BSc(Hons) MSc Stell PhD Colorado
L Grzybowski, MSc Warsaw PhD Munich
M Keswell, BCom(Hons) UDW MSocSc Natal MA PhD Massachusetts
A Leiman, BA(Hons) Natal BA(Hons) Unisa HDE MA Cape Town
E Nikolaidou, MA PhD London
P Piraino, MSc PhD Siena
114 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

M Sarr, BA Reims MSc Toulouse MSc Warwick PhD UCL

Adjunct Associate Professors:


Z Brixiova, BA Prague PhD Minnesota
M Ellyne, BSc(ENG) Cornell MSc London PhD Baltimore
A Shimeles, BA Addis Ababa MA Delhi PhD Gothenburg

Senior Lecturers:
R Daniels, BSc MA Auckland PhD Cape Town
K Eyal, BSc BCom (Hons) MCom PhD Cape Town
A Hofmeyr, BSocSc BCom MCom PhD Cape Town
K Kotze, BCom Natal BCom(Hons) Unisa MCom PhD Stell
C Mlatsheni, BSocSc(Hons) MSocSc Cape Town PhD Cape Town
L Mateane, BSc (Hon) MA Witwatersrand PhD New York
D Thiam, BSc Montpellier MSc Nantes PhD Bordeaux

Adjunct Senior Lecturer:


N Samouilhan, MCom PhD Cape Town

Lecturers:
L Neethling, BCom(Hons) MCom Cape Town
R Lepelle, MCom Witwatersrand
C Makanza, BSc (Hons) MSc Zimbabwe PhD Cape Town
G Ndlovu, BCom MSc Zimbabwe
N Pillay, BBusSc MCom Cape Town

Chief Research Officers:


A de Lannoy, MA (Germanic Languages) Ghent PhD (Sociology) Cape Town
A Kerr, BSc BCom (Hons) UKZN MPhil DPhil Oxon

Development Policy Research Unit (DPRU)


Director:
H Bhorat, BSocSc (Hons) Cape Town MA PhD Stell

Deputy-Director:
M Oosthuizen, MCom (Economics) Stell

Researchers:
Z Asmal, MSc (Economics) Witswatersrand
A Ewinyu, MCom (Economics) Witswatersrand
T Jacobs, MCom (Economics) Cape Town
S Khan, MCom (Economics) Cape Town MSc (Econometrics & Mathematical Economics) Tillburg
E Kimani, PhD Cape Town
A Lilenstein, MCom (Economic Development) Cape Town
K Lilenstein, MSc (Applied Economics) Cape Town
J Monnakgotla, MSc (Economics) Witswatersrand
C Rooney, MCom (Economic Development) Cape Town
B Stanwix, MSc (Applied Economics) Cape Town MSc (Economic & Social History) Oxon
F Steenkamp, PhD Cape Town
A Thornton, MSc (Applied Economics) Cape Town
D Yu, PhD (Economic Sciences) Stell
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 115

The Development Policy Research Unit (DPRU) has been actively engaged in policy-relevant
research since 1990 establishing itself as one of SA’s premier research institutions in the field. The
DPRU aims to inform economic and social policymaking by specialising in academically rigorous
research into various labour market challenges; their causes in areas such as education and
regulation; and their consequences as manifest in poverty and inequality. Researchers also engage in
projects concentrating on related issues such as financial development, trade and demography, with
specific focus on South Africa and Africa more generally. The bulk of the Unit’s research drives
from the analysis and manipulation of micro-level datasets, such as individual and household
surveys, firm surveys, national census and increasingly administrative databases.

More information about the DPRU is available at: www.dpru.uct.ac.za

Environmental Policy Research Unit (EPRU)


Director:
M Visser, BSc(Hons) MCom Cape Town PhD Göteborg

The Environmental Economics Policy Research Unit (EPRU) is a collaborative association of


academic researchers specialising in environmental and natural resource issues. Members of EPRU
include six senior researchers and eleven junior researchers (mostly PhD students) based in the
School of Economics at the University of Cape Town. The unit is the South African branch of an
international network, the Environment for Development initiative (EfD). It was established in 2007
to promote sustainable development and poverty reduction in Southern Africa through policy
relevant research. During its ten years of existence, EPRU has built extensive experience in research
pertaining to climate risk and behavioural responses to climate change, biodiversity conservation, air
quality, etc. EPRU strives to become a centre of excellence in environmental and resource
economics in Southern Africa from which decision makers will seek well-researched advice.

More information about EPRU can be found on their website:

http://www.efdinitiative.org/centers/south-africa/the-environment-for-development-initative

Policy Research in International Services and Manufacturing (PRISM)


Director:
A Black, BA Cape Town BA (Hon) Sussex MSocSc Natal PhD Cape Town

Policy Research in International Services and Manufacturing (PRISM) provides a home to a number
of related research activities, projects and programmes. The broad focus of these activities has been
concerned with issues of globalisation, global value chains, industrialization paths, infrastructure
development, the role of knowledge intensive services, innovation and policy focus, responding to
economic policy question issues on South Africa, the rest of Africa and beyond.

PRISM has co-ordinated and participated in a wide range of Large Scale, multi-year, multi-country
collaborative programmes. These include the Africa-wide “Making the Most of Commodities
Programme”, “China and Sub Saharan African Industrialisation” as part of the African Economic
Research Consortium’s “Asian Drivers Project” and “Towards employment intensive growth in
South Africa” in collaboration with institutes in the Netherlands.

Towards the end of 2011, it was decided to formalise the PRISM network and expand its ambit
within the School of Economics. As a consequence, PRISM is now an accredited research unit and
in its expanded form it is undertaking work at the public-private interface in the following related
areas:
 Industrial development and competitiveness
 International trade and foreign investment
116 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

 Infrastructure development
 Resource based linkage industrialisation
 The performance of public agencies
 Economic policy and governance relating particularly to the above areas.

The membership of PRISM includes ten academic staff from the School of Economics as well as
graduate students and international affiliates.

Southern Africa Labour and Development Research Unit (SALDRU)

Director:
M V Leibbrandt, BSocSc(Hons) Rhodes MA PhD Notre Dame

The Southern Africa Labour and Development Research Unit (SALDRU) carries out research in
applied empirical microeconomics with an emphasis on labour markets, human capital, poverty,
inequality and social policy. We strive for academic excellence and policy relevance, SALDRU was
founded in 1975 and, in the Apartheid years, conducted a number of important surveys revealing the
negative impacts of Apartheid on the population. In the post-Apartheid period, SALDRU has
continued to gather data and conduct research directed at informing and assessing anti-poverty
policy. Recent survey projects include the on-going Cape Area Panel Study, the Financial Diaries
Project, the Public Work Research Project and the Quality of Life Survey. In 2006, the Presidency
awarded SALDRU the tender to set up and conduct the base wave of South Africa’s first national
panel study of well-being, the National Income Dynamics Study. In 2009, SALDRU won the tender
for the second wave of NIDS and in 2011 won the tender for the third wave. Fieldwork for the Third
was is being conducted in 2012. J-Pal Africa builds capacity within Africa to run randomised impact
evaluations of anti-poverty programmes.

Currently SALDRU’s research team includes a Director (Professor Murray Leibbrandt) a permanent
Associate Professor, the Executive Director of J-Pal Africa, 3 Post-doctoral Fellows, a Survey
Manager, 4 temporary researchers, 19 research associates from within Economics, 1 honorary
research associate. There are also several research affiliates, reflecting SALDRUs active national
and international research collaborators. The NIDS survey office is run by the survey manager and
contains 7 dedicated staff and, during fieldwork, up to 30 temporary staff members. The Executive
Director of J-PAL Africa is Laura Poswell. We have a team of Research Managers, Policy
Associates and Research Analysts. SALDRU is governed by an executive committee.

Aside from the National Income Dynamics Study and the work of J-PAL Africa, current research
work falls into the following research themes:
 Post-apartheid Poverty, Inequality, Employment, Education, Health and Migration
dynamics In 2014 our key funders were the NRF Research Chair in Poverty and
Inequality Research, the NRF Programme, Grand Challenges, Social Dynamics,
European Union’s NoPoor Consortium, the National Institutes of Child Health and
Development, the Presidency’s Programme to Support Pro-poor Policy Development, the
National Treasury, WIDER and the OECD.
 Fertility and Intergenerational Transfers (funded by the Hewlett Foundation and
Population Reference Bureau).
 Social Protection, Public Works and the Labour Force (funded by the International
Development Research Centre, the Ford Foundation and the British ESRC).
 The Economics of Tobacco and Alcohol Control in Africa (funded in 2011 by the
American Cancer Society (ACS) and in 2012 onwards by the ACS and the Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation).

Since 1999, SALDRU has run the annual UCT Summer programme in Social Science Research
Using Survey Data. Currently, this programme trains about 100 Southern African researchers per
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 117

year. It was funded by the Mellon Foundation for the first decade and, in 2011 was endowed by
large grants form Kresge, the Ford Foundation, the Mellon Foundation and Statistics South Africa as
well as smaller grants from 10 of South Africa’s universities. In addition, SALDRU runs Winter
Workshops in the analysis of panel data and in programme evaluation.

Research Unit in Behavioural Economics and Neuroeconomics (RUBEN)

Director:
J Burns, BCom(Hons) Natal MPhil Cantab PhD Massachusetts

RUBEN’s interdisciplinary team of experimental economics researchers seek to understand the way
in which people in developing economies assess risk and make decisions. They do this through
quantitatively analysed laboratory and field experiments with people earning real monetary rewards
for performing experimental tasks. RUBEN researchers especially focus on trust - the essential basis
of business relationships – and people’s attitudes to risk, uncertainty and time. This knowledge is
crucial to innovative product design in insurance, banking and asset management. For certain
studies, RUBEN researchers also have the technology and expertise to conduct brain imaging
studies, of the kind needed for neuroeconomics and neuromarketing. RUBEN members within the
School of Economics are Don Ross, Justine Burns, Martine Visser, and Andre Hofmeyr.

RUBEN research projects currently underway include studies on problem gambling prevalence and
its determinants with 10,000 subjects in Denmark funded by the Danish government; four behavioral
economic interventions in the Western Cape sponsored by the Province; behavioral “nudge”
interventions around water usage in Cape Town; and studies of social enterprises in Rwanda.

RUBEN is currently the only centre for experimental research in economics on the African continent
and thus a key aspect of RUBEN activity is training. RUBEN hosts annual training workshops for
scholars from the rest of the continent, and raises funds to cover all workshop costs for these
participants.

ECO4006F MACROECONOMICS
16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: At least 40% for ECO4112F
Course outline:
The course studies the principal macroeconomic approaches towards understanding short-run
fluctuations in aggregate output and the longer-term determinants of macroeconomic performance.
Business cycles are investigated from a traditional Keynesian and New Keynesian perspective,
complemented by a discussion on monetary and fiscal policy options. For understanding economic
growth, the course reviews the exogenous growth model as well as new growth theories and
alternative perspectives.
Lecture times: Friday: 14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework consisting of one project (20%) and one test (20%); examination 60%.

ECO4007F MICROECONOMICS
16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: At least 40% for ECO4112F.
Course outline:
This is a course about the dynamic interplay of behaviour and institutions, and the outcomes
produced through their interaction. The course focuses on how social interactions can be structured
such that people are free to choose their own actions while avoiding outcomes that none would have
118 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

chosen. Key concepts covered included positive feedbacks and strategic complementarities,
behavioural foundations of choice, and institutional responses in light of co-ordination failures.
Lecture times: Friday: 09h00-10h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 50% (comprising 2 tests and an assignment); Examination 50%.

ECO4013S INTERNATIONAL FINANCE


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
The course provides an introduction to international finance and is split in two parts: the first part
will cover classic topics and monetary models of exchange rate determination, currency market
microstructure, strategic trade models, and currency crisis models. The second part of the course
will develop dynamic macroeconomic models to investigate the role of the current account and the
present concerns surrounding large deficits and imbalances. Thereafter, we model the effects of
rapid capital flow adjustments (i.e. sudden stop economics), before considering the causes and
effects of global economic crises.
Lecture times: Thursday: 09h00-10h45.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of a project 30%, Examination 70%.

ECO4016F ECONOMETRICS
16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: At least 40% for ECO4112F
Course outline:
This course is an introduction to econometric theory and practice. It provides the tools with which to
test hypotheses and generate predictions of economic activity. The main focus is on causal inference
with non-experimental data. The course has a strong lab-based component in which students work
with the statistical computing package Stata. The topics covered include omitted variable bias and
measurement error in regression models; panel data methods; instrumental variables and two-stage
least squares; limited dependent variables and sample selection corrections; and basic regression
analysis with time series data (covering stationarity, unit root testing, autocorrelation,
heteroscedasticity and cointegration).
Lecture times: Tuesday: 11h00-12h45 & 14h00 - 14h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of two tests counting 15% each; one term paper counting 20%;
examination 50%.

ECO4020S ECONOMIC CHALLENGES IN AFRICA


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
After independence, many parts of Africa suffered serious relative economic decline. Recent growth
rates have been very promising. This course is therefore about the challenges confronting economic
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 119

development in Africa (generally excluding South Africa). It seeks to provide a detailed overview of
African development, and exposes students to debates regarding past problems, current issues and
future possibilities. The focus is applied and policy oriented. Topics include the state in Africa,
challenges of managing capital flows, aid, resources and conflict, agriculture and industrialisation.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework only consisting of 4 essays, each 20%; 20% on panel performance and
class participation.

ECO4021W RESEARCH & WRITING I


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for Honours in Economics. At least 40%
for ECO4112F.
Course outline:
The long paper is to take the form of an article intended for submission to the South African
Journal of Economics. A student must follow their referencing style. Given that it is to take the
form of an article, the long paper should be divided into sections rather than chapters, and a
maximum of 8 000 words has been imposed. It must be written in an appropriate academic style.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: 100% written work

ECO4026S THE ECONOMY & ITS FINANCIAL MARKETS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course is designed to help students appreciate the relationship between the economy and its
financial markets so that they may better understand how the economy works, how financial
markets behave and how they work and interact with each other. The programme is aimed at
developing a feel for the rationality of ‘the market’ and the often discordant sounds and rhythms of
financial markets. We hope to develop a stronger sense of how the financial market anticipate and
influence economic policy. We will interact with the data on the economy and the markets using
Eviews with which students should be familiar. We will use regression analysis and other
econometric techniques to build and analyse models of the economy and the financial markets. As
a result students will be expected to become more perceptive analysts of published financial data
and economic events and of the role played by financial markets in promoting economic
development.
Lecture times: Friday: 14h00 – 17h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 50%; examination 50%.
120 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO4027S THE ANALYSIS OF SURVEY DATA


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course will be jointly offered to both Economics and Statistics honours students. This course
examines a range of statistical techniques for using survey data and presents methods to
compensate for design features for complex sample survey data. These techniques are then applied
to a selection of policy issues through the analysis of South Africa household surveys. Firm survey
data is also introduced and economic development applications are presented.
Section 1: Analysis of complex sample surveys.
Section 2: Social policy issues and the analysis of household survey data.
Lecture times: Monday & Wednesday:14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of problem sets (25%) and lab practicals (25%) 50%;
examination 50%.

ECO4028S POLICY ANALYSIS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course will give students exposure to policy issues in a number of key economic domains.
The course will utilise real policy issues that have emerged in the current context in South Africa
in which those teaching will have had an active role. While precise topics will vary each year,
examples are industrial policy, trade, overall government strategy, environmental management and
alcohol regulation. Students will be exposed to the debates over real policy issues and the
techniques and tools to deal with them. Outputs will place emphasis on policy briefings, cabinet
memoranda and the like rather than essays. There will be a strong emphasis on discussion and
participation in class.
Lecture times: Wednesday:16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework only, consisting of 6 equally weighted essays 100%.

ECO4029S EXPERIMENTS IN ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course is an introduction to the methodology of experimental economics and its application to
specific topics such as decision making under risk and over time, the provision of public goods,
and bargaining. We will primarily focus on laboratory experiments but we will also cover field
experiments, and briefly discuss randomised evaluations, and natural experiments. The course will
start with a consideration of the scope and role of experiments in economics. It then explores some
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 121

basic principles of experimental design such as the role of randomisation and control in
experimentation, the use of incentives, and the interplay of theory, experimental design, and
statistics. Thereafter we will focus on specific examples of experiments from both decision theory
and game theory.
Lecture times: Friday: 09h00-10h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of pre-class experiment (10%), class presentation (20%) and
assignment (35%): 65%; examination 35%.

ECO4032S ECONOMICS OF INDUSTRY, REGULATION AND FIRMS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
The course is an introduction to industrial economics and competition policy. During the course you
will become familiar with theoretical models of price discrimination and product design by a
monopolist, regulation of natural monopoly and oligopolistic competition. We will then use these
models to study horizontal and vertical mergers between firms and understand the mechanics of
collusion. The application of these models will be illustrated using examples of firm strategies as
well as regulatory and antitrust cases.
The course is fundamental to students interested in working as economists at the antitrust
authorities, regulatory agencies, economic consulting firms or other firms which are involved in
regulated activities. During the course you will receive take home exercises to be able to practice
how to solve the theoretical models by yourself. You will be also asked to make a group
presentation of a selected competition case.
The main topics covered within the course are:
Monopoly and price discrimination
Regulation of natural monopoly
Models of imperfect competition
Collusion
Market definition and horizontal mergers
Vertical relations and restraints.
Lecture times: Tuesday: 14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework consists of 3 homework assignments (20%) and one presentation (10%);
final examination (70%).

ECO4051S DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course covers a range of macro and microeconomic issues of particular relevance to developing
countries. While precise topics covered will vary, examples include the nature and measurement of
development, privatisation and deregulation, role of institutions, industrialisation and trade strategy,
globalisation, transnational corporations and foreign investment and the role of the state and
industrial policy. While key theoretical issues are dealt with, the approach is primarily applied with
extensive use made of actual policy experience in a wide range of developing countries.
122 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of one long essay (24%) and 3 short essays (36%) 60%;
examination 40%.

ECO4052S ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
This course will expose students to a variety of real world problems like control of pollution,
management of mines, forests and fisheries, funding biodiversity and putting the environment into
project and policy decision-making. The emphasis is on practical application of economic tools.
The course will consist of a mixture of lectures, readings, seminars and practical/problem solving
sessions. There will be group projects for 3-4 people which will be very practically based, but
should be written as a short paper, with a basic literature review that draws on the topics covered
in the class.
Lecture times: Thursday: 14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of assignments, presentation, participation and an essay 50%;
examination 50%.

ECO4053S FINANCIAL ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
Economics of arbitrage and martingale pricing, derivatives markets; binomial model, introduction to
Ito calculus, Black-Merton-Scholes analysis; bond market basics introduction to interest rate
derivatives; mean-variance analysis, Capital Asset Pricing Model, multi-factor models and Arbitrage
Pricing Model, stochastic discount factor; asymmetric information and limits to arbitrage.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of tests and essays50%; examination 50%.

ECO4100Z/ECO4120Z SECURITIES LEGISLATION


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: H Abraham/L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The course aims to provide students with a high level and practical understanding of the
primary legislation applicable to financial services in South Africa. The course begins by
providing students with a working knowledge of how financial services legislation works,
how to interpret it and work with it in their jobs. It then focuses on the Financial Advisory
and Intermediary Services Act; insider trading and market manipulation legislation;
corporate governance guidelines and practices and expected future regulatory controls.
Knowledge testing is done by means of an exam. There are no assignments during the
course.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 123

DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 100%

ECO4101Z/ECO4121Z CORPORATE FINANCE AND EQUITY VALUATION


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The course aims to provide a sound foundation and practical application in equity valuation
and corporate finance. The first part of the course is about equity valuation: it covers the
various approaches to equity valuations with technical and fundamental analysis. The second
part of the course is about corporate finance: it covers issues of capital structure, dividend
policy, mergers and acquisitions. The course equips the student with basic tools which may
be applied at the workplace.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 70%, Tests/projects 30%

ECO4102Z/ECO4122Z PORTFOLIO OPTIMISATION


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The course aims to provide the theoretical background and practical application in portfolio
optimization. The course covers the following topics: the efficient market hypothesis, modern
portfolio theory, investment policy and portfolio creation, performance attribution analysis, and
measurement of portfolio returns. The course enables students to utilize practically the material
taught should they wish to act as practitioners in this field of financial economics.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 80%; test 15%; tutorial 5%

ECO4103Z/ECO4123Z FIXED INCOME SECURITY ANALYSIS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The course aims to provide a sound foundation and practical application in fixed income security
analysis. The course covers the following topics: yield curves and forward rate analysis, a
framework for analysing bonds, risk analysis of bonds, fixed income strategies. The course enables
students to utilize practically the material taught in this course should they wish to act as
practitioners in this field of financial economics.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination counts 100%.
124 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO4104Z/ECO4124Z FINANCIAL MODELLING & STATISTICS MODULES


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
This is an introductory course to financial economics. The course aims to provide the foundations of
statistics which are utilised in financial economics. The course covers the following topics: refresher
of basic statistics, data description and measurement, survey and probability concepts, linear
regression, financial programming. The module equips the students with the statistical tools and
methods essential for measurement and evaluation in financial economics.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 60% Tests/projects 40%

ECO4105Z/ECO4125Z ECONOMICS MODULE


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The Economics module takes into consideration the diverse background of the students in the
FAPM programme. Accordingly, the Economics module introduces the principles of
microeconomics and macroeconomics with a particular emphasis on applications.
Microeconomics perspectives:
The economic problem, the operation of markets and price determination. Industrial organization:
from perfect competition to monopoly, market structure, regulating competitive interaction in
markets. Controls, excise taxes, elasticity and industry responses.
Capital management: a lecture will be delivered by a guest speaker.
Macroeconomics perspectives:
The macroeconomic framework: relationships and linkages. Indicators of macroeconomic
performance. The structure of the South African economy. Monetary and exchange rate policy in
South Africa: Monetary policy, exchange rate policy and performance, regulation and economic
forecasts.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 70% Assignment 30%

ECO4106Z/ECO4126Z HONOURS LONG ESSAY


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The Honours essay is in a form of a group assignment (2-3 students per project). The essay is
restricted to between 8,000 and 10,000 words, must be undertaken immediately after the course
work, and completed within two years after admission to the programme.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% written work.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 125

ECO4108Z/ECO4128Z FUTURES, OPTIONS & DERIVATIVES


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to introduce the theory and mechanics of derivative securities, and to cover
the operations of the main types of derivative securities. The topics covered in the course are:
introduction to forward and futures contracts, the Binomial framework for pricing options, the
Black-Scholes method for pricing options, swaps, warrants and convertibles, financial engineering,
the yield curve. Students should be able to apply at the workplace their knowledge gained in the
course.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 80%; test 15%; tutorial 5%

ECO4109Z/ECO4129Z ACCOUNTING FOR PORTFOLIO MANAGERS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Neethling
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for the Honours in Financial Analysis and
Portfolio Management
Course outline:
This is an introductory course to the understanding and interpretation of financial statements. The
aim of the course is to provide the accounting foundations relevant to making investment decisions
regarding company’s equity instruments. Students are taught principles relating to the following
skills: (1) Read financial statements and be able to identify and interpret the significant investment,
financing and dividend decisions that a firm has made (2) Calculate and interpret financial statement
ratios (3) Analyse the firm’s financial position, return and risk using the financial statements (4)
Appreciate the difference between cash flow and accounting earnings as an indicator of a firm’s
performance (5) Have a basic understanding of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
so as to be able to make useful comment on most components of a company’s financial statements
(6) Appreciate the limitations of financial accounting numbers (7) Appreciate the role of intangible
assets and (8) Appreciate the importance of Annual Financial Statements in understanding a
business, but also appreciate the need to research further than this, i.e. “beyond the numbers”.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Examination 60% One test 40%

ECO4112F MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS FOR ECONOMISTS


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for Honours in Economics.
Course outline:
This course covers the basic tools and applications in order to prepare the student for the study of
Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Economometrics at an intermediate and advanced level.
Material covered includes linear algebra, comparative statics, optimisation, integration and
differential difference equations.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of 3 tests (15% each); 45%; examination 55%.
126 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO4113S LABOUR ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
The Honours course in labour economics intends to introduce a number of topics that are
important for the analysis of economies in developing countries as well as our own. The course
will focus on the following topics: labour supply and returns to education, inequality and the
labour market, discrimination, international migration, intergenerational mobility, data analysis in
labour economics, schooling, growth, poverty and inequality: the role of labour markets, minimum
wages, labour regulation, enforcement and violation, trade unions, collective bargaining and wage-
employment dynamics, labour regulation.
Lecture times: Monday, 09h00 - 10h45, 16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: The essay and the data exercise will carry a weight of 20% each, thus contributing in
total 40% to your final year grade. The final two-year exam will make up the balance. Coursework
consisting of 2 assignments (20% each) 40%; examination 60%.

ECO4114S THE ECONOMICS OF CONFLICT, WAR AND PEACE


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Eyal
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F, ECO4007F and ECO4016F for Economic Honours
students. PPE (and other) students who do not have to complete the core as part of their degree
requirements may be granted permission to register for this elective at the discretion of the Head of
Department.
Course outline:
Peace, war and international security is an area in which economists are often conspicuous by their
absence, to a degree that rivals the importance of economic issues to the problems at hand. This
course considers the contribution that economics has and does make to the understanding of
conflict war and peace, with a focus on Africa. It covers topics such as: the causes and economic
effects of military spending; the economic causes and effects of conflict and terrorism; the
economics of post conflict reconstruction; the international arms industry; and the international
arms trade.
Lecture times: Tuesday: 09h00-10h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework consisting of one project 40%; examination 60%.

ECO4115S CONSUMPTION AND MICROECONOMIC THEORY


16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Wittenberg
Course outline:
The course reviews relevant microeconomic theory including utility theory, consumer preferences
and consumer choice, the theory of demand. It then tackles important topics in consumption theory
including demand systems and Engel’s law. Students are then introduced to survey data and taught
how to operationalise consumption theory on actual data, as well as to compare micro and macro
estimates of consumption. In all sections of the course attention will be paid to becoming familiar
with professional econometric software.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Exam 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 127

ECO4116F CROSS-SECTIONAL ECONOMETRIC METHODS


16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Kerr
Course entry requirements: Entry into the Postgraduate Diploma in Survey Data Analysis for
Development or an undergraduate course in econometrics
Course outline:
The course will begin with revision of the classical linear regression model (CLRM). It then covers
issues in inference and estimation using the CLRM, as well as common violations of the CRLM
assumptions, particularly heteroscedasticity, multicolinearity, omitted variable bias and
measurement error. The course then covers Instrumental Variables estimation and limited dependent
variable models. In all sections of the course attention will be paid to becoming familiar with the use
of professional econometric software.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50% Exam 50%

ECO4117F PANEL DATA METHODS


16 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Kerr
Course entry requirements: Concurrent registration in ECO4116F
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to introduce students to the techniques used in the analysis of “cross-
sectional” panel data sets, such as the National Income Dynamics Study (NIDS). The course will
cover first differencing, fixed effects and random effects estimators as well as the construction and
evaluation of transition matrices. Students will also be introduced to the problem of differential
attrition. In all sections of the course attention will be paid to becoming familiar with the use of
professional econometric software.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50% Exam 50%

ECO4118S APPLIED LABOUR ECONOMICS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Kerr
Course entry requirements: Cross-sectional econometric methods or ECO4016F
Course outline:
The course will introduce the theory of labour demand and supply and discuss the role of education
and human capital in wage determination and employment outcomes. Other topics in labour
economics relevant to South Africa and other developing countries will be introduced, including the
role of trade unions, discrimination in the labour market, the public sector, transport to work and the
impact of minimum wages. The theory will be complemented with practical training in using survey
data with Stata
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50% Exam 50%

ECO4119F THE ANALYSIS OF COMPLEX SURVEYS


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Kerr
Course entry requirements: Concurrent registration in ECO4116F
Course outline:
The course will introduce the elements of sample design. It will discuss the use of weights to correct
for the survey design as well as other common weight adjustments, e.g. for nonresponse and to
“calibrate” the sample to external population totals. We will also consider the importance of taking
the sample design into consideration when estimating standard errors, in particular in the case of
multi-stage samples. Besides learning a set of tools necessary to get reliable estimates from social
128 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

surveys we will also develop an appreciation of some of the trade-offs faced by survey organisations
in collecting the data.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50% Exam 50%

ECO4120S RESEARCH PROJECT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Kerr
Course entry requirements: Cross-sectional econometric methods or ECO4016F
Course outline:
This course forms the research component of the PG Diploma in Survey Data Analysis for
Development. A research project will be undertaken on a topic selected by the student from a list
provided by the course convener that is relevant to the student’s work environment. A brief proposal
may be requested by the course convener.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% written work

ECO4121S WELFARE MEASUREMENT


14 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Wittenberg
Course entry requirements: Cross-sectional econometric methods or ECO4016F
Course outline:
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the key concepts in measuring income,
expenditure, poverty and inequality. Using actual survey data to measure income and expenditure
will provide a practical introduction to welfare measurement. This will include missing data, bracket
responses, price indices and data imputation. Other topics covered will include the theory of social
welfare functions, poverty and inequality measures, multidimensional poverty, social mobility and
the theory of asset indices. Students will also be equipped to use survey data to undertake welfare
measurement and analysis using professional econometric software.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50% Exam 50%

ECO5000W MASTERS IN ECONOMICS FULL DISSERTATION


180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Acceptance for a Master’s programme in Economics.
Course outline:
The student undertakes, under supervision, a research dissertation of less than 50,000 words. The
dissertation should be well conceived and acknowledge earlier research in the field. It should
demonstrate the ability to collect, organise and analyse material to communicate effectively. It
should illustrate the ability to replicate and/or critically evaluate existing research in the field.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: 100% written work
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 129

ECO5001F/S PRIVATE IMPULSES, PUBLIC COSTS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: An undergraduate major in Economics and an Honours degree or
equivalent in a relevant discipline. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme
will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
“The Economics of AIDS in Sub-Saharan Africa” is designed as a master’s level course for graduate
students in economics. It focuses on the economic and welfare implications of the AIDS epidemic
and policy responses to it. The recent international effort to ‘roll-out’ antiretroviral treatment in
developing countries is a major focus of the course. In addition to economic analysis, the course also
requires students to obtain a working knowledge of international best practice demographic
modelling, and to understand the social and political dimensions of the AIDS epidemic in Africa.
The South African case is examined in some detail, but expressly within the context of Southern
Africa. The course requires students to absorb a wide-range of interdisciplinary readings. The course
is examined through a process of continuous assessment. Students are required to write a long essay
and five short essays, one of which entails a critical evaluation of demographic modelling.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 100%.

ECO5003F GOVERNANCE & GROWTH


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: An undergraduate major in Economics and Honours degree or
equivalent in a relevant discipline. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme
will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course explores key themes in development economics focussing on the relationship between
state and market, governance and growth. It traces the origins of development economics as
‘colonial’ economics, paying particular attention to the contribution made by Arthur Lewis with
regard to labour-intensive industrialisation and the role of savings in generating growth. We trace
the evolution of the ‘development doctrine’ over the second half of the twentieth century, drawing
connections between the evolving economic context and policy responses. We discuss the
emergence of the ‘good governance’ agenda as part of the Washington Consensus about structural
adjustment paying close attention to criticisms from scholars in other disciplines about
development as an ‘anti-politics’ machine. Such concerns about governance and governmentality
have shaped contemporary ‘going with the grain’ strategies in development and renewed focus on
micro-level initiatives. One of the boldest micro-level initiatives in recent development history is
the Millennium Development Village initiative. We consider this history in the light of evolving
development economic theories about poverty traps and the Millenium Development Goal (MDG)
project (2000-2015). The final part of the course focusses on the Sustainable Development Goals,
asking to what extent these are an improvement on the MDGs, and the extent to which
environmental challenges shape the development agenda today.
Lecture times: Monday, Wednesday: 11h00-12h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 100%.
130 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO5011F QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF ECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO4112F Mathematics and Statistics for Economists or equivalent
or at the discretion of the Head of Department.
Course outline:
This course consists of three modules, namely Real Analysis (RA), Dynamic Optimisation (DO) and
Probability & Statistics (PS). The course is intended to offer a solid grounding in the fundamental
techniques of real analysis, dynamic optimisation, and probability & statistics. It assumes that
students have taken the Honours level mathematics and statistics for economists. Therefore, it will
be assumed that students have a very strong understanding of linear algebra and calculus. Students
are also assumed to be comfortable with basic microeconomic and macroeconomic theory.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.

ECO5020F ADVANCED MICRO ECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO4007F Microeconomics or equivalent or at the discretion of the
Head of the Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need
permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This is a course in economic theory, covering consumer theory, production, uncertainty and general
equilibrium with selected applications. The level, readings, and format represent a condensed
version of what has become the international standard for the graduate sequence in core
microeconomic analysis at the masters and doctoral level. Basic to intermediate mathematic tools
(from calculus, linear algebra, basic probability, and some rudiments of analysis) will be used
extensively in order to present economic ideas with clarity and conciseness. Candidates should note
that the course is analytically demanding and relatively intense. Detailed reading lists will be
provided by the instructors.
Lecture times: Tuesday: 14h00-15h45, Wednesday:09h00-10h45, Thursday: 14h00 - 15h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.

ECO5021F ADVANCED MACROECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO4006F Macroeconomics or equivalent or at the discretion of the
Head of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need
permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The course provides an introduction to the tools and methods in modern dynamic macroeconomics.
The goal is to develop an advanced understanding of macroeconomic models that are based on
microeconomic foundations, to describe the behaviour of an optimising agents that exhibit rational
expectations in a coherent manner. Specific emphasis will be placed on the application of dynamic
stochastic general equilibrium and overlapping generations approaches, where we will show how to
solve these models, calibrate and/or estimate the parameters, stimulate dynamic responses, and
interpret the results
Lecture times: Monday, Wednesday: 11h00-12h45, Friday:09h00-10h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 131

ECO5023W MINOR DISSERTATION


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: See entrance requirements for Master of Commerce Economics.
Course outline:
This is the final phase of the Masters programme, in which the student undertakes, under
supervision, a research dissertation of 6,000-8,000 words. The dissertation should be clearly
conceived and acknowledge earlier research in the field. It should demonstrate the ability to collect,
organise and analyse material to communicate effectively. It should illustrate the ability to replicate
and/or critically evaluate existing research in the field.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: 100% written work.

ECO5030S ECONOMICS GROWTH: THEORY & EVIDENCE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO5021F Advanced Macroeconomics or equivalent or at the
discretion of the Head of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme
will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The course will be centred around several topics covering growth theory. The topics are broadly
categorised into three main sections: Productivity growth; Institutions and geography; and the link
between productivity growth and institutions and geography. The course will cover both the
international and South African empirical evidence related to these sections: (1) The Solow-Swan
Model and the empirical evidence on convergence; (2) The Ramsey and Cass Koopman Models
with special cases of the utility function; (3) Endogenous Growth: Externalities, R&D, Innovation;
(4) The Political Economy of Growth.
Lecture times: Wednesday, Friday: 14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.

ECO5046F ADVANCED ECONOMETRICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO4016F Econometrics or equivalent or at the discretion of the
Head of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need
permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course is intended to equip students with practical econometric skills at an advanced level. The
course covers the linear model, generalised linear models, instrumental variables, generalised
methods of moments and an introduction to systems of equation. The skills developed in this course
are foundational in empirical work involving econometrics, and constitute an essential ingredient in
most jobs in the field of economics, whether in the public, private or academic sector. This course
also provides skills that are useful in the dissertation phase of the Masters. The course balances
theory and computer-based practical applications.
Lecture times: Monday, Wednesday: 14h00-15h45, 16h00-17h45, Thursday: 16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.
132 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO5050S INTERNATIONAL FINANCE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course exposes participants to the conceptual and methodological issues in international
finance.
Topics covered include (i) international asset markets (covering international money and capital
markets, and foreign exchange markets – spot, forward, futures, currency swaps, and options); and
(ii) contemporary issues in international macroeconomic policies (bearing on economic growth,
debt, and foreign aid). A major emphasis is on empirics. The objective is to help participants
develop research skills as well, particularly of the kind involving empirical methodologies that are
more accommodating of the institutional settings from which the data sets are generated. The other
closely related goal is to cultivate the ability to efficiently digest a wide range of scholarly
publications in this field, learn how to conduct peer review of papers for publication, and possibly
develop researchable topics of interest to the participant.
Lecture times: Friday: 09h00-10h45, Monday: 16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50%; examination 50%.

ECO5052S NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The course consists of a mixture of lectures, readings, seminars and practical/problem solving
sessions. It combines theoretical analysis with discussions on specific environmental policies as
applied to climate change, biodiversity, renewable and non-renewable resources. It is intended to
familiarise students with important contributions of the theoretical and applied literature as well as
current research in environmental and resource economics. Finally, the course provides students
with a better understanding of current debates and issues in the environmental field.
Lecture times: Tuesday, Thursday: 11h00-12h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 50%; examination 50%.

ECO5057S LABOUR ECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The aim of the Masters course in Labour Economics is to cover many of the core theoretical
approaches of modern labour economics as well as to explore how well these apply to the South
African situation. Our intention is to be both theoretically rigorous and empirically relevant.
Lecture times: Monday: 11h00-12h45, Wednesday: 16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 40%; examination 60%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 133

ECO5062S APPLIED INTERNATIONAL TRADE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or at the discretion of the Head of Department.
Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission from the
graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The purpose of the course is the development of applied research skills in the area of international
trade theory. There are two key components to this course: (a) an overview of international trade
theory, and (b) the application of empirical research techniques and trade models in international
trade theory. The first component covers topics relating to classical trade theory, trade liberalisation,
trade and labour, new trade theory, regional integration and globalisation. The second component is
largely computer based and covers the estimation of comparative advantage, the measurement of
effective protection, the use of computable general equilibrium models and gravity/regional
integration models. Assessment is largely project based.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 70%; examination 30%.

ECO5064S VIEWS OF INSTITUTIONAL & BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The course spends approximately 2/3 of available time on behavioural economics and the
remaining 1/3 on institutional economics. The main behavioural economic topics are:
(1) Biases and heuristics in decision making (2) Risk attitudes (3)Time discounting (4) Loss
aversion (5) Probability weighting (6) Framing effects in decision making (7) Mental accounting
and (8) Prospect theory
Throughout assessment of available experimental and observation evidence for these
phenomena and the extent to which they are incompatible with standard neoclassical
models is the main focus. The main topics in institutional economics that are covered
included: social preferences, trust, social capital, institutions and economic growth
Lecture times: Wednesday: 09h00-10h45, 11h00 -12h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Course presentations 10%; exams 60%; course paper 30%

ECO5066W MASTERS IN ECONOMICS HALF DISSERTATION


120 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Acceptance for a Master’s programme in Economics
Course outline:
This is the final phase of the Masters programme, in which the student undertakes, under
supervision, a research dissertation of less than 25,000 words. The dissertation should be well
conceived and acknowledge earlier research in the field, if appropriate. It should demonstrate the
ability to collect, organise and analyse material to communicate effectively. It should illustrate the
ability to replicate and/or critically evaluate existing research in the field.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% written work.
134 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

ECO5069S APPLIED TIME SERIES ANALYSIS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO4016F Econometrics, STA5085F Introduction to Statistics or
equivalent or at the discretion of the Head of Department. Students not registered for an Economics
Masters programme will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The course provides an accessible introduction to the application of time series methods in
econometrics. Topics covered will include stochastic difference equations, stationary models,
statespace models, heteroskedasticity models, non-stationary models, multi-equation vector
autoregressions, cointegration and error-correction models, and nonlinear models. The course will
also emphasise recent developments in time series analysis and areas of on-going research.
Lecture times: Tuesday, Thursday: 16h00-17h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50%; examination 50%.

ECO5070S MICROECONOMETRICS
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO5046F (Adv. Econometrics) or equivalent or at the discretion of
the Head of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need
permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to develop the theoretical knowledge of microeconometrics as well as an
understanding of the use of microeconometrics in economic empirical analysis. Students will
develop the technical and practical skills in cross-section econometric empirical analysis and by the
end of the course, the students will have both the theoretical, technical and practical skills required
for Masters level empirical research. Topics covered in this course are basic linear unobserved
effects Panel Data Models; Discrete and Censored Regression Models; Estimating Average
Treatment Effects; Nonparametric density estimation and regression.
Lecture times: Monday: 09h00 - 10h45, 14h00 - 15h45, Friday: 09h00 - 10h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Tests 50%; Project 50%.

ECO5073F PROBLEMS OF GLOBALISATION, INDUSTRIALISATION &


DEVELOPMENT
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Black
Course entry requirements: An undergraduate major in Economics and an Honours degree in a
relevant discipline. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need
permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course exposes students to ‘problem-driven’ approaches (compared to method-driven or
theory-driven approaches). The course focuses on a selection of the significant global problems that
especially confront the developing world analysing their global and local determinants and effects.
Students will be required to complete three 4500-word essays. There will be no final exam.
Participation in the course (through seminar presentation and discussion) will count for 10% of the
final mark.
Lecture times: Tuesday, Thursday: 11h00-12h45
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 100%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 135

ECO5074S RESEARCH & POLICY TOOLS: DEVELOPMENT IMPACT AND


EVALUATION
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Black
Course entry requirements: An undergraduate major in Economics and an Honours degree or
equivalent in a relevant discipline. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme
will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students working on development problems with conceptual tools for
evaluating development projects and interventions. The objectives of particular projects or policy
interventions vary and hence there is no single measurement tool applicable to all. Development is
multi-dimensional, with some objectives more closely aligned to human rights perspectives, and
others more amenable to narrow economic cost-benefit calculations. Since donor resources and
government spending are both subject to budget constraints, understanding the economic
consequences of development choices is essential, hence this course pays particular attention to cost
benefit analysis and assessing productivity/efficiency. However, the key objective of the course is to
introduce students to the profoundly problem-driven nature of developmental impact assessment
where the important first stage involves framing the question and then determining the most
appropriate assessment tool.
Lecture times: Tuesday, Thursday: 14h00-15h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 100%.

ECO5075S MACROECONOMICS POLICY & DESIGN IN LOW INCOME


COUNTRIES
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course will focus on macroeconomic analysis and policy design in low income countries.
Students will become familiar with the basic macroeconomic accounting framework and learn to
apply a range of quantitative and qualitative models to analyse and forecast key elements of that
framework. Students will learn how to assess adjustment needs and to design policy measures to
bring the economy back to a sustainable economic path. The course will have an applied and
policy-oriented approach and focus largely on low income countries in Africa, using country cases
to illustrate points. It is intended to help prepare graduate students for work in government and
international institutions.
Lecture times: Wednesday: 09h00-10h45, Friday: 11h00 - 12h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 100%.

ECO5076S DEVELOPMENT MICROECONOMICS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the head of
Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
This course is about the application of microeconomic analysis to issues of development in low and
middle income countries. The main objective is to undertake a critical reading of recent research on
the empirical microeconomics of development. Topics covered are: (1) the econometrics of impact
136 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

evaluation; (2) land contracts and land reform; (3) intra-household resource allocation and gender
bias; (4) the evaluation of human capital programs; (5) the structure of labour and credit markets in
developing countries; and (6) the microeconomic impacts of international trade.
Lecture times: Tuesday: 09h00-10h45, 11h00 - 12h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Assignments (30%); Written commentaries on selected articles (30%); Final exam
(40%)

ECO5077S INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Honours in Economics or equivalent or at the discretion of the Head
of Department. Students not registered for an Economics Masters programme will need permission
from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
The objective of this course is to introduce recent quantitative techniques which are used to
empirically implement and test models of consumer behaviour and competition between firms.
These models are commonly applied to competition policy and regulatory proceedings, for instance
to assess the effects of a merger on competition or to regulate telecommunication operators. During
the course students should become comfortable with the application of these techniques and
understand their limitations. This course should be of interest for students who intend to work as
economists at antitrust authorities, industry regulators, and economic consulting firms or pursue a
career as a researcher in academia.
The course will be divided into two interchanging parts. First, we will derive theoretical models in
the classroom. Next, we will estimate these models using Stata and real data from different
industries in the computer lab. About 50% of the course will be devoted to lab exercises. You will
also receive regular take home computer exercises to be able to practice the applications by yourself.
Lectures notes and a reading list of relevant academic and policy papers will be provided for each
topic. The following topics will be covered in the class: (1) Econometric methods for estimation of
simultaneous equations models of demand and supply (2) Estimation of oligopolistic models of
competition and tests for market conduct (3) Estimation of differentiated products demand functions
(4) Merger simulation (5) Detecting collusion and estimation of damages (6) Estimation of models
of market entry (8) Quantitative methods used to define markets in antitrust proceedings
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework consists of 4 homework assignments (30%) and one presentation (10%);
final examination (60%).

ECO6000W PHD IN ECONOMICS


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the PhD programme in Economics
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate’s own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words. A candidate will undertake
research, and such advanced study as may be required, under the guidance of a supervisor or
supervisors appointed by Senate.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Written work counts 100%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 137

ECO6007F MICROECONOMICS II
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: M Sarr
Course entry requirements: ECO5011F Quantitative Methods. Students not registered for an
Economics Masters programme will need permission from the graduate convenor.
Course outline:
In this course, we will focus on three key areas that are typically under-emphasised in standard
Walrasian economics, namely uncertainty, asymmetric information and strategic interactions. Topics
covered include: decision theory and human behaviour; strategic interaction: game theory and
principal-agent models; moral hazard and adverse selection.
Lecture times: Tuesday: 11h00 -12h45, Thursday: 09h00-10h45, Friday: 11h00-12h45
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 20%; examination 80%.
138 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND TAX


The Department is housed in the Leslie Social Science Building. Reception: Room No. 4.54

Telephone Number: 021) 650-2598.


The letter code for the Department is FTX.
Departmental website: http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za/financeandtax

Head of Department and Associate Professor:


R Kruger, BBusSc MBusSc PhD Cape Town

Emeritus Professors:
J Roeleveld, BCompt Unisa BCom (Hons) (Tax) LLM Cape Town CA(SA)
E Uliana, MCom Cape Town PhD Stell CA(SA)

Frank Robb Chair in Finance and Professor:


P van Rensburg, BSocSc (Hons) MCom PhD Natal

Honorary Professors:
P Beling, PhD Berkeley
C de Villiers, BA (Hons) BBusAdmin (Hons) MBA Stell PhD Commerce Pret CA (SA & ANZ)
CPA
P Pistone LLM Federico II PhD Genoa
G Schmidt, PhD Berlin

Associate Professors:
E Chamisa, BAcc Zimbabwe MA Lancaster PhD Birmingham
P de Jager, BAcc (Hons) Stell BCom (Hons) Unisa MCom UJ PhD Cape Town CA(SA)
G Holman, BSc Acadia MMaths PhD Waterloo CFA
K Rajaratnam, MSc Singapore ME PhD Virginia
F Toerien, BSc (Hons) MSc RAU MBA Cape Town PhD RAU CFA CAIA
C West, MCom PhD Cape Town CA (SA)

Adjunct Associate Professors:


K Engel BSc JD LLM Georgetown
D Tickle, BCom Witwatersrand BCom (Hons) (Tax) Cape Town CA(SA)
DA Warneke, BCom (Hons)M Phil Cape Town CA(SA)

Senior Lecturers:
C Huang, MSc UKZN
L Pitt, HDE Cape Town BCom (Hons) Unisa MBA Stell MCom Cape Town
C Smith, BSocSc (SW) Cape Town Hons BCompt Unisa MCom Cape Town CA(SA)

Part-Time Senior Lecturers:


M Foster, BCom (Hons) HDIP UJ MCom Cape Town CA(SA)
D West, LLB MCom MPhil Cape Town CFA Advocate of the High Court CA(SA)

Lecturers:
A Abdulla, BSocSc Cape Town BCompt HDE Unisa MCom Cape Town
T Davids, BBusSc (Hons) LLB MCom Cape Town
T Johnson, BBusSc (Hons) MCom Cape Town
A Majoni, MCom Cape Town
H Pamburai, BCom (Hons) MCom, Cape Town
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 139

Distinquished Teacher Award


R Kruger (2016)

FTX4010F ADVANCED TAXATION I


45 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Johnson
Course entry requirements: BCom or BBusSc or equivalent undergraduate degree where all such
degrees include taxation at third year level
Objective: The course purpose is to equip students with necessary practical taxation skills and
advanced taxation technical knowledge to be competent tax practitioners.
Course outline:
This course forms part one of the BCom Honours in Taxation stream (see CH001FTX11). The
course aims to develop and promote tax technical knowledge and skills with a view to bridge the
gap between the competencies gleaned through undergraduate studies in domestic taxation, and the
competencies required by tax professional early in their careers. Lectures and workshops will be
aimed at introducing advanced tax topics to students as well as introducing topics not previously
covered in undergraduate studies such as tax administration and compliance considerations for
corporate entities and individuals. A further important aim will be to develop the following skills:
research, professional writing, interpretation of legislation, analysis of case law and practical
computational skills. The course is part-time but intensive
Lecture times: There is usually one lecture a week, Tuesdays - 2.5hrs starting from 15h00, and
occasionally Saturday lectures/workshops of 4hrs
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress in course assignments
Assessment: In-course assignments: 40%Final assessment: 60%

FTX4035W TAXATION TECHNICAL REPORT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Johnson
Course entry requirements: FTX4036F/S (Research Methods in Taxation)
Course outline:
This course forms the research component of the BCom Honours in Taxation programme (see
CH001FTX11). A technical report or equivalent research project on a topic (to be selected by the
student and approved by the course convenor) must be completed. The report must not exceed
10,000 words (excluding appendices and bibliography).
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress to the convenor's satisfaction.
Assessment: Technical report (or equivalent): 100%

FTX4036F RESEARCH METHODS IN TAXATION


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C West
Co-requisites: FTX4010F or FTX5030W or FTX5034F
Objective: To present a complete research proposal for admission to FTX4035W or FTX5031W or
FTX5032W
Course outline:
The course prepares students to: (1) conduct independent research; and (2) structure appropriate
methodologies applicable to their chosen topic. After formal presentation of research methods and
proposal preparations, the student is required to prepare and present a research proposal for entry
into the technical report / dissertation courses. The formal structured lecture consists of a single 4-
hour lecture after which the student proposal presentation and feedback sessions are scheduled
according to student numbers.
DP requirements: Attendance at all research methods lectures and the presentation of a research
proposal
140 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Assessment: On the successful presentation of a research proposal, the student will be noted as ATT
i.e. having attended and successfully presented a research proposal.

FTX4036S RESEARCH METHODS IN TAXATION


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C West
Objective: To present a complete research proposal for admission to FTX4035W or FTX5031W or
FTX5032W
Course outline:
The course prepares students to: (1) conduct independent research; and (2) structure appropriate
methodologies applicable to their chosen topic. After formal presentation of research methods and
proposal preparations, the student is required to prepare and present a research proposal for entry
into the technical report / dissertation courses. The formal structured lecture consists of a single 4-
hour lecture after which the student proposal presentation and feedback sessions are scheduled
according to student numbers.
DP requirements: Attendance at all research methods lectures and the presentation of a research
proposal
Assessment: On the successful presentation of a research proposal, the student will be noted as ATT
i.e. having attended and successfully presented a research proposal.

FTX4037S ADVANCED TAXATION II


45 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Johnson
Course entry requirements: FTX4010F or FTX5030W
Objective: - To build on the tax technical knowledge and skills, with a focus on the taxation of
financial instruments and cross-border transactions.
Course outline:
This course forms part of the BCom Honours in Taxation programme (see CH001FTX11 and
CH001FTX12). The course aims to build on the tax technical knowledge and skills developed in
Advanced Taxation 1 (FTX4010F). The lectures and workshops focus on introducing the students to
some of the more technical and complex sections of the tax legislation, particularly in relation to
corporate restructuring, the taxation of financial instruments and cross-border transactions (among
other topics). The course aims to further develop the students’ research skills, interpretational skills
and professional writing skills through the consideration and application of these advanced topics.
The course is part-time but intensive.
Lecture times: 1 lecture per week, Tuesdays, (2.5hrs) starting from 15h00, and occasional Saturday
lectures/workshops of 4hrs.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress in course assignments
Assessment: In-course assignments: 40%Final assessment: 60%

FTX4051H FINANCE RESEARCH PROJECT


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Rajaratnam
Course entry requirements: A combined average of at least 60% for FTX3044F and FTX3045S
with a minimum of 50% for each of these courses - ECO2003F and ECO2004S.
Co-requisites: STA3022F
Objective: To develop and implement finance research skills through an academic research project.
Course outline:
Lectures are held to impart basic knowledge and skills in order to embark on a finance-related
research project. Concurrently, students are required to form a group of specified size, agree on a
research topic with a supervisor, and submit a proposal. Once a proposal is accepted, the student-
groups apply relevant finance research techniques to solve their research problem. During the
course of the year, the student-groups are expected to submit a literature review and a final
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 141

submission of their report. The report is expected to be in the format of a journal manuscript.
Students may be required to attend a question and answer session after the final submission.
Lecture times: There is 1 double lecture per week, Wednesday, during 7th and 8th period.
DP requirements: Progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction, lecture attendance and 40% average of
graded submissions.
Assessment: Assessment will be based on the research project. Literature review submission 10% -
20%, Final submission 80% - 90%. Exact allocation in course outline.

FTX4052H FINANCE HONOURS RESEARCH PROJECT


40 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Rajaratnam
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Bachelor in Commerce Honours degree
specialising in Finance (CH001FTX05).
Co-requisites: FTX4056F Applied Investments; FTX4057S Applied Corporate Finance; FTX4086F
Alternative Investments
Objective: To develop and implement finance research skills through an academic research project.
Course outline:
Lectures are held to impart basic knowledge and skills in order to embark on a finance-related
research project. Concurrently, students are required to agree on a research topic with a supervisor,
and submit a proposal. Once a proposal is accepted, the student applies relevant finance research
techniques to solve the research problem. During the course of the year, the student is expected to
submit a literature review and a final submission of their report. The report is expected to be in a
format of a journal manuscript. Students may be required to participate in a question and answer
session after the final submission.
Lecture times: There is 1 double lecture per week, Wednesday, during 7th and 8th period.
DP requirements: Progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction, lecture attendance and 40% average of
graded submissions.
Assessment: Assessment will be based on the research project. Literature review submission 10% -
20%, Final submission 80% - 90%. Exact allocation in course outline.

FTX4056S APPLIED INVESTMENTS


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C Huang
Course entry requirements: A combined average of at least 60% for FTX3044F and FTX3045S;
ECO2003F and ECO2004S; STA2020F/S.
Objective: The course objectives are (1.) to introduce students to the idea that finance is more than
the mechanical application of a few formulas; (2.) to teach students how to deal with substantial
uncertainty when making investment decisions; (3.) to help students develop and apply skills in the
use of finance based research; (4.) to ensure wide reading and understanding of primary research
articles and books in finance; (5.) to understand and be able to report on a range of practical
problems, which are currently encountered by finance professionals; and, (6.) to further develop and
grow practical financial skills and thinking.
Course outline:
In this course students are exposed to advanced issues in investment finance from both a practical
and theoretical perspective. Students are required to understand and be able to deal with substantial
uncertainty when making investment decisions, and to report on a range of practical problems which
are currently encountered by finance professionals.
Lecture times: 2 lectures per week, Monday and Thursday, both 7th and 8th periods.
DP requirements: A minimum weighted average of at least 40% for tests and assignments as well
as 100% workshop attendance.
Assessment: Coursework (including tests and assignments) 40% final examination 60%.
142 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

FTX4057F APPLIED CORPORATE FINANCE


Ad Hoc Workshops hosted, no tutorials.
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: R Kruger
Course entry requirements: A combined average of at least 60% for FTX3044F and FTX3045S
with a minimum of 50% for each of these courses; ECO2003F and ECO2004S
Objective: The course objectives are: 1. To give students experience in analysing and solving a
range of practical real-life problems involving the application of finance concepts. 2. To expose
students to real-life problems facing finance managers and other finance professionals. 3. To bridge
the gap between university corporate finance theory and corporate finance practice.
Course outline:
In this course student are exposed to advanced issues in corporate finance from both a practical
and theoretical perspective. Academically, the course builds on the theoretical foundation laid in
the prerequisite earlier courses. However, this course takes a more application-orientated
approach, and is therefore largely case-study based.
Lecture times: 2 lectures per week, Monday, Thursday, both 7th & 8th periods.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress in the assignments and mid-term test.
Assessment: Coursework (including tests and assignments) 40%; final examination 60%.

FTX4086F ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS


(Ad Hoc Workshops hosted, no tutorials).
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: F Toerien
Course entry requirements: A combined average of at least 60% for FTX3044F and FTX3045S
with a minimum of 50% for each of these courses, ECO2003F and ECO2004S.
Objective: To give students exposure to the main classes of Alternative Investments.
Course outline:
The so-called “alternative investments” are becoming increasingly important as an investment class.
This course deals with a number of specialised areas of investment finance which are not typically
covered in other parts of the finance undergraduate curriculum, such as real estate investments,
hedge funds, commodities and private equity. Each investment class covered in the course will be
discussed as a separate module, and students will be exposed to both the theoretical and practical
aspects of each. In addition to lectures, this course also includes workshops intended to make
concepts and the practical application of alternative investments clearer.
Lecture times: 2 lectures per week, Tuesday, Friday, both 6th & 7th periods.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework including tests and projects 40%; Final examination 60%.

FTX5000W MASTERS IN FINANCE BY DISSERTATION


180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F Toerien
Course entry requirements: A suitable undergraduate degree at Honour’s level (or equivalent).
Acceptance onto the programme is dependent on a research proposal being approved and the
availability of a suitable supervisor.
Objective: To complete a finance research dissertation of a publishable standard.
Course outline:
A candidate for the degree shall register for at least one academic year. A candidate shall undertake
an approved research dissertation under the guidance of a supervisor. The approval process shall
include a presentation of the research proposal within six months of registration, to a Departmental
panel. Continued registration is dependent on the outcome of this presentation.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% dissertation
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 143

FTX5003W MINOR DISSERTATION IN FINANCE


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F Toerien
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Master of Commerce degree specialising in
Finance in the field of Financial Management (CM031FTX02) or registration for the Master of
Commerce degree specialising in Finance in the field of Investment Management (CM031FTX07).
Objective: To complete a finance research thesis of a publishable standard.
Course outline:
The dissertation length will be a maximum of 25,000 words excluding appendices and
bibliography. A candidate may be required to attend a research method course during which
his/her dissertation proposal will be developed. A candidate's dissertation proposal will require the
course convener's and his/her supervisor's approval. A candidate will not be permitted to submit
the dissertation if he/she has not completed the coursework component. Assessment of the
dissertation will be in terms of Rule FM10.2 of the Rules for the Degree of Master by Coursework
and Dissertation. The dissertation will be required to be of a publishable standard.
DP requirements: Progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Dissertation 100%.

FTX5005W TAXATION MASTERS DISSERTATION


180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: As per admission requirements in Commerce Handbook rule FM2.
Course outline:
A candidate for the degree shall register for at least one academic year.
A candidate shall undertake an approved research project, under the guidance of a Supervisor
nominated by the course convener.
Every candidate shall select a subject for intensive study and research in Taxation. On applying for
admission he/she shall submit his/her choice of subject for approval and must satisfy the course
convener as to the suitability of his/her subject and the programme of research which he/she
proposes to follow and the conditions under which it will be carried out.
Every candidate must satisfy his/her supervisor(s) that his/her work is of an acceptable standard.
The general rules applicable to a master’s by dissertation only (as appearing in the Faculty
Handbook) apply to this course.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Dissertation 100%.

FTX5028W TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P de Jager
Course entry requirements: FTX5043F
Objective: To give students a thorough grounding in Investment Risk concepts.
Course outline:
This course is presented in modular form and the requirements are met once two modules have been
completed. Previously the department has offered modules in Advanced Corporate Finance, Risk
and Portfolio Management, and Strategic Cost Management. This course, in combination with
FTX5029W and FTX5042W and FTX5043F, will complete the necessary qualifications for the
Master of Commerce Finance, specialising in Financial Management, (CM031FTX02) Or Masters
of Commerce specialising in Finance in the field of Corporate Finance and Valuations
(CM031FTX14) and is also compulsory for the Master of Commerce Finance, specialising in
Investment Management (CM031FTX07).
Lecture times: 2 lectures per week, see schedule for details, and some Saturday mornings as well.
DP requirements: Progress to the Course Convener’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Assignments 50%, final module examinations 50%.
144 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

FTX5029W MINI DISSERTATION IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F Toerien
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Master of Commerce degree specialising in
Finance in the field of Financial Management (CM031FTX02).
Co-requisites: Registration for course FTX5028W
Objective: To complete a financial research thesis of a publishable standard.
Course outline:
This is the research component for the degree Master of Commerce Finance specialising in the field
of Financial Management or Corporate Finance and Valuations (CM031FTX14), and is a paper
written in journal format of approximately 15,000 words. When the student has determined a topic, a
supervisor will be appointed, and a memorandum of understanding will be agreed upon in order to
manage expectations and completion dates.
DP requirements: Progress to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Mini-dissertation 100%

FTX5030W TAXATION COURSEWORK


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: CA(SA) or LLB or BCom Honours in Taxation and tax work
experience.
Objective: The aim of the course is to equip successful candidates with the skills to be well
rounded, competent practitioners in the tax field; to assess the tax efficiency of commercial
transactions; to do research; to draft legal opinions; to deal with SARS on behalf of clients; and, to
prepare for and execute tax litigation.
Course outline:
These course seminars consist of guided group discussions of tax legislation and South African and
other decisions in taxation cases heard by the courts over the years, aimed at developing the
participant’s ability to interpret the cases and to apply the principles established in a practical
manner. There will be prescribed reading for each seminar and from past experience it is estimated
that students would need to devote some fifteen hours each week to this preparation. The sessions
are structured so as to ensure a high degree of participation from all students.
Group Project:
Candidates will be divided into four or five groups for this purpose. During the course, a case study
will be distributed setting out the circumstances of a dispute between a taxpayer and SARS. Each
group will be required to do the necessary research and prepare Heads of Argument for both the
taxpayer and SARS suitable for submission to the tax court or ADR process. The intention is that
candidates should develop their skills in doing research in tax legislation and judicial precedent, and
in particular should prepare for the arguments of their opponent. The Heads will be marked by
members of the Department and the members of each group will receive the mark awarded to that
group. These will form the basis for the class presentations.
Lecture times: Lectures are conducted usually every second Monday afternoon and last for four
hours each.
DP requirements: Successful performance in each of the progress tests, first two assessments and
group projects.
Assessment: A student must achieve an average of 50% calculated as follows: Assessments 90%;
Group projects 10%. [An oral assessment may be substituted for any of the written assessments at
the discretion of the course convener.]
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 145

FTX5031W TAXATION MINOR DISSERTATION (90 CREDITS)


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: FTX5030W and FTX4036S
Course outline:
This course forms the research component of the MCom Taxation programme (see
CM031FTX10). An individual research paper (maximum length 25,000 words excluding
appendices and bibliography) on a topic of taxation is required. The student will be required to
submit a proposal to his/her appointed supervisor for approval.
The research requires a student to evaluate research undertaken in a specific area or evaluate new or
existing legislation. Students are required to demonstrate use of peer-reviewed journals,
authoritative texts, legislation and case law.
DP requirements: Approved proposal and performance to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Minor dissertation 100%.

FTX5032W TAXATION MINOR DISSERTATION, 60 CREDITS


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: FTX5034F, FTX5033S and FTX4036S
Course outline:
This course forms the research component of the MCom Taxation programme (see
CM031FTX09). An individual research paper (maximum length 15,000 words excluding
appendices and bibliography) on a topic of taxation is required.
The student will be required to submit a proposal to his/her appointed supervisor for approval.
The research requires a student to evaluate research undertaken in a specific area or evaluate new or
existing legislation. Students are required to demonstrate use of peer-reviewed journals,
authoritative texts, legislation and case law.
DP requirements: Performance to the supervisor’s satisfaction.
Assessment: Minor dissertation, 100%

FTX5033S INTERNATIONAL TAX II


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: FTX5034F
Objective: Acquiring further knowledge about the analysis and interpretation of double tax
conventions and advanced topics in international taxation, as well as problem solving skills based on
practical examples of application of these frameworks.
Course outline:
In the second semester the theory and practice of transfer pricing is taught, usually by an
international visiting academic. Other advanced topics covered during this semester include
international tax avoidance, taxpayer information exchange, taxation and human rights and selected
aspects of South Africa’s international tax regime such as provisions for relief of double taxation
and controlled foreign company rules. Teaching takes the form of traditional lectures or seminars,
consisting of guided group discussions with a focus on case studies applied in a practical manner. A
Moot Court assignment dealing with an international tax case study may be presented during this
term.
Lecture times: Lectures are conducted usually every second Monday afternoon and last for four
hours each.
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress for in-course assessments.
Assessment: In-course assessments 45% and Final assessment 55%
146 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

FTX5034F INTERNATIONAL TAX I


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: BCom (Honours) (Taxation) and tax work experience, or CA (SA),
LLB or equivalent international qualification.
Objective: Acquiring knowledge about the analysis and interpretation of double tax conventions
using recognized model conventions as a base and their interaction with South African income tax,
as well as problem solving skills based on practical examples of application of these frameworks.
Course outline:
The first semester commences with an intensive full-time week of lectures presented by UCT
academics and visiting staff from the International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation (IBFD). The
problem of double taxation and double tax conventions are introduced. Additionally, a number of
topical areas may be covered. During the remainder of the first semester, classes cover all aspects of
double tax conventions. Consideration is given to the OECD, UN and SADC Model Tax
Conventions, the history of the international tax system, treaty provisions dealing with business
taxation, investment flows, income of individuals, non-discrimination, double tax relief, dispute
resolution under tax treaties as well as more complex areas such as legal methods of treaty
interpretation and key features of South Africa’s double tax treaty network, including the
constitutional process for treaty making.
Lecture times: Lectures are conducted usually every second Monday afternoon and last for four
hours each
DP requirements: Satisfactory progress for in-course assessments.
Assessment: 45% for the in-course assessment - long essay and 55% for the final assessment.

FTX5042W CORPORATE FINANCE AND VALUATIONS


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: D West
Course entry requirements: Honours or equivalent degree
Course outline:
This course forms part of the first year of the Master of Commerce specialising in Finance (in the
fields of Financial Management and Corporate Finance and Valuations) programme. The course
relies to a large extent on case studies, which require students to evaluate business models, analyse
corporate strategies, undertake financial modelling and apply finance theory. The focus is on
valuations and financial decision-making. Topics covered include the financial side of corporate
strategy, financial analysis, valuations, capital structure and various specialised topics in the field of
corporate finance and valuations.
Lecture times: The course is part-time but intensive. There are an average of 2 -3 lectures per week
, schedule will provide details and some Saturday mornings as well.
DP requirements: Successful performance in each of the progress tests, case studies, assignments
and group projects.
Assessment: Case study assignments 25%, group project 25%, tests 50%

FTX5043F CAPITAL MARKETS AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Holman
Course entry requirements: Honour’s or equivalent degree.
Objective: To give students a thorough grounding in Capital Markets and Financial Instruments.
Course outline:
This course forms part of the first year of the Master of Commerce Finance (Financial Management;
Corporate Finance and Valuations, and Investment Management) programmes. The course is part-
time but intensive. Lectures are usually on Tuesday evenings and Saturday mornings. The focus of
the course is on applied finance and capital markets. Topics include Capital Markets, Futures,
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 147

Options, Fixed income securities, Duration, Forwards, Hedge Funds, Interest Rate Swaps, and
International Finance.
DP requirements: Successful performance in each of the progress tests and assignments.
Assessment: Assignments and projects 50%, examination 50%.

FTX5044H EMPIRICAL FINANCE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P van Rensburg
Course entry requirements: Acceptance for Master’s in Finance Investment Management.
Otherwise, a relevant level 8 qualification with an appropriate research component at a recognised
university. At least a level 7 course in finance (FTX3044F and FTX3045M at UCT which, for the
purposes of illustration, has the prescribed textbook Bodie, Kane and Marcus, “Investments”) or
ECO4053S Financial Economics and second year level course in statistics (STA2020 at UCT) is
required. Should demand exceed capacity, admission will be granted on the basis of the applicants
being on the Masters in Investment Management programme (where this is a compulsory course).
Objective: To develop skills in the critical interpretation of existing research and lay a foundation
for the dissertation to be conducted as part of the Masters in Finance in Investment Management
Programme.
Course outline:
This seminar series entails formal lectures and the interactive discussion of a series of topics
regarding existing empirical research findings in the field of investments. This course aims to
develop skills in the critical interpretation of existing research and lay a foundation for the
dissertation to be conducted as part of the Masters in Finance in Investment Management
Programme.
Lecture times: 2 lectures per week, Monday, Thursday, both 4th & 5th periods.
DP requirements: 90% minimum attendance of lectures and seminars and submission of all
coursework assignments
Assessment: 50% coursework and 50% an individual examination

FTX6000W PHD IN FINANCE


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: P van Rensburg
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to a PhD programme [CD001FTX01]
Objective: To complete a finance research thesis of a publishable standard.
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate’s own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words (excluding bibliography and
appendices). A candidate will undertake research, and such advanced study as may be required,
under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by Senate.
A candidate for the degree shall register for at least two academic years. The approval process shall
include a presentation of the research proposal within six months of registration, to a Departmental
panel. Continued registration is dependent on the outcome of this presentation.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% Thesis
148 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

FTX6001W PHD IN TAXATION


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: C West
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to a PhD programme [CD001FTX02]
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate’s own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words (excluding bibliography and
appendices). A candidate will undertake research, and such advanced study as may be required,
under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by Senate.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% Thesis
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 149

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS


The Department is housed in the Leslie Commerce Building. Reception: Room No. 3.01.1

Telephone Number: (021) 650- 2261.


The letter code for the Department is INF.
Departmental website: http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za/informationsystems

Head of Department and Professor:


I T J Brown, BScEng(Hons)(Electrical) Zimbabwe GradDipBusComp MInfSys Curtin PhD Cape
Town

Professors:
W M Chigona, BScSoc Malawi MSc Waikato PhD Magdeburg
M Kyobe, MBA Durham PhD UOFS
O Ngwenyama, MS Roosevelt MBA Syracuse PhD (Computer Science) SUNY-Binghamton PhD
Pret
U Rivett, Dipl.-Ing. Univ Munich PhD Cape Town
J-P Van Belle, Lic (Econ) Ghent BCom(Hons) Cape Town MBA Stell PhD Cape Town

Emeritus Professors:
M L Hart, BSc(Hons) MSc PhD Cape Town
E Scott, BSc Stell BSc(Hons) Unisa MSc Stell PhD Cape Town
D C Smith, BTech(Hons) UK MCom Cape Town PMP

Honorary Associate Professors:


P Weimann, MSc Dortmund PhD Cape Town
E Weimann, M.D. Ludwig Maximilion MMed (Paediatrics) M.S.H.
G Wills, CEng PFHEA MIET

Associate Professors:
K A Johnston, BSc Rhodes BSc(Hons) Unisa MCom PhD Cape Town
L F Seymour, PhD Cape Town
M Tanner, BCom(Hons) MCom PhD Cape Town

Senior Lecturers:
A Budree, BSc (Computer Science and Business IS) Durban NatalBSc (IS) Unisa MSc (Financial
Economics) London SOAS PhD UWC
S K Kabanda, BCom(Hons) North West MSc(Computer Science) Zululand PhD Cape Town
M Pollock, BCom(Hons) MCom Cape Town
S Roodt, BCom (Informatics) Pret PGD (Project Management)Cranfield MBA Cape Town MBA
(Entrepreneurial Finance & Private Equity) Chicago PhD Pret
A Stander, BSc Unisa MTech(IT) Cape Technikon
J Ophoff, BTech MTech PhD NMMU

Lecturers:
G Mwalemba, MCom Cape Town
M Shivute, BTech MTech CPUT
P Tsibolane, BSc (Hons) Cape Town M.IT UP MA Rhodes
150 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Centre for Information Technology and National Development (CITANDA)

Contacts
Director: Prof Jean-Paul Van Belle (Jean-Paul.VanBelle@uct.ac.za).
Deputy-director: Prof Irwin Brown (Irwin.Brown@uct.ac.za

CITANDA is a research unit housed within the Department of Information Systems at the
University of Cape Town. CITANDA aims to bring together researchers, projects, funders, and
programmes focused on the use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the service
of national development. Many policy analysts, government leaders, industry pundits and
development specialists look to ICT for assistance in achieving social, economic, political, cultural
and human resource development goals nationally, regionally, or in terms of an industry sector. Our
goal is to become the leading centre of development and research activity for this important effort in
Africa.

The main research themes pursued by CITANDA are:


 IS Education and Educational Technology: the investigation of both the teaching and
learning of IS, and the use of education technology as an aid to teaching and learning.
 ICTs and Innovation: the investigation of ICT innovations and the use of ICTs for
innovation. The Internet, e-commerce, e-government, mobile phones, m-commerce, t-
commerce, and emerging phenomenon such as RFID technology warrant investigation as
to their impact, adoption, adaptation and diffusion amongst individuals, organisations,
nations and the global community.
 IS Management, Knowledge Management, IS Project Management and IS Development:
IS management
 Knowledge management
 the IS professional, project management, work teams, systems development, IS security
and computer forensics. The focus is not only on large commercial organisations, but
also on the public sector, health sector, NGOs and SMMEs.
 IS in Developing Country Contexts: Although a focus on IS in developing countries is a
theme that pervades almost all CITANDA research, specific attention is given to issues
relating to IT in the context of disadvantaged, underserved and under-represented rural
and urban communities and individuals are investigated.

INF4000S/R MANAGERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Roodt
Course entry requirements: Students must be registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in the School
of Managements Studies
Objective: This course is an elective course for all students registered for a Postgraduate Diploma
in Management in Marketing, Entrepreneurship, Tourism and Events or Sport Management in the
School of Management Studies.This course has general application across all disciplines because all
organisations utilise information systems and technology to some extent.
Course outline:
The course aims to provide post graduate students with an understanding of the complexities and
issues involved in the development and management of Information Systems. This course provides a
business perspective of Information Systems (IS), and stresses how information systems and
information technology can be used to improve the planning and running of businesses. The nature
and value of information as well as the impact of technology on organisations and society are
considered. By the end of the course the students should be able to: (1) Conduct research into
current issues in the management of Information Systems, (2) Identify, analyse and discuss issues in
the management of Information Systems; (3) Evaluate and question issues in the management of
Information Systems; (4) Design and build spreadsheets for use in business, (5) Demonstrate strong
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 151

communication, interpersonal and questioning skills and (6) Apply and integrate concepts and ideas
from both the theoretical and practical sections of Information Systems.
Lecture times: Monday, 4th period; Wednesday to Thursday, 8th period
DP requirements: None – See Assessment for Sub-minimums
Assessment: The final mark for each student will be comprised of the following: Seminar Q & A
(group) 15%; Seminar Video (group) 5%; Excel Project 15% and a sub-minimum of 45% for each
of these deliverables. Examination (summative) 65% with a sub-minimum of 50%.

INF4012W ENTERPRISE SYSTEMS AND BPM COURSEWORK


Fourth year status, part-time whole year course.
60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Seymour
Objective: This course exposes students to the principles and practices of Business Process
Management (BPM), Enterprise Systems and Business Process Integration, to allow them to apply
and integrate these principles to BPM and integration projects. It is highly relevant for the roles of
Business Process Experts, ERP Business Analysts, Enterprise systems Managers or Systems
integrators.
Course outline:
Four full-time weeks are spread across the year with two examinations. This course covers
enterprise systems, strategic ICT management and Business process management (BPM)integrated
around a central architectural theme. Students are exposed to ERP software and software tools
used in business process modelling and business process integration. Students are coached in
business and academic writing, group work and reviewing literature and have to apply their skills
and knowledge to real business cases and reflect on their practice. Strategic ICT Management and
IT Project Management includes IS strategy and the strategic use of ICT, evaluating ICT, funding
ICT, formulating IT Business Cases, acquisition, implementation, upgrading, support and usage as
well as evaluating the organisational impact of ICT. IT Project Management frameworks are
introduced and applied at the organisational level.
BPM includes methods and techniques to identify, model, measure and improve processes as well as
process technologies and governance. Enterprise Systems includes ERP concepts such as
organisational data, master data and the integration of standard business processes as implemented
in a leading ERP system in the following areas: Sales, Procurement; Inventory Management; and
Financial Accounting. The technical content includes managing change, customizing, transaction
management, integration, report creation and auditing.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Students will be evaluated on multiple deliverables and overall participation as
follows: Written papers and essays 18%; Written examinations 50%; Class and group contribution
16%; Student assignments 16%. All modules will be examined. The examinations may be written at
the end of each module on dates announced at the start of the semester, and/or in combined papers in
July and November. A sub- minimum of 50% is required for the combined exam marks.

INF4015W INFORMATION SYSTEMS COURSEWORK


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: U Rivett
Objective: This course is designed for students who have practical business and IS experience and
aims: to deepen expertise in topics relevant to the course, to develop critical reading and writing
skills, and to formalise and extend knowledge gained through work in industry.
Course outline:
This programme covers system development, technology, project management and strategic use of
information technology as applied to modern organizational information systems.
There are four modules integrated around a central architectural theme:
152 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

System Development methods and techniques including: object orientation, components, patterns,
requirements analysis, object domain modelling, business process engineering, prototyping, event
modelling and architecture driven design development tools (January full time week plus3 weeks).
Technology including: architectures, database, communications, SOA, internet, middleware,
mobile technologies, virtualization, cloud computing, information management, business
intelligence, security (12 weeks).
Project Management including: project definition, scoping, feasibility, estimating, risk
management, planning, execution, quality management, people management and monitoring and
reporting (July full time week plus 3 weeks).
Strategic Management of IT including: Business and IT alignment, inter-organizational systems,
architecture-based management, managing IT talent, business analytics, outsourcing, knowledge
management, IT futures, innovative business models, leveraging emerging technologies for
competitive advantage and innovation, strategic technology trends (12 weeks).
DP requirements: Students must attend at least 80% of lectures.
Assessment: Students will be evaluated on multiple deliverables and overall participation as
follows: Written papers and essays 25%, Written examinations 50% (A sub-minimum of 50% is
required for the combined exam marks.) Class and group contribution 15%, Student presentations
20%. Examination requirements: Each of the four modules will be examined. The examination may
be written at the end of each module on dates announced at the start of the semester, and/or in
combined papers in June and November. A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the combined exam
marks.

INF4016W COMPUTER FORENSICS COURSEWORK


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Stander
Course outline:
This course is designed for specialist investigators and managers in computer forensics and aims to:
 deepen expertise in topics relevant to the course,
 develop critical reading and writing skills, and
 formalise and extend knowledge gained through work in industry.
This course identifies the risk factors arising from the use of technology. It aims to equip the
student with an understanding of the legal issues involved, how to manage such investigations, to
manage and to detect such crimes. The course covers:
Legal aspects of computer forensics, the right to privacy and access to evidence, operating systems
concepts, application system concepts, forensic application software, computer forensic
investigations and procedures, investigation project management, computer security concepts and
research methodology.
Lecture times: The lectures will be taught in four block weeks that are normally scheduled during
the university breaks. Four full-time weeks during February, April, July and September. Guest
experts will be used to enrich the programme by lecturing certain of the topics where they have
highly specialised knowledge and experience.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Written papers and essays 50%, Written examinations 50% Examination
requirements: Each of the four modules will be examined. The examination may be written at the
end of each module on dates announced at the start of the semester, and/or combined papers in June
and November. A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the combined exam marks.

INF4017H INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROJECT


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: J-P Van Belle
Course entry requirements: INF4015W (Information System Coursework) or (INF4016W
Computer Forensics Coursework) or INF4012W (Enterprise Systems and BPM Coursework) or
INF4018W (business and Systems Analysis Coursework). Students registered for INF4018W
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 153

(Business and systems Analysis Coursework) or the Honours Programme in Information Systems
may register for INF4017H concurrently.
Course outline:
Students are required to complete and report on a work-related project which demonstrates clearly
how the knowledge gained in their coursework course has been or can be applied to a real-world
setting. This can be in an employed situation, as part of volunteer work or can also use be in another
practical setting. The project is not classified as research and hence is not similar to a research
dissertation. The nature of the project is very flexible but a written project report of no less than 50
pages is required on completion, as well as presenting their report via an oral assessment format. In
the case of students who completed the INF4016W course, the nature of the project will be a
complete investigation of, and report on a hypothetical computer forensics investigation, including
an oral presentation. The student should prepare a short description of the proposed project after
which the student may be allocated a responsible staff member in the department who can act as a
“supervisor/mentor”. The staff member may help the student with the scope and possible questions.
All 4018W (BASA) students are required to consolidate their individual coursework deliverables
into a final work project report which they are required to submit.
DP requirements: Submission of all deliverables including an unmarked progress report in July.
Assessment: There are three deliverables which will be assessed: A proposal must be submitted and
approved at the start of the course (weighting of 10% towards final mark);The final work project - A
minimum of 50% must be obtained in order to pass (weighting of 70% towards final mark);The oral
examination – A minimum of 50% must be obtained in order to pass (weighting of 20% towards
final mark)The marks for the above assessment will be combined to produce a final INF4017H
course mark and an overall mark of 50% is required to pass.

INF4018W BUSINESS AND SYSTEMS ANALYSIS


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Pollock
Course entry requirements: An undergraduate degree; or meet the RPL requirements of the
department. Candidates should have access to a mentor in a business analysis environment.
Course outline:
This is an applied program in Information Systems Business and Systems Analysis. Graduates learn
how to analyse, model and design appropriate technology laden products and services that meet
organisational needs together with appropriate project processes to realise the benefits from such
products and services. The course is structured across four full-time weeks spread over the year. The
full-time weeks comprise theory lectures and hands-on practical class exercises, designed to
carefully integrate theory and practice. The aim is to guide students through a transformative process
of following, detaching and becoming fluent, while also taking responsibility for their own growth.
Students on the programme are required to use a project or a process that they are busy working on
in the host company or the company where they are currently employed, that will be developed and
evolve in the course of the year. Students will learn to independently research, write coherently and
lucidly, form valid arguments, understand organisations and information systems, analyse
organisational processes and information, formulate a business case, design organisational processes
and data structures, formulate a user requirements specification document, gain knowledge about
business intelligence, understand IT governance, and implement project management techniques
pertinent to the IT industry.
Lecture times: The lectures will be taught in four block weeks that are normally scheduled during
the university breaks.
DP requirements: Failure to attend at least 80% of the UCT sessions and failure to achieve a year
mark of more than 50% may, at the discretion of UCT, result in your exclusion from the UCT
programme
Assessment: There will be continuous and summative assessments for the program through
academic essays (15%), work assignments (35%), and exams (50%). Examination requirements:
Students will be examined in May and November. A sub-minimum of 50% is required for the
combined exam marks of equal weighting.
154 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

INF4024W INFORMATION SYSTEMS RESEARCH PROJECT


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Kabanda
Course entry requirements: This course is restricted to students admitted into the honours
programmes in Information Systems and the honours programme in Management Information
Systems.
Objective: The course provides a first research exposure leading to an Honours Degree. Candidates
will be expected to develop critical reading, analysis and research design skills, as well as to
demonstrate good writing skills.
Course outline:
The course commences with taught sessions in research techniques. The Department may, at its
discretion, choose to cover these materials in evening sessions of three hours each or via short full-
time blocks, not exceeding six days in duration. Thereafter students will select research areas and
prepare research proposals. Students will be assigned to mentors, who will assist and guide them
through the research process. Additional three-hour seminars covering academic writing and
research methodology will be provided at appropriate times throughout the year.
Lecture times: This course runs in 2 block session: One in the beginning of the 1st semester, and
the second block runs in the middle of the 1st semester
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Students will be evaluated as follows: Interim deliverables 35%; Empirical report
65%. An overall mark of at least 50% is required to pass the programme and a minimum of 50%
must be obtained for the Empirical Report.

INF4025S INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT


20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: K Johnston/L Seymour
Course entry requirements: Students must have attained a DP for INF4026F.
Objective: The major objectives of the course are to research, present and discuss the major
academic contributions in the field of IS development and management in seminars. To develop
strong communication, interpersonal and change agent skills. To develop a community spirit
through the Honours Outreach and Community Involvement Programme (HOCIP), and Global
Citizen (GC) course.
Course outline:
The course covers twelve IS Management topics, which are selected based on current research from
academia and industry. Students are required to research a topic, and firstly produce a literature
review in collaboration with an academic. Once the literature review has been approved by the
academic, students have to develop and present a seminar on the topic, and facilitate a question and
answer session. Guests from industry are often invited to present their experience on the topic after
the students.
Lecture times: Monday and Tuesday, 14h00 & 15h00
DP requirements: 75% attendance and participation in seminars, a minimum of 50% for seminar
management (developing and presenting a seminar paper according to scope, quality and time
guidelines), and a minimum of 50% in the final examination.
Assessment: Attend & Present as per seminar plan 30%. Forum 6%, Peer review 4%, Tutoring -
Year Plan, Portfolio & 3600 Mark 2%, HOCIP & GC 4%, Paper review 4%, Examination 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 155

INF4026F APPLICATION & TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENT


20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Tanner
Course entry requirements: Students should meet the entrance requirements to the IS Honours
programme.
Objective: The major objectives of the course are to research, present and discuss the major
academic contributions in the field of IS development and management in seminars. To develop
strong communication, interpersonal and change agent skills. To develop a community spirit
through the Honours Outreach and Community Involvement Programme (HOCIP), and Global
Citizen (GC) course.
Course outline:
The course covers twelve IS application and technical development topics, which are selected based
on current research from academia and industry. Students are required to research a topic, and firstly
produce a literature review in collaboration with an academic. Once the literature review has been
approved by the academic, students have to develop and present a seminar on the topic, and
facilitate a question and answer session. Guests from industry are often invited to present their
experience on the topic after the students.
Lecture times: Monday and Thursday, 6th to 7th period
DP requirements: 75% attendance and participation in seminars, a minimum of 50% for seminar
management (developing and presenting a seminar paper according to scope, quality and time
guidelines), and a minimum of 50% in the final examination.
Assessment: Literature Review 4%, Attend & Present Seminars as per seminar plan 30%, Forum
4% Peer review 2%, Tutoring - Year Plan & 3600 Mark 2%, HOCIP & GC% 4%, Innovative
Business Plan (BYOBiz) 4%, Examination 50%

INF4027W SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT PROJECT II


40 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Tanner
Course entry requirements: Students should meet the entrance requirements to the IS Honours
programme.
Course outline:
As part of the course, students are required to analyse, design code, and implement a real-life
information system. In particular, students will be required to produce relevant, innovative and
practical solutions to real life business problems which are put forward by industry sponsors. These
projects are to be implemented using relevant latest technologies. Students are required to use an
agile approach (i.e. the Scrum methodology) to manage their project throughout the year. Formal
project demos are to be held every quarter and students are expected to regularly meet with sponsors
to clarify requirements (in line with the agile approach). The projects are completed in teams of 4-5
students. Overall, the course combines theoretical elements of project management with the practical
implementation of these concepts through the completion of a systems development group project.
DP requirements: A minimum of 45% for year mark, and an 80% hand in record.
Assessment: Vision Presentation 5%, Programming Assessment 5%, Iteration One Review 7%, BA
& Innovation Document 5%, Iteration Two Presentations 20%, Iteration Three Review 8%, Hand in
final deliverables (System, docs, poster) 50%
156 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

INF5000W INFORMATION SYSTEMS MASTERS BY DISSERTATION ONLY


Only students with an exceptionally strong and broad research background will normally be
accepted for this Course
180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Kyobe
Course entry requirements: At least 65% at Honours level. (See also rule FM2 & FM2.2 -Rules
for Post-graduate degrees – Masters)
Objective: The Master of Information Systems programme aims to enhance students’ knowledge
and analytical skills in researching, designing, implementing and managing information systems in a
fast-changing environment.
Course outline:
The student will be required to attend and hand-in assignments for the following 3 Coursework
modules: Information systems thinking; Proposal writing; and Literature review. In addition, the
student will attend regular one-on-one meetings with the dissertation supervisor. During this time a
research plan will be approved and executed based on the research proposal. Changes to the
candidate’s dissertation proposal will require approval of both the course convener and the
candidate’s supervisor. The dissertation must have both theoretical and practical implications.
Candidates will be expected to present a public seminar shortly before submission of the dissertation
Lecture times: Monday, 8th and 9th period; Thursday, 9th and 10th period
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Assessment of the dissertation will be in terms of Rule FM5 of the Rules for the
Degree of Master by Coursework and Dissertation.

INF5004W INFORMATION SYSTEMS MASTERS COURSE WORK


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Kyobe
Course entry requirements: At least 65% in INF4024W.
Objective: The Master of Information Systems programme aims to enhance students’ knowledge
and analytical skills in researching, designing, implementing and managing information systems in a
fast-changing environment.
Course outline:
The pedagogy will include individual study, small group discussion, regular seminars, research
papers, projects and mentored research. Subject matter will consist of current topics in Information
Systems theory research, and practice with particular focus on developing a critical approach to
reading and writing in Information Systems. During this period the course convener will assist
students in developing a research proposal for the dissertation component of the degree, and they
will be allocated a suitable supervisor for the dissertation.
Lecture times: Monday, 8th and 9th period, Thursday, 9th and 10th period. The department may, at its
discretion, choose to cover the materials in 4 weekly full time blocks to accommodate students not
residing in Cape Town or those who cannot attend the weekly sessions. Each block would be for 5
days, starting at 9am until 3pm.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Assessment will be based on deliverables within the following categories:Assignments
on IS management topics, Professional writing, Systems thinking and quantitative analysis, Essays
in a critical reading module. Draft research proposal. Full literature survey on proposed dissertation
topic, Research design proposal for dissertation topic, Student presentations on various topics,
Research article, and Participation
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 157

INF5005W INFORMATION SYSTEMS MASTERS DISSERTATION


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Kyobe
Course entry requirements: At least 50% in INF5004W.
Objective: The Master of Information Systems programme aims to enhance students’ knowledge
and analytical skills in researching, designing, implementing and managing information systems in a
fast-changing environment.
Course outline:
The student will attend regular one-on-one meetings with the dissertation supervisor. During this
time a research plan will be approved and executed based on the research proposal. Changes to the
candidate’s dissertation proposal will require approval of both the course convener and the
candidate’s supervisor. The dissertation must have both theoretical and practical implications.
Candidates will be expected to present a public seminar shortly before submission of the
dissertation.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Assessment of the dissertation will be in terms of Rule FM5 of the Rules for the
Degree of Master by Coursework and Dissertation.

INF6000W INFORMATION SYSTEMS THESIS


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: W Chigona
Course entry requirements: A pass in INF6001W or equivalent
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate’s own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words (excluding bibliography and
appendices). A candidate will undertake research, and such advanced study as may be required,
under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by Senate.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: The thesis will be assessed in terms of Rule GP5 of the rules for a doctoral degree.
Examination is by thesis only.

INF6001W RESEARCH METHODS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: W Chigona
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into the PhD Programme in Information Systems.
Course outline:
The course explores different philosophical and methodological approaches to Information Systems
research with a view to helping students become aware of the options they face in engaging in their
selected areas of research, and to understand the logic and rationale of different research
perspectives. Opportunities are created throughout the course for students to apply the ideas being
discussed to their own personal research situations. The course provides an introduction to
Information Systems research, and offers practical insight and guidance on the conduct of research.
It is designed as a foundation for the development of the major research project or thesis. Students
are required to attend a compulsory workshop at the start of the course and monthly class seminars.
These seminars run for two to three days each month from February to July.
Lecture times: Students are required to attend a compulsory workshop at the start of the course and
monthly class seminars. These seminars run for two to three days each month from February to July.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Students will be assessed based on interim deliverables.The final mark for the course
will be based on the final assignment – the research proposal and the presentation. Students are
expected to submit and present their doctoral proposals to the department within the first year of
their studies.
158 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES


The School is housed in the Leslie Commerce Building, Room 4.09

Telephone Number: 021 650 2311.


The letter code for the department is BUS
Departmental website: http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za

Head of Department and Associate Professor:


S Goodman, BSocSc(Hons) MBusSc PhD Cape Town

Emeritus Professors:
I L MacDonald, BSc(Hons) Cape Town MSc Oxon PhD Cape Town
J Louw-Potgieter, MA Stell Drs Psych Leiden PhD Bristol
JD Simpson, BSc MBA PhD Cape Town

Professor of Actuarial Science:


R E Dorrington, BA Unisa BCom Natal BSc(Hons) MPhil Cape Town ASA FASSA

Professor of Demograph:
T A Moultrie, BBusSc Cape Town MSc (Econ) PhD London

Professors of Organisational Psychology:


J Bagraim, BBusSc BA(Hons) MA Cape Town PhD Warwick
A Schlechter, BSc(Hons) MA PhD Stell

Honorary Professors:
L Foster, PhD South Florida
F Lievens, PhD Ghent
E Platen, PhD Dresden
I Timaeus, MA Cantab MSc PhD London

Associate Professors:
S Chapman, BA (Hons) MSc, Witwatersand PhD Rhodes
F de Kock, MComm Stell PhD Erasmus University Rotterdam
C Georg, PhD Jena
T Grant, BA HDE MA PhD Cape Town
I Meyer, Dip Marburg PhD Cape Town
D Priilaid, BSc(Hons) HDE MSc MBA PhD Cape Town
DR Taylor, CASM Cantab PhD Witwatersrand

Senior Lecturers:
V Adjiwanou, BSc Lomé MSc ENSEA Côte d’Ivoire MA Auvergne PhD Montréal
J Chigada, BBA (Hons) MBL, PhD Unisa
A Jaga, MCom Cape Town PhD Cape Town
J Legutko, BSc Cape Town FIA FASSA
DM Maralack, BSocSc MCRP Cape Town MSc(Econ) Urban Dev Plan London PhD Minnesota
E Maritz, BSc(Hons) Stell DPhil Oxon FASSA
S Mataramvura, BSc & Ed Cuba BSc(Hons) MSc PhD Zimbabwe
A Meadows, BA Cape Town HDE Witwatersrand
CN Mulenga MBusSc PhD Cape Town
S Ranchod, BBusSc MBusSc Cape Town FASSA
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 159

Lecturers:
A Boodhoo, MSocSc PhD Cape Town
P Botha, BCom (Hons) Stell FASSA CERA
R Chohan, BBusSc M.Bus.Sc Cape Town
S Dlamini, BCom (Hons) Communication UJ MSc Strategic Marketing Witwatersrand
L du Toit, BCom (Hons) UFS PGDip (Actuarial Science) Cape Town FASSA
C Field, MCom Cape Town
S Hendry, BA(Econ) LLB PDOM Cape Town
C Kalil, BA MPhil Cape Town
C Marais, BSc Pret BCom (Hons) Cape Town
G Nodoba, BA (Hons) Fort Hare HDE MEd Cape Town
P Pillay, BCom (Hons) MCom UKZN
J Rousseau, BA(Hons) MA Cape Town
L Standaar, BCom (Hons) Stell PGDip (Actuarial Science) Stell FASSA

Adjunct Faculty Staff:

Professors:
M Bussin, PhD UJ
M Mavando, PhD Monash
L Van Vuuren, PhD UJ
E Wood, BSc (Mech Eng) Cape Town MPhil PhD Cantab
S Zinn,PhD Harvard

Associate Professor:
J Jansson, PhD Lund

Senior Lecturers:
D Polakow, MSc PhD Cape Town
D Strugnell, BA(Hons) Unisa MPhil Cape Town SASSA CFP

Lecturers:
M Abraham, BBusSc MCom MPhil Cape Town
J Jurgens, DipEd Hewatt
H McLeod, BBusSc Cape Town FIA
T Mc Walter, PhD Witwaterand
I Melzer, BBusSc Cape Town
D Williams, MA Middlesex

Ad Hoc Teaching Staff:


J Lappeman, BBusSc MSocSc Cape Town
M Neethling, BSocSc Natal MBA Cape Town
G Rightford, BBusSc Cape Town

Centre for Actuarial Research (CARe)

Director and Professor of Demography:


TA Moultrie, BBusSc Cape Town MSc(Econ) PhD London

Professor:
RE Dorrington, BA Unisa BCom Natal BSc(Hons) MPhil Cape Town ASA FASSA

Honorary Professor:
IM Timæus, MA Cantab MSc PhD London
160 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Senior Lecturer:
V Adjiwanou, BSc Lomé MSc ENSEA Côte d’Ivoire MA Auvergne PhD Montréal

CARe also has postdoctoral fellows and research assistants engaged in its activities.

Institute for Monitoring and Evaluation (IME)

S Chapman, BA (Hons) MSc Witwatersrand PhD Rhodes

UCT Unilever Institute of Strategic Marketing

Research Staff
P Egan, MBA Stell

BUS3038S/R INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 7
Convener: E Cloete
Course entry requirements: Students should be in their 3rd year of a BCom or BBusSc or be
registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management, or be an SSA student.
Course outline:
The key objective of this course is to provide a general introduction to Project Management for
Commerce students. Students are introduced to the Project Life Cycle and the project management
methodology as outlined in the Project Management Book of Knowledge (PBOK).
Students registered for this course will be required to apply the project management process to new
product development, with the practical group project focusing on doing a feasibility study for a new
product. Particular emphasis is placed on quality, both as an important element of product
development but equally important as an element of project management process.
DP requirements: BUS3038S; Satisfactorily participate in and complete two group projects. Write
one class test. 60% minimum participation in tutorials. Attend all specified compulsory lectures.
Obtain a minimum overall course mark of 40%. Obtain a sub-minimum of 40% in the final
examination to pass the course. BUS3038R; As per the course outline
Assessment: Coursework 40% Final examination 60%

BUS4006W ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY HONS COURSEWORK


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Boodhoo
Course entry requirements: The minimum admission requirement is a bachelor’s degree with
Organisational Psychology / Industrial Psychology / Human Resource Management as a major. In
order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants should have an average mark of at least
65% for their third year level Organisational Psychology courses. BBusSc students from UCT may
be eligible for enrolment in their fourth year of study, but all students are subject to the selection
process. Selection is based on academic performance and the University’s equity policy.
Course outline:
The central theme of this component is organisational change. This component aims to equip
students with the knowledge and skills to act as change agents within an organisation.
This component consists of six compulsory modules.
Compulsory modules:
Organisational change
Change consulting
Research methods
Psychometrics
Change and Organisational Culture
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 161

Measuring Change and Learning


DP requirements: Students must attend all lectures and complete all assessments.
Assessment: Students are required to obtain at least 50% for all coursework modules. Each module
contains both formative and summative assessments.Students are required to pass both the
coursework (BUS4006W) and the research (BUS4030H) components in order to be awarded the
degree.

BUS4016S/R INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Rightford
Course entry requirements: A DP for BUS2011F or BUS2011Q
Co-requisites: All second semester courses for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management.
Course outline:
The meaning and need for a promotional strategy; the role and design of a promotional strategy;
market segmentation and product positioning; promotional objectives and promotional budget;
planning the advertising campaign; creating the advertising message; selecting the media and the
agency; advertising regulations and control; the role of sales promotion; the role of public
relations; the role of personnel selling; the role of promotion and advertising in the future. To give
students an appreciation of the marketing communication process. To encourage students to learn
about the different goals of promotion, the importance of the four elements of the promotion mix
namely Advertising, Personnel selling, Public Relations and Sales Promotion. To gain an
understanding of the steps involved in developing a sound promotional plan, sound media plan and
to facilitate interaction with advertising agencies.
DP requirements: BUS4016S - Attendance is compulsory for all tutorials. Minimum classwork
mark of 50% (projects, assignments and tests) is required. BUS4016Q– Participation in a minimum
of 60% of tutorials, including at least one live tutorial. Submit all compulsory assignments and write
any scheduled class tests. Obtain a minimum of 40% coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework (project, assignment(s) and/or class test) 40% Final examination (2 hours)
60%

BUS4017S/R CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR


Course restricted to Students registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management in the school of
Management Studies.
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: P Pillay
Course entry requirements: A DP for BUS2011F/E
Co-requisites: All second semester courses for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management.
Objective: To provide students with an appreciation of consumer behaviour concepts and their
application in marketing, especially in a South African context.
Course outline:
1. The nature of consumer behaviour
2. The consumer as an individual; consumer perceptions and learning; consumer motivation;
personality, attitude formation and consumer choice
3. Group consumer behaviour; groups influences, social influences, cultures and sub-cultures;
family and neural marketing and consumer behaviour.
Strategic applications of consumer behaviour the diffusion and adoption of new products; branding
and packaging; behavioural concepts for pricing; interpersonal communication; consumer behaviour
and public policy.
DP requirements: BUS4017S - Attendance is compulsory for all tutorials and other compulsory
activities. Minimum class work mark of 40% is required.BUS4017R - Participation in a minimum of
60% of tutorials, including at least one live tutorial. Submit all compulsory assignments and write
any class tests. Obtain a minimum of 45% coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework (project, assignment(s) and/or class test) 40% Final examination 60%
162 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS4018S/R RETAIL MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE MARKETING


This course is restricted to students registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management offered
by the school of management studies
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Dlamini
Course entry requirements: A DP for BUS2010F Marketing I or BUS2011F Introduction to
Marketing
Co-requisites: All second semester courses for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in
Marketing
Course outline:
Retail Management
Objective:
To provide students with an appreciation of how retail managers plan strategically, organise for the
optimum performance and control of the operations: to stress the importance of an appreciation for
the complex environment forces that affect retail decisions at all levels of management.
Syllabus information:
Retailing environment and the retailing mix: market structures, trends in retailing, retail branding,
location analysis, planning and control, store layout and design, merchandising objectives and
strategies, buying decisions, pricing management, promotion management, supply chain
management, impact of technological innovations.
Service Marketing
Objective:
To provide students with an appreciation of how service organisations differ in many important
aspects from manufacturing businesses requiring a distinctive approach to marketing strategy,
development and execution.
Syllabus information:
Distinctive aspects of service marketing; positioning the service organisation in the marketplace;
managing the customer mix; managing demand; managing the service marketing system; planning,
organising and implementing the marketing effort; case studies on accounting firms, legal firms,
hotels, hospitals, estate agents and others.
DP requirements: BUS4018S - Attendance is compulsory for all tutorials. Minimum class work
mark of 50% (projects, assignments and tests) is required. BUS4018Q – Participation in a minimum
of 60% of tutorials, including at least one live tutorial. Submit all compulsory assignments and write
any class tests. Obtain a minimum of 40% coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework (group project and assignment) 50% Final examination 50%

BUS4019S/R STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARKETING


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: J Chigada
Course entry requirements: Registration for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management and a DP of
BUS2011F/E or equivalent.
Course outline:
This course introduces students to two important aspects of Marketing; Strategic Marketing and
International Marketing. Strategy as originally intended deals with optimal positioning and
responsiveness to change. Therefore this course will offer insights into both prescriptive
(processes orientated) and descriptive approaches to Marketing Strategy. It builds on the analysis-
design- implementation-control paradigm and focuses on creating customer value.
Central to change in modern business is the notion of globalisation where new markets and
competition emerge from varied, often unexpected, sources. As globalisation occurs, understanding
marketing across cultural, political, social, economic, technological and legal boundaries becomes
increasingly important. This is the world of the international marketer that we will explore in the
International Marketing module of this course.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 163

Lecture times: Residential: Monday: 15h00 - 16h45 and Wednesday: 12h00 - 12h45, Blended:
Online
DP requirements: BUS4019S - A minimum of 50% for courseworkBUS4019R – Participation in a
minimum of 60% of tutorials, including at least one live tutorialSubmit all compulsory assignments
and write any class testsObtain a minimum of 40% coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework (group project and assignment) 50%Final Examination 50%

BUS4027W ACTUARIAL RISK MANAGEMENT


No supplementary examinations are awarded for this course.
54 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: J Legutko
Course entry requirements: BUS2016H, BUS3018F and BUS3024S, STA3041F, STA3043S,
STA3045F, BUS4028F (prerequisite/co-requisite).
Course outline:
The aim of this subject is to instil in successful candidates the ability to apply a wide range of key
actuarial concepts in simple traditional and non-traditional situations. It comprises the following
topics: How to do a professional job, Stakeholders, Client needs and customer needs and
implications for other stakeholders, Managing risks, Marketing, External environment, Investment
environment, Meeting investor needs, Capital, Interaction with client, Awareness of risk,
Management of provisions for liabilities, Project planning and management, Input validation,
Methodology and techniques, Assumption setting, Design, Expenses, Developing the cost and the
price, Provisioning, Relationship between assets and liabilities, Maintaining profitability,
Determining the expected results, Reporting actual results, Risk management, Asset management,
Capital management, Surplus management, Mergers and acquisitions, Insolvency and closure,
Options and guarantees, Monitoring, Principal terms.
DP requirements: Completion and timeous submission of tutorial exercises. Sitting all class tests.
An overall average of 40% for class work.
Assessment: Tutorials 10%Tests 40%End of year examinations (2x 3 hours) 50%

BUS4028F ACTUARIAL SCIENCE III: FINANCIAL ECONOMICS


No supplementary examinations are awarded for this course.
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C Marais
Course entry requirements: BUS2016H, BUS3018F and BUS3024S (or 60% for FTX3044F and
60% for FTX3045S, for Quantitative Finance students), STA3041F, STA3043S , STA3045F.
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to provide students with the ability to develop and apply asset/liability
models and to value derivatives. A basic understanding of modern financial theories will be
provided. Topics include utility theory, risk assessment, mean variance portfolio theory, multifactor
models of asset returns, stochastic asset models, valuation of futures and options, Black Scholes
analysis and arbitrage free pricing.
DP requirements: Completion of tutorials and tests with an average of 40%.
Assessment: Tutorials 8%; Tests 32%; End of year examination (1 x 3 hours) 60%.

BUS4030H ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCH PAPER


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Boodhoo
Course entry requirements: Students must be registered for BUS4006W (i.e. students must have
been accepted into the 4th year of Organisational Psychology.)
Course outline:
The aim of this component is to introduce students to the full cycle of a research project. Students
who complete this component also will have a fundamental understanding of the ethics involved in
the research process.
164 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Staff members conceptualise substantial research projects and act as supervisors who guide students
through the research cycle. Students form small research teams and are assigned to a supervisor.
Regular meetings take place between supervisors and research teams. Deadlines for completion are
set and have to be met at the different stages of the research process. At the end of the process,
research teams present their projects as a poster or at a colloquium.
DP requirements: Students must complete all assessments.
Assessment: Each chapter of the research project has an assessment weighting (literature review,
method, results and discussion. Together with the final research report submission these draft
submissions make up the mark for BUS4030H). Students are required to obtain at least 50% for the
research report. Students are required to pass both the coursework (BUS4006W) and the research
(BUS4030H) components in order to be awarded the degree.

BUS4034S PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (ACTUARIAL SCIENCE)


No supplementary examinations are awarded for this course.
27 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Grant
Course entry requirements: BUS2016H, BUS3018F and STA3041F. BUS3024S, STA3043S,
STA3045F, BUS4028F.
Course outline:
The course aims to provide students with the ability to design and produce various types of
documents (e.g. correspondence, reports and proposals) common to the workplace. Students are
required to plan and give persuasive presentations and oral reports to selected audiences as well as to
prepare visual and graphic material for oral and written messages. Group work and group
presentations are also emphasised.
Theory and application:
Formats, style, vocabulary, organisation patterns and readability for oral and written messages,
individual and group presentation techniques; Correspondence (letters, email and factsheets) (with a
focus on communicating actuarial science topics to various non-specialist audiences); report writing,
proposal writing, integration of graphic and visual materials, individual and group oral
presentations.
Prescribed text
A communication handbook and a course outline will be given to every student.
DP requirements: Submission of all assignments and participation in oral presentations; attendance
at all compulsory lectures and workshops.
Assessment: PCU component: semester course work and presentations (60%); 3-hour written
examination [Paper 1] (40%). Students must achieve a sub-minimum of 40% for each component
with an average of 50%. In addition there is a 3-hour written examination (Paper 2) for professional
exemption (A302). The final BUS4034S mark will be weighted as follows: PCU final mark: 70%;
A302 Paper 2: 30%.

BUS4035F INTRODUCTION TO SPORT MANAGEMENT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D. Maralack
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport
Management.
Objective: The course provides a comprehensive introduction to the various disciplines of sport
management and provides students with a general understanding of the structure and functioning of
sport both locally and internationally. Students will be encouraged to assess the current models and
thinking behind sport management, particularly in a development context.
Course outline:
The South African sporting landscape and its role in the transformation imperative (policy, official
and other structures and organisations; major and minor sports and other local sporting stakeholders
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 165

e.g. the wellness and fitness industry). An overview of the international sporting landscape.
International games (Olympics, Commonwealth Games and other). Elite athlete versus mass
participation principles of sport. Scientific thinking and the role of science in sport (how scientists
think; the use of science and technology, how to access sports science information in the South
African context). Sports organisation structures and key roles within the sporting organisation.
Competition structures and models.
DP requirements: TBC
Assessment: One 2-hour examination 50%, Essays and tests 40%, Tutorials 10%

BUS4040S SCIENCE OF SPORT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Maralack
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport
Management
Course outline:
The course provides students with a holistic understanding of core scientific approaches to sport
management. Students will develop a broad understanding of the ways in which disciplines such as
research and science, physiology, sports medicine, human movement, biomechanics, metabolism,
sports nutrition, high performance, performance analysis and monitoring are interconnected and
how these disciplines impact on sports management.
Students will apply a scientific methodology to exercise and sport and in particular focus on
managing, analysing and monitoring sport performance. Students will be able to engage with the
physiology of athletes (muscle, cardiovascular system, genetics, metabolism and neurophysiology),
the principles of training for fitness, injury and rehabilitation (adaptation and de-adaptation; team
monitoring and fatigue management over a season). Students will engage with debates in sport
nutrition, performance enhancement in sport (supplements, banned substances, anti-doping
protocols), and mental approach to physical performance. Students will be exposed to tools for
analysis and monitoring of performance to enable them to effectively manage sport teams, elite
athletes and individuals seeking to improve their health and fitness.
DP requirements: Attendance of all tutorials and submission of all assignments as indicated in the
course outline to be distribute at the beginning of the course. A sub-minimum of 40% is required for
all coursework.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Tutorials and classwork 20%, Project 30%, Exam 50 %

BUS4041S SPORTS ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Maralack
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport
Management
Course outline:
The course will provide students with theoretical and practical appreciation of administration,
governance, business and finance within sports-related organisations.
Students will be exposed to the different specialist sports management disciplines across law,
development, marketing, marketing research, the major business and related components of sport,
and specifically how funds are raised, managed and circulated within the industry. The key
governance, policy and economic drivers in the sports industry will be explored, aiming to create
effective and efficient sports clubs, institutions, events and sports development programmes.
The course will enable students to apply general administration methodologies in different
organisation types (South African Sports Confederation and Olympic Committee, national
federations, tertiary institutions, professional teams, and fitness and recreation organisations). These
methodologies will help analyse sports policies and systems and contribute to the students’ ability to
critically assess various sport governance systems, sport finance structures and apply the principles of
law to sports. Practical exposure will be provided to students to appreciate the general principles of
sports facilities management, competition management, various sports development systems
166 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

(designing and managing mass participation programmes, life-skills programmes), sport marketing
and marketing research, and applications of broadcasting, sponsorship, media, public relations, event
management and sport tourism management in the sports industry.
DP requirements: Attendance of all tutorials and submission of all assignments as indicated in the
course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the course. A sub-minimum of 40% is required
for all coursework.
Assessment: Coursework 50% Tutorials and classwork 20% and Project 30%Exam 50 %

BUS4049W ORGANISATIONAL PROJECT


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Hendry
Course entry requirements: Student must be registered for the Postgraduate Diploma in
Management in Entrepreneurship.
Course outline:
This course requires students to set-up and run their own businesses, each of which reports to a
Board of Directors from Industry. Attached to the project will be a research component that requires
each student to undertake research into some specified area of entrepreneurial activity.
DP requirements: Attendance at ALL Genesis activities is compulsory.To attempt the November
examination, the group mark for a student should be no less than 40%. Students are required to
achieve no less than 50% in the November examination. Any student who fails to achieve a
minimum of 50% in this examination will NOT have the group mark incorporated in their final mark
and the mark achieved in the examination will be the only mark reflected. A fail in the November
Genesis exam will result in the student failing Genesis and he/she will not be permitted to graduate
with the Diploma.
Assessment: Although the Genesis project is a group project, candidates will be evaluated
individually as well. The evaluation of the Genesis Project is continuous and is derived from the
principles of action learning. Coursework 60%, Mid-year examination 10%, Final examination 30%

BUS4129H ACTUARIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH PROJECT


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Mataramvura
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Bachelor of Commerce in Actuarial Science
Co-requisites: Students must be registered for all 4th year Actuarial Science Courses.
Course outline:
The project course aims at equipping students with research skills, to empower students with paper
writing skills and to equip students with ability to search for information online using e.g. library
resources, Bloomberg and other sources. The project also aims at inculcating a sense of
responsibility and discipline among students through self-checking for plagiarism and other research
misconduct. Each project will be subjected to Turnitin as a result. The project process consists of a
submission of proposal, then literature review, then initial draft of final paper and the final paper.
Except the draft, all the other submissions will be evaluated with the marks forming part of the final
project mark.
DP requirements: Passing the draft proposal by at least 4/10.
Assessment: Course work 20%. Dissertation 80%. The literature Review will be marked out of 10
and the draft proposal will be marked out of 10. The final draft will get marked out of 100 but the
overall mark = Literature Review Mark + Draft mark + 0.8* Final Mark.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 167

BUS4153H QUANTITATIVE FINANCE RESEARCH PROJECT


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Mataramvura
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Bachelor of Commerce in Actuarial Science
specialising specialising in Quantitative Finance
Co-requisites: Students must be registered for all 4th year Quantitative Finance Courses
Course outline:
The project course aims at equipping students with research skills, to empower students with paper
writing skills and to equip students with ability to search for information online using e.g. library
resources, Bloomberg and other sources. The project also aims at inculcating a sense of
responsibility and discipline among students through self-checking for plagiarism and other research
misconduct. Each project will be subjected to Turnitin as a result. The project process consists of a
submission of proposal, then literature review, then initial draft of final paper and the final paper.
Except the draft, all the other submissions will be evaluated with the marks forming part of the final
project mark.
DP requirements: Passing the draft proposal by at least 4/10
Assessment: Coursework 20%. Dissertation 80%.The literature Review will be marked out of 10
and the draft proposal will be marked out of 10. The final draft will be marked out of 100 but the
overall mark = Literature Review mark + Draft Mark + 0.8* Final mark.

BUS4039S SPORT MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D. Maralack
Course entry requirements: Registration for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Sport
Management
Course outline:
To provide students with methodologies to apply various sports theories to global and the South
African sporting contexts. Students will gain an understanding of the steps required to grow a sport,
manage an organisation, nurture sports talent and improve overall performance of individual
athletes, teams and organisations. Students will be required to apply theoretical knowledge gained
across all sport management disciplines and ground it in practical cases locally. The course will
develop the students’ ability to integrate the various disciplines in sports management and apply
these to practice. The course focuses on cases that leverage sport for the purposes of development
for elite and mass community sport. Cases are selected to articulate various coaching theories and
methodologies and evaluate appropriateness of each to manage high performance athletes and
mobilise mass participation for fitness and health. The disciplines that are emphasised are sport
information technologies, such as game analysis techniques and other related software, coaching,
team structures and systems and mass participation events. Students will engage with various
monitoring and evaluation tools in their analysis of sport management in practice.
DP requirements: Attendance of all tutorials and submission of all assignments as indicated in the
course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the course. A sub-minimum of 40% is required
for all coursework.
168 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS4074S/R ELECTRONIC MARKETING


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: R Chohan
Course entry requirements: A DP for BUS2011F or equivalent. Students must be registered for a
Postgraduate Diploma in Management in the School of Management Studies.
Course outline:
The host of technological, social and economic changes have led to a major shift in marketing. E-
Marketing considers the opportunities brought about by new technologies and online platforms.
The course will include topics, such as online reputation management and using social media
platforms strategically. The overall aim of the course is to enable students to critically evaluate and
strategically design E-Marketing strategies.
DP requirements: BUS4074S - A minimum aggregate class work mark of 40%. Tutorial
attendance is compulsory. BUS4074E - Participation in a minimum of 60% of tutorials, including at
least one live tutorial. Submit all compulsory assignments and write any class tests. Obtain a
minimum of 40% coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework (tutorials, individual and group project): 50%; Final examination: 50%

BUS4075S MANAGEMENT THEORY IN PRACTICE


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Priilaid
Course entry requirements: Students must be registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in
Management in Entrepreneurship and must have completed all first semester courses in the
Postgraduate Diploma.
Course outline:
Challenges facing organisations in the 21st century, how to effectively manage key organisational
aspects of people, projects, change and control, the conflicting values model, Understanding the role
of global corporations, post-modern business strategies, effective leadership within these contexts.
The aim of this course is to learn about the dynamics regarding management effectiveness.
DP requirements: 40% classwork mark. Must attend all lectures and submit all assignments as
indicated in the course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Assessment: Final examination 50%, Coursework 50%

BUS4078F ENTREPRENEURIAL STRATEGIES


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Priilaid
Course entry requirements: Student must be registered for a Postgraduate Diploma in
Management in the School of Management Studies.
Course outline:
Identification of potential business ideas, their assessment, the establishment of organisations,
paths of business development, needs analysis, market research, habits of effective personal
management, developing implementation strategies and action plans, structuring an organisation,
strategic assessment.
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to Entrepreneurship and its attendant strategies. It
is about the routes to the creation and ownership of a venture and the subsequent paths a business
may take.
DP requirements: 40% classwork mark. Must attend all lectures and submit all assignments as
indicated in the course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Assessment: Final examination 50%, Coursework 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 169

BUS4087S QUANTITATIVE FINANCE SELECTED TOPICS


This course is intended for students in the Quantitative Finance programme. Supplementary
examinations will not be awarded for this course.
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: FTX3044F (60%) and FTX3045S (60%), ECO2003F and ECO2004S.
Co-requisites: Strategic Thinking BUS4050W.
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to cover advanced topics in the theory and practice of finance. The course
covers the following areas:
(1) Asset-liability Management,
(2) Quantitative Methods,
(3) Behavioural Finance and
(4) Corporate Finance
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Class tests and tutorials 50%, Examination 50%.

BUS4088S ACTUARIAL SCIENCE III ASSETS


This course is intended for students doing Quantitative Finance. Supplementary examinations will
not be awarded for this course.
27 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: J Legutko
Course entry requirements: BUS2016H, FTX3044F (60%), FTX3045S (60%); STA3041F,
STA3043S, STA3045F, BUS4028F (40%).
Course outline:
The aim of this subject is to instil in successful candidates an understanding of the investment
environment and the principles and objectives of investment management. It will also give the
candidates mastery of some of the techniques of asset valuation. It comprises the following topics:
Professionalism, external environment, regulations, stakeholders, providers of benefits, cash flows,
money market instruments, bonds, equities, property, futures and options, overseas investments,
collective investment vehicles, principle economic influences on investment markets, major
investments indices, asset modelling, valuation techniques for individual investments and portfolios,
asset/liability management.
DP requirements: Completion and timeous submission of tutorial exercises. Sitting all class tests.
An overall average of 40% for class work.
Assessment: Tutorials 8%, Tests 32%, End of year examination (1 x 3 hours) 60%

BUS4090F CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Priilaid
Course entry requirements: Students must be registered for the Postgraduate Diploma in
Management.
Course outline:
On completion of the course, students will be able to explain critical theories of art, execute an
original piece of creative work, apply the habits of successful artists in the generation of new
business ideas, critique an existing business model and develop an innovative alternative. Some of
the topics covered will include: perspective and social constructs, proactivity, developing ideas,
commitment, intuition and the role of the unconscious.
This course aims to introduce students to the fundamental tenets of creativity and its application
within a business context, enabling students to see problems differently and to develop innovative
solutions accordingly. The course runs concurrently with the Second Semester of the Genesis
Project and is designed to support students in their projects with the development of innovative and
170 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

alternative solutions. It seeks to challenge existing silo-based thought patterns and to assist students
in their transition to developing a creative working life.
DP requirements: Participation in all classes/workshops. Completion and submission of an
Individual Learning Log, an Individual assignment and a Group project, and to attain a minimum of
40% for the coursework.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, October/November Exam 50%

BUS4091F/Q ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: TBA
Course entry requirements: Registration for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management offered by
the School of Management Studies and prior or concurrent completion of BUS2011F and
FTX1005F
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to develop a deep appreciation for the practice of effective “general
management” and to help students prepare for a career in or working alongside general
management. This term applies equally to senior manager’s in an established enterprise to whom
functional and project managers report as it does to the founding entrepreneur(s) in a young,
emerging enterprise. In essence, general management involves responsibility for the direction,
sustainability and performance of an organisation, its relationship with internal and external
stakeholders and its contribution to society.
While the course will draw on relevant theory and frameworks, its primary focus is practical; the
difference between effective and ineffective general management. As general management requires
a working knowledge of all the main functional areas, the course will give special attention to those
areas not covered in-depth by the other courses you will be taking. For this reason, we will draw
primarily from the fields of strategy, operations, innovation and leadership. We will also draw on
concepts and tools from other disciplines (e.g. entrepreneurship, marketing, people management,
accounting, and finance) and incorporate those into a holistic view of general management.
DP requirements: Students need to submit all work as documented in the course outline to be
distributed at the beginning of the course. Students need a minimum coursework mark of 40%.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Mid-term test (10%), Group project (30%), Continuous assessment
(10%), Exam 50%

BUS4092H/T BUSINESS RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: P Broster
Course entry requirements: Registration for one of the Postgraduate Diplomas in Management
offered by the School of Management Studies
Co-requisites: BUS2011F and FTX1005F may be completed concurrently
Course outline:
This course introduces students to essential business research methods and principles and
incorporates elements of professional communication so as to maximise the effectiveness of these
research endeavours. The scope of the course is wide ranging and, inter alia, students will be
empowered with the skills and practices to apply the principles to their own particular area of
interest
The course will consist of core theory lectures and break away sessions as per the relevant diploma
streams. Students will be expected to participate in a capstone group project. This project will
culminate in the submission of a final written report, demonstrating the above competencies,
together with a team oral presentation within the year-end mini conference for residential students.
DP requirements: BUS4092H/BUS4092T– Participation in 60% of tutorials (live tutorials and
tutorial discussions). Write the class test. Submit all project hand-ins and the final
presentation. Obtain a minimum of 50% coursework average
Assessment: BUS4092H – Coursework: Research Project Modules: 30%; Mid-year Class Test:
15%; Final Report: 20%; Oral Presentation 15%; Case Study Examination: 20% BUS4092T–
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 171

Coursework: Group Research Project Modules 30%, Final Report 20%, Mid-year test
10%, Summative examination 40%

BUS4094S/R EVENTS MANAGEMENT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: TBA
Course entry requirements: Registration for a Postgraduate Diploma in Management offered by
the School of Management Studies
Course outline:
This course covers the key elements of successful Event management and focusses on core theories,
best practice and strategic management application in sporting and other events. Additionally,
students will develop both the practical skills and knowledge to meet global professional standards
in the organisation and execution of events from start to finish.
Events Management examines the fundamentals of managing an event of any size. Students will
learn about strategic alignment of events, and the optimal designing, administering and marketing of
events. Topics include bidding of events, project management, financial management, design and
décor, event greening, risk management, and marketing and sponsorship.
DP requirements: BUS4094S - A coursework mark of 40% or above. Students attend all tutorials
and exercises as indicated in the course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the
course.BUS4094 – Participation in a minimum of 60% of tutorials, including at least one live
tutorialSubmit all compulsory assignments and write any class tests. Obtain a minimum of 40%
coursework mark
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Midterm test 10%, Group Project 40%, Final Exam 50%

BUS4097S FINANCIAL CONTROLS AND HOSPITALITY


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: TBA
Course entry requirements: Registration for a for Postgraduate Diploma in Management in
Tourism and Events Management
Course outline:
The Financial Management for Tourism course will include the following topics: introduction to
economics influencing tourism, financial planning and budgeting cost volume-profit analysis,
commissioning structures within the tourism and events industries, financial ratios, foreign
exchange, and investment appraisal.
Hospitality Management looks at the definitions of hospitality and the hospitality industry and its
context within the tourism industry. The course includes topics such as analysing a hospitality
business, how to develop a new hospitality enterprise, the concept of budget hotels, and why
hotels fail.
Students will be expected to complete an assignment for both modules in the course. A double
session tutorial will accompany each of the series of weekly lectures for both courses (Financial
Management for Tourism and Hospitality Management). Students will receive assignments based on
the tutorials. The course will include a two-hour examination.
DP requirements: 40% classwork mark. Must attend all tutorials and submit all assignments as
indicated in the course outline to be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Assessment: Financial Controls: Coursework 50%, Final Exam 50% Hospitality
Management: Coursework 50%, Final Exam 50%
172 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS4103F/Q EFFECTIVE PEOPLE PRACTICES


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: TBA
Course entry requirements: Students must be registered for the PG Diploma in Management in
Entrepreneurship; PG Diploma in Management in Marketing; PG Diploma in Management in Sport
Management or PG Diploma in Management in Tourism Management.
Objective: The aim of the course is to introduce students to human resource management from the
perspective of the line manager.
Course outline:
This course will focus on the four areas of human resource management performed mainly by line
managers, namely recruitment and selection, training and development, performance management,
and employee relations.
DP requirements: BUS4103F; Completion of all tests. Minimum of 40% for coursework.
Lecture/Workshop attendance is compulsory.BUS4103Q; Completion of all tests. Minimum of 40%
for coursework. Tutorial/Discussion attendance as per the course outline.
Assessment: BUS4103F; Coursework: 60% Final examination: 40% BUS4103Q; Coursework:
50% Final examination: 50%

BUS4104F BUSINESS AND CORPORATE COMMUNICATION: THEORY AND


PRACTICE
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Grant
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business
Communication
Course outline:
Course aims:-To allow students to explore, highlight and debate various business and corporate
communication theoretical frameworks and issues apt for the 21st century -To provide opportunities
for students to review the literature in the field to enhance their scholarly knowledge and insights-To
allow students to apply these theoretical frameworks and concepts to practical instances within
various business and institutional domains, not only to test their knowledge but to contribute to
various theoretical and methodological issues and debates. After completion of the course students
will be able to: -Critically review and differentiate between various theoretical constructs that
underpin corporate and business communication,-Synthesise viewpoints and grapple with
disjunctures, contradictions and tensions that arise in modern-day communication practices, and-
Apply their learning to various practical arenas in the workplace in order to engage with and deliver
appropriate and relevant decisions.
DP requirements: Full attendance recommended as a workshop approach is taken; a 40%
subminimum in the year mark (which comprises 60% of the marks) and final examination (which
comprises 40% of the marks), with an overall passing grade of 50%
Assessment: Formative assessment: DP requirement is 60% for coursework comprising short
assignments, a group written project and a practical oral seminar presentation. Summative
assessment: Final written examination (40%) with 50% passing average overall
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 173

BUS4105F INTERCULTURAL AND DIVERSITY MANAGEMENT


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Nodoba
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business
Communication
Course outline:
Diverse and evolving styles of management in Africa and globally require a keen understanding of
intercultural communication and issues of diversity within organisations and the societies they serve.
This is especially important in post-Apartheid South Africa where issues of race, gender, power,
belonging and much more bedevil effective communication and community relations. The socio-
economic realities of South Africa are such that students in commerce, particularly management,
have an enormous and onerous responsibility to ensuring sustainable, transparent and ethical
communications and transactions within the continent and internationally. Understanding how these
realities have played and continue to play out, is essential to forge ahead on a positive track that will
benefit all stakeholders, the 'haves' and the 'have nots'. If we wish to build a country and economy
that has a future, then everyone has a role to play and this course aims to contribute to that role.
DP requirements: Full attendance recommended as a workshop approach is taken; a 40%
subminimum in the year mark (which comprises 60% of the marks) and final examination (which
comprises 40% of the marks), with an overall passing grade of 50%
Assessment: Formative assessment: DP requirement is 60% for coursework comprising short
assignments, seminars, a mid-semester test and team project. Summative assessment: Final written
examination (40%)

BUS4106F TEAM MANAGEMENT AND COMMUNICATION


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: C Kalil
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business
Communication
Course outline:
Diverse and evolving styles of management in Africa and globally require leadership frameworks
for transformation and change. Appreciating the differences between managing and leading is
primary in this context. The complexities involved in corporate communication practices require
practitioners who can critique and select appropriate and relevant strategies for effective and
dynamic team wellbeing. Leaders who are visionary, adaptive, sensitive to context with capacity to
energise colleagues and subordinates are required to guide and build individuals and teams in
complex business environments. Mindfulness, introspection and personal mastery are hallmarks of
effective team membership and leadership. Likewise mastery of operational and administration
practices related to team meeting and collaboration are fundamental competencies to complement
the less technical aspects of leadership.
DP requirements: Full attendance recommended as a workshop approach is taken; a 40%
subminimum in the year mark (which comprises 60% of the marks) and final examination (which
comprises 40% of the marks), with an overall passing grade of 50%
Assessment: Formative assessment:DP requirement is 60% for coursework comprising short
assignments, a group written project and a practical oral seminar presentation. Summative
assessment: Final written examination (40%)
174 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS4107S PERSUASION IN MULTIMODAL DISCOURSES AND DOMAINS


18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: T Grant
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business
Communication
Course outline:
Course aims:-Develop students' theoretical grounding in persuasion and argumentation-Develop
their theoretical understanding of multimodality and social semiotics including metafunctions
(functional grammar) and multiliteracies-Develop their abilities to critique various verbal and visual
modes, media, channels as well as analyse various genres, discourses, domains and sites of display-
Identify and select appropriate traditional and digital modes and media for meaningful message
delivery and dissemination. After completion of the course students will be able to:-Understand
various texts and the types of 'grammar', both socio-linguistic and visual, in order to select from a
repertoire of resources, those most apt for purpose and audience-Understand the concepts of
affordance and design as essential to critiquing and creating multimodal texts appropriate to
communication messages in the workplace-Use persuasive techniques and strategies to develop and
deploy targeted messaging to all relevant audiences, both internal and external-Understand the
interactive and interactional tools of metadiscourse and stance in reader-writer relationships.
DP requirements: Full attendance recommended as a workshop approach is taken; a 40%
subminimum in the year mark (which comprises 60% of the marks) and final examination (which
comprises 40% of the marks), with an overall passing grade of 50%
Assessment: Formative assessment: DP requirement is 60% for coursework comprising short
assignments, seminar participation and an individual written test. Summative assessment: Final
written individual business proposal/plan (40%)

BUS4108S CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATIONS AND REPUTATION


MANAGEMENT
18 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Nodoba
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management in Business
Communication
Course outline:
Course aims:-Develop their theoretical grounding in traditional and digital communication channels
-Develop their practical abilities to apply these modes and channels of communication appropriately
-Develop analytical and evaluative abilities in order to review the effectiveness of such events and
campaigns-Manage the media, public relations and reputational risks related to the event-Identify
and select appropriate traditional and digital media platforms for meaningful message delivery and
dissemination. After completion of the course students will be able to:-Define the strategic intent of
the communication campaign or event by facilitating ongoing feedback, performance monitoring
and post event reflection-Develop a communication and media plan, incorporating both traditional
and digital media platforms, with clear and unambiguous internal and external stakeholder
alignment to ensure optimal impact of the intended communication message-Develop and deploy
targeted messaging to all relevant audiences for personalised/customised treatment of individuals
and communities-Plan and allocate appropriate resources to fulfil the requirements of the designated
events/initiatives-Nurture and grow a corporate image and climate in compliance with the prescribed
business strategy of the organisation in question-Monitor the vital signs of the corporate brand and
communication.
DP requirements: Full attendance recommended as a workshop approach is taken.; a 40%
subminimum in the year mark (which comprises 60% of the marks) and final campaign project
(which comprises 40% of the marks), with an overall passing grade of 50%
Assessment: Formative assessment: DP requirement is 60% for coursework comprising short
assignments and presentations. Summative assessment: Final campaign project (40%)
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 175

BUS5000W MASTERS IN BUSINESS SCIENCE


180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Schlechter
Course entry requirements: Relevant honours level degree
Course outline:
The Master’s by dissertation only is a research degree on an advanced topic under supervision. A
candidate shall submit the dissertation of 25 000 -50 000words in length for examination.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% written work

BUS5002W MASTERS DISSERTATION IN BUSINESS SCIENCE


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Completion of at least 2 F100 subjects
Course outline:
The dissertation should be supervised by one of the members of staff who is a FASSA, and a student
must demonstrate capacity to do research in one of the specialist technical or application as agreed
by the supervisor
DP requirements: None
Assessment: None

BUS5003W PEOPLE MANAGEMENT I


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Goodman
Course entry requirements: The minimum admission requirement is an Honours degree in Human
Resources or Organisational Psychology / Industrial Psychology and a minimum of three years’
work experience in the field of human resources. In order to qualify for selection into the
programme applicants should have an average mark of 65% for their Honours degree. At the
discretion of the Head of Section‚ applicants who do not have an Honours degree in these fields or
the required mark in the Honours degree‚ but have at least eight years of work experience in the
field of human resources may receive recognition of prior learning. Such candidates may be required
to write specialised admission tests.
Course outline:
The central theme of this component is strategic partnership. This component aims to equip students
with the knowledge and skills to take up their role as strategic partners in a human resource
environment. The component is made up of three compulsory modules, Strategy, Reward and Talent
Management, and Intergroup Skills.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: All modules will include formative assessments (individual assessments during the
course of the module) 60% and summative assessments (a final individual assessment at the end of
the module) 40%. The coursework component for BUS5003W and BUS5004W contributes 66%
towards the final mark for the Master’s degree. Students are required to pass each module in order to
pass the course.

BUS5004W PEOPLE MANAGEMENT II


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Goodman
Course entry requirements: The minimum admission requirement is an Honours degree in Human
Resources or Organisational Psychology / Industrial Psychology and a minimum of three years’
work experience in the field of human resources. In order to qualify for selection into the
programme applicants should have an average mark of 65% for their Honours degree. At the
discretion of the Head of Section‚ applicants who do not have an Honours degree in these fields or
the required mark in the Honours degree‚ but have at least eight years of work experience in the
176 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

field of human resources may receive recognition of prior learning. Such candidates may be required
to write specialised admission tests.
Course outline:
The central theme of this component is strategic partnership. This component aims to equip students
with the knowledge and skills to take up their role as strategic partners in human resource
environment. The component is made up of three compulsory modules, Research Methods, Design
and Staffing and Human Resource Development.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: All modules will include formative assessments (individual assessments during the
course of the module) 60% and summative assessments (a final individual assessment at the end of
the module) 40%The coursework component for BUS5003W and BUS5004W contributes 66%
towards the final mark for the Masters’ degree. Students are required to pass each module in order to
pass the course.

BUS5006W PEOPLE MANAGEMENT RESEARCH PROJECT


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Goodman
Course entry requirements: The minimum admission requirement is an Honours degree in Human
Resources or Organisational Psychology / Industrial Psychology and a minimum of three years’
work experience in the field of human resources. In order to qualify for selection into the
programme applicants should have an average mark of 65% for their Honours degree. At the
discretion of the Head of Section‚ applicants who do not have an Honours degree in these fields or
the required mark in the Honours degree‚ but have at least eight years of work experience in the
field of human resources may receive recognition of prior learning. Such candidates may be required
to write specialised admission tests.
Course outline:
This course forms the research component of the MPhil in People Management. An individual
research paper (maximum length 15.000 words excluding appendices and bibliography) on a topic
of people management is required. Students select a research topic to address a work-based problem
and are allocated a suitable supervisor. They submit a proposal for the project to the supervisor, the
Faculty’s Ethics in Research Committee and the Faculty’s Higher Degrees Committee. Students and
their supervisors are expected to meet regularly, design a delivery schedule and adhere to agreed-
upon deadlines. The research project must be submitted by the date stipulated by the Section of
Organisational Psychology.
DP requirements: Dissertation
Assessment: Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their research project. The research
project component contributes 34% towards their final mark for the programme/degree.

BUS5018F LIFE INSURANCE


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with subjects A101-103,
A201-205 and A301 of the Actuarial Society or equivalent. Students narrowly failing to meet this
requirement (e.g. missing one A2 subject) may be considered on merit, although students meeting
the requirements will be given priority.
Course outline:
Features of products and markets; tax legislative and statutory controls; major areas of risk;
reinsurance underwriting; principles of investment; professional guidance; unit pricing; valuation
data and analysing experience; values of liabilities for reserving, solvency, pricing, management
accounts; value to shareholders; modelling claim frequency and amount; pricing bases; asset-
liability matching.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 177

Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50%Class tests 50%

BUS5019S PENSIONS
Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Legutko
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with subjects A101-103,
A201-205 and A301 of the Actuarial Society or equivalent. Students narrowly failing to meet this
requirement (e.g. missing one A2 subject) may be considered on merit, although students meeting
the requirements will be given priority.
Course outline:
This course aims to develop students to the specialist technical level of pension fund knowledge
(equivalent to the F100 level in the South African profession). This will include the framework and
features of state, occupational and personal pension provision; legislation, tax controls, economic
and demographic factors, and professional guidance; valuation data collection, analysing experience,
valuing liabilities and assets, calculating contribution rates; terms for individual options, bulk
transfers; choice and management of assets.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50%, Class tests 50%

BUS5022F SELECTED SOUTH AFRICAN TOPICS


Presentation of this course will be subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable
resources.
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Dorrington
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with subjects CT1-CT8 of the
joint examinations of the Institute of Actuaries and the Faculty of Actuaries.
Course outline:
Topics selected from areas of actuarial practice with specific emphasis on the theory and practice
of these areas in the South African context.

BUS5028F/S PENSIONS SPECIALIST


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
54 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Legutko
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with parts A1 and A2 of the
Actuarial Society or equivalent.
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to develop students to the level of being able to apply the principles of
pension funds in a professional environment. This covers the roles of the various parties involved
in pensions provision; the South African legal framework for pensions provision compared with
alternatives; reporting and accounting standards and professional guidance for actuaries in respect
of pension provision; methods of financing pension benefits and the associated investment choices
in South Africa; design of pensions benefits and contributions with special reference to AIDS and
the security of such benefits; mergers and acquisitions of retirement funds; valuation of open
defined benefit pension schemes; calculation of benefit rights and expectations and the availability
of assets on discontinuance of retirement funds; determining appropriate assumptions for
calculating values; choosing and monitoring investments; asset-liability modelling; re-insurance;
sources and analysis of surplus.
DP requirements: Satisfactory attendance and participation in the seminars and tutorials.
Assessment: Examination (3 hours)100%
178 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS5033W ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY MASTERS (COURSEWORK)


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F de Kock
Course entry requirements: An honours degree in Organisational Psychology/Industrial
Psychology. In order to qualify for selection students should have achieved 65% for their honours
degree.
Course outline:
This component of the programme is aligned with the Health Profession Council of South Africa’s
scope of practice for the professional training of industrial/organisational psychologists. The
programme aims to equip students with the knowledge and skills to perform the role of scientist
practitioner.
This component consists of seven compulsory modules.
Modules:
 Theories and approaches to work
 Research I
 Research II
 Psychological assessment
 Professional practice and career
 Evaluating organisational psychology interventions
Occupational health psychology
DP requirements: Compulsory class attendance. Completion of all assessments.
Assessment: All modules will include formative assessments (individual assessments during the
course of the module) 60% and summative assessments (a final individual assessment at the end of
the module) 40%.The coursework component contributes 50% towards the final mark for the
Master’s degree. Students are required to pass each module in order to pass the course.

BUS5034H ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY MASTERS (DISSERTATION)


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F de Kock
Course entry requirements: Admission to the qualification
Course outline:
The aim of this component is to assess whether students have mastered the principles of the
research process and are able to apply these to a dissertation.
Students choose a research topic offered by a supervisor working in a focus area.
After consultation with and support from their supervisor, they submit a proposal for a dissertation
to the Department and the Faculty’s Ethics Research Committee. Students and supervisors are
expected to meet regularly, design a work schedule and adhere to agreed deadlines.
All students are required to submit a dissertation of not more than 20,000 words. The dissertation
must be submitted by the date stipulated by the Section of Organisational Psychology.
DP requirements: Dissertation
Assessment: Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their dissertation. The dissertation
component contributes 50% towards the final mark for the degree.

BUS5035S FINANCE & INVESTMENT


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with subjects A101 – 103,
A201-205 and A301 of the Actuarial Society or equivalent. Students narrowly failing to meet this
requirement (e.g. missing one A2 subject) may be considered on merit, although students meeting
the requirements will be given priority.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 179

Course outline:
The aim is to prepare students for a career specialising in finance and investment, and specifically to
develop students to the specialist technical level of finance and investment knowledge (equivalent to
the F100 level in the South African profession). The course covers taxation, industry classification
and investment indices, fundamental share analysis and specialist asset classes including derivatives.
It also covers the wider issues of the theory of finance and the practical issues of regulation of
financial services, applications of the legislative and regulatory framework, environmental
influences and overall risk control. Actuarial techniques will be studied for portfolio management
and performance measurement.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests and tutorials.
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50%, Class tests 50%

BUS5036S DISSERTATION (PROGRAMME EVALUATION)


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Chapman
Course entry requirements: None
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
This component of the course aims to assess whether or not students have mastered the principles of
programme monitoring and evaluation, are able to apply these to a real-life programme and
construct a written report in the form of a dissertation based on this application. Students will
register for this course at the start of the second semester in which they registered for the M.Phil in
Programme Evaluation.
Students have to choose a programme that is being planned or that is currently running. In
consultation with their supervisor and a client from the organization planning/running the
programme, students formulate appropriate evaluation questions and levels. A proposal for the
evaluation has to be presented to the Section and submitted to the Commerce Faculty Ethics in
Research Committee. All students are required to submit the evaluation as a dissertation of not
more than 20,000 words. The dissertation must be submitted by the date stipulated by the Section.
DP requirements: Dissertation
Assessment: Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their dissertation. The dissertation
component contributes 50% toward the final mark for the degree.

BUS5037W PROGRAMME EVALUATION MASTERS COURSEWORK


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Chapman
Course entry requirements: In order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants should
have an honours degree or a four year professional bachelor’s degree at HEQSF level 8. In this
honours degree applicants should have completed a component of quantitative research
methods/statistics. In order to qualify for selection applicants should have obtained an average mark
of 65% for their honours degree.
Co-requisites: BUS5036S
Course outline:
In order to qualify for selection into the programme applicants should have an honours degree or a
four year professional bachelor’s degree at NQF level 8. In this honours degree applicants should
have completed a component of quantitative research methods/statistics. In order to qualify for
selection applicants should have obtained an average mark of 65% for their honours degree.
The coursework aims to equip students with advanced programme evaluation knowledge and skills.
The course consists of five compulsory modules (the first three modules are presented in the first
semester and the last two modules in the second semester; at the discretion of the Head of Section
some second semester modules could be offered in the first semester):
 Principles of programme evaluation
 Research design for evaluation (Research methods I)
 Monitoring using programme theory
180 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

 Data analysis for evaluation (Research methods II)


 Advanced approaches for complex evaluations
At the discretion of the Head of Section, modules may be added or withdrawn
DP requirements: 100% Class attendance. The coursework component contributes 50% towards
the final mark for the degree. Students are required to obtain at least 50% for all coursework
modules.
Assessment: Formative assessment (group or individual assessments during the course of each
module) 60% Summative assessment (a final, individual assessment at the end of the module) 40%

BUS5038S LIFE INSURANCE SPECIALIST


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
54 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with parts A1 and A2 of the
Actuarial Society or equivalent.
Course outline:
The aim is to instil an understanding of Life Office valuation, understanding Life Insurance
product design/profit testing, understanding the risks inherent in a Life Office operation and an
understanding the legislative framework for Life insurance.
Roles of the various parties involved in the Life Insurance Industry in South Africa; The South
African legal framework for Life insurance; Reporting and accounting standards and professional
guidance for actuaries in respect of Life Office valuation and product design; Special reference to
the financial risks of AIDS; analysing experience; valuing assets and liabilities for reserving,
solvency, pricing, management accounts; Value to shareholders; Modelling claims frequency and
amounts.
DP requirements: Satisfactory attendance and participation in the seminars and tutorials.
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 100%

BUS5039F/S HEALTHCARE SPECIALIST


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
54 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with parts A1 and A2 of the
Actuarial Society or equivalent.
Course outline:
The aim is to instil an understanding of financing Healthcare in the private sector, understanding
Health and Care product design and benefit design, understanding the risks inherent in Healthcare
financing and Reinsurance and understanding the legislative, tax and policy framework for the
Health and Care environment.
Roles of the various parties involved in the Health and Care environment in South Africa; The South
African legal, tax and policy framework for Health and Care; Reporting and accounting standards
and professional guidance for actuaries in respect of Capital Adequacy Requirements; Sources of
data and analysing experience; financing risks and reinsurance; funding for post-retirement Health
and Care expenses; Modelling claims frequency and amounts; underwriting policy and restrictions;
assessing impact of HIV/AIDS on Health and Care environment.
DP requirements: Satisfactory attendance and participation in the seminars and tutorials.
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 100%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 181

BUS5040S GENERAL INSURANCE


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with parts subjects A101 –
103, A201 – 205 and A301 of the Actuarial Society or equivalent. Students narrowly failing to meet
this requirement (e.g. missing one A2 subject) may be considered on merit, although students
meeting the requirements will be given priority.
Course outline:
Features of products and the market; tax, legislative and supervisory environment; principles and
standards of accounting; major areas of risk and the methods of reinsurance; professional guidance
notes; valuation data and analysing experience; values of liabilities for reserving, solvency, pricing,
management accounts; value to shareholders; modelling claim frequency and amounts; pricing
bases; asset/liability matching.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests and tutorials
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50%, Class Tests 50%

BUS5041F/S FINANCE AND INVESTMENT TECHNICAL B


36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: D Strugnell
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree together with parts A1 and A2 of the
Actuarial Society or equivalent.
Course outline:
Forward and Future prices by no-arbitrage; Wiener process; Ito’s formula; Ornstein-Uhlenbeck
process and multi-variate Brownian motion; derivative instruments; martingale measures; Giransov
theorem; Black-Scholes derivative pricing model; American options; Black Model for pricing and
valuing options on futures contracts and interest rates; yield curve, interest rate swaps; Vasicek,
Cox-Ingersoll-Ross and Hull and White models for interest rate term-structures; market risk; credit
risk.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests and tutorials
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50%, Class tests and tutorials 50%, Supplementary
examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be subject to
sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.

BUS5042F HEALTH AND CARE


Supplementary examinations will not be awarded for this course. Presentation of this course will be
subject to sufficient demand and to the availability of suitable resources.
36 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Botha
Course entry requirements: Suitable undergraduate degree with subjects A101 – 103, A201 – 205
and A301 of the Actuarial Society or equivalents. Students narrowly failing to meet this requirement
(e.g. missing one A2 subject) may be considered on merit, although students meeting the
requirements will be given priority.
Course outline:
Describe and understand the main type of contracts, various stakeholders in health and care, product
design, understand the operating environment, role of the State in provision, pricing of products,
understand the nature of risks and the use of reinsurance, other risk management tools, modelling
techniques, valuation and reserving and supervisory reporting. The aim of the course is to instil in
successful candidates the ability to apply in a range of situations, the principles of actuarial planning
and control in health and care matters on sound financial lines.
DP requirements: 45% average over all class tests and tutorials.
Assessment: Examination (3 hours) 50 %, Class tests 50 %
182 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

BUS5049W ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY INTERNSHIP


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F de Kock
Course entry requirements: Students who completed their first year of the Master of
Organisational and Industrial Psychology programme.
Course outline:
Organisational Psychology students are required academic supervision as per the Health Professions
Council South Africa (HPCSA) regulation.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: None

BUS5050F DISSERTATION (PROGRAMME EVALUATION)


90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Chapman
Course entry requirements: None
Co-requisites: BUS5037W (Coursework) and BUS5036S
Course outline:
This is a continuation course for BUS5036S, which Programme Evaluation students will have
registered for in the second semester of the preceding year. As with BUS5037W, the course aims to
assess whether or not students have mastered the principles of programme evaluation, are able to
apply these to a real-life programme and construct a written report in the form of a dissertation
based on this application.
Students have to choose a programme that is being planned or that is currently running. In
consultation with their supervisor and a client from the organization planning/running the
programme, students formulate appropriate evaluation questions and levels. A proposal for the
evaluation has to be presented to the Section and submitted to the Commerce Faculty Ethics in
Research Committee. All students are required to submit the evaluation as a dissertation of not
more than 20,000 words. The dissertation must be submitted by the date stipulated by the Section.
DP requirements: Dissertation
Assessment: Students are required to obtain at least 50% for their Dissertation. The dissertation
component contributes 50% towards the final Mark for the degree.

BUS6000W PHD IN BUSINESS SCIENCE


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Course entry requirements: Acceptance to a PhD programme
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate’s own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words (excluding bibliography and
appendices). A candidate will undertake research, and such advanced study as may be required,
under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by Senate.
A candidate for the degree shall register for at least two academic years. The approval process shall
include a presentation of the research proposal within six months of registration, to a Departmental
panel. Continued registration is dependent on the outcome of this presentation.
Lecture times: None
DP requirements: None
Assessment: 100% Thesis
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 183

DOC4002F DEMOGRAPHIC DATA AND STATISTICS


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: V Adjiwanou
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MPhil in Demography
Course outline:
Students will be exposed to techniques of assessment and analysis of demographic and biomedical
data. The course material will cover the evaluation and assessment of the quality of demographic
data; frequently encountered errors and biases; and the application of multiple linear, logistic
regression and Poisson regression and event-history analysis to cross-sectional and longitudinal
demographic data.
DP requirements: Submission of both assignments. A sub-minimum of 40% for the assignments is
required
Assessment: Two assignments 50%, Final examination 50%. A pass mark of 50% is required
overall, with a 40% sub-minimum on each of the examination and semester mark

DOC5000Z DISSERTATION
90 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Moultrie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MPhil in Demography
Course outline:
A thorough investigation, of between 15,000 and 20,000 words, that utilises demographic data
sources to contribute to and enhance understanding of demographic processes. Students must
finalise their proposals by the start of the third term of study, and should start considering their
likely field of research in the first few weeks of term. Students will also have to attend and
participate in compulsory seminars on Social Research Methods, as well as attend and participate in
the regular series of departmental research seminars.
DP requirements: 100% attendance at seminars on Social Research Methods
Assessment: Dissertation 100%.

DOC5001F/S BASIC DEMOGRAPHY


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Moultrie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MPhil in Demography
Co-requisites: This course is also available to Statistics and Economics honours students. Subject to
demand, the same course will be offered again in the second semester.
Course outline:
This course offers a foundation in demographic methods and principles, including the elementary
analysis of mortality, fertility and nuptiality. Emphasis is placed on application of knowledge gained
in lectures to problems using regional data. On completion of the course, students will have a clear
understanding of the fundamentals of demographic analysis, and be able to apply these techniques to
a range of simple demographic problems.
Topics covered include: Age and sex structures of populations; life tables; stationary populations;
direct and indirect standardisation; model life tables; measures of fertility and nuptiality; multiple
decrement life tables; migration and population projections.
DP requirements: Submission of all tutorials and writing of class tests, with a sub-minimum of
40%
Assessment: DOC 5001F examined in June, DOC 5001S examined in November, Practicals, tests,
and assignments 40%. Final examination 60%
184 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DOC5002S TECHNIQUES OF DEMOGRAPHIC ESTIMATION


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Moultrie
Course entry requirements: Successful completion of DOC5001F
Course outline:
Students will be exposed to many techniques of analysis of demographic data, and will be able to
apply them to data collected from a wide range of sources in different settings. Particular emphasis
is placed on the appraisal and analysis of defective data using indirect methods. The course covers
the analysis of fertility, mortality and migration. Techniques in the measurement of fertility:
Relational Gompertz models, measures of family formation and parity progression, birth interval
analysis. Techniques in the measurement of mortality: estimation of child mortality from data on
children born and surviving; estimation of adult mortality using data on survival of siblings, spouses
and parents. Measurement of migration.
DP requirements: Submission of all required practicals and assignments, with a sub-minimum of
40%.
Assessment: Examination 60%

DOC5003S POPULATION PROJECTIONS & MODELLING


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Dorrington
Course entry requirements: DOC5001F
Course outline:
This course will expose students to techniques of population projection and epidemiological
modelling. At the end of the course, students will be able to apply the knowledge gained to derive
population projections for national and sub-national populations using a variety of methods, and
taking anticipated changes in epidemiological and demographic variables into account. Students will
also have a thorough understanding of different approaches to demographic modelling, and their
limitations.
DP requirements: Submission of all required practicals and assignments, with a sub-minimum of
40%.
Assessment: Practicals, tests, and assignments 40%. Final examination 60%

DOC5004F SELECTED TOPICS IN POPULATION STUDIES


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Moultrie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MPhil in Demography
Course outline:
Through a seminar series, presented by students and facilitated by a staff member, students will be
exposed to a range of topics in population studies. Students will be graded by their contributions to
the seminar, and through a general exam at the end of the term. The intention is for this course to be
run as a seminar/reading course, with students preparing inputs for each week, presenting their
work, and then opening up discussion in the class, facilitated by the lecturer. Detailed reading lists
will be provided, showing readings which all students are expected to read before the seminar.
DP requirements: Attendance and participation in seminars. Submission of essay
Assessment: Essay 50% Examination 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 185

DOC5005W MINOR DISSERTATION


Fifth-year status, whole year.
60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Ouwehand
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
The dissertation should be well conceived and acknowledge earlier research in the field, if
appropriate. It should show your ability to undertake a substantial and informed piece of research,
and demonstrate your ability to collect, organise and analyse material to communicate effectively. It
should illustrate that you are able to replicate and/or critically evaluate existing research in the field.
The dissertation should demonstrate a capacity for research and creditable literary quality.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Written work 100%; graded one of Fail, Pass or Distinction

DOC5009F/S WRITING FOR PUBLICATION


47 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Burns
Course entry requirements: Must have formally submitted Master's thesis for
examination. Admission is dependent on a letter of support/motivation by existing supervisor who
indicates willingness to continue supervision/mentorship activities.
Course outline:
This course allows Master's students to remain registered at the University after they have formally
submitted their Masters thesis for examination with the explicit aim of turning their thesis work into
a series of scholarly articles, ready for submission to accredited, peer-reviewed journals.
DP requirements: Student submission Master's thesis
Assessment: Submission of Master's thesis for examination with the explicit aim of turning their
thesis work into a series of scholarly articles, ready for submission to accredited, peer-reviewed
journals

DOC5010S RISK MANAGEMENT GOVERNANCE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Mukherjee
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into the MCom in Risk Management of Financial
Markets.
Course outline:
This course equips students with an understanding of the ethical, accounting, legislative and
regulatory frameworks that govern economic activities within the financial services sector. It
completes the technical, economic and market knowledge base, which has been built by the Risk
Management Quantitative Modelling and Risk Management Markets courses, with the relevant
ethical, accounting and governance structures.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final examination 50%

DOC5011W RISK MANAGEMENT QUANTITATIVE MODELLING


45 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: P Ouwehand
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into the MCom in Risk Management of Financial
Markets.
Course outline:
This course equips students with the necessary technical skills for financial risk management. These
technical skills span the following core areas: quantitative methods, econometrics and computing
skills.
DP requirements: None.
186 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final examination 50%

DOC5012W RISK MANAGEMENT RESEARCH


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Mukherjee
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MCom in Risk Management of Financial Markets
Course outline:
This is the composite research option for the degree of MCom in Risk Management of Financial
Markets. The student is required to complete a research topic that will comprise three research tasks
(or the equivalent thereof). These tasks will be related to the courses taken for the degree and shall
require the student to demonstrate innovation or professional expertise.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Composite mark 100%.

DOC5013W RISK MANAGEMENT MARKETS


45 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Ouwehand
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into the MCom in Risk Management of Financial
Markets.
Course outline:
This course equips students with a comprehensive understanding of the financial services sector, the
three main subsectors (insurance, banking and asset management), their business models, as well as
the general and specific risks associated with each. It covers the financial markets within which
these businesses operate, along with the vast array of financial instruments that are both tradable and
untradeable, and the multifaceted diversity of financial risks that these instruments bear. The course
focuses primarily on market and credit risk, and enables an integration of the technical knowledge of
the Quantitative Modelling course with the practicalities of the financial services business
environment, in order to measure, analyse, and manage risk.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final examination 50%

DOC5032F SOUTH AFRICAN FINANCIAL MARKETS


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: O Mahomed
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
The course SAFM introduces the mechanics of South African financial markets from a theoretical
and practical perspective. It includes fundamental material on financial mathematics and derivatives
pricing with key emphasis on money market and fixed income instruments. The course content also
covers inflation linked and currency products.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Final examination 60%, Assignments and class tests 40%

DOC5037F FINTECH AND CRYPTOCURRENCIES


24 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C Georg
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MSc in Data Science and successful (Above 65%)
completion of all core courses in the degree.
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
The course has three parts. The first part will give an overview of the existing regulatory
environment of financial institutions, which includes an overview of their various activities and how
they will be disrupted by fintech applications. The second part will introduce distributed ledgers as
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 187

the foundation for a new financial infrastructure. The third part then introduces cryptocurrencies
and shows how to develop practical applications on the blockchain using Ethereum. The course
starts with giving students a thorough overview of the regulatory environment financial institutions
operate in, both domestically and internationally. the course will cover the regulatory framework for
both banks and non-bank financial intermediaries. the second part of the course provides an
introduction to distributed ledgers. Students will be able to understand how they work in detail and
what the difference to double-entry bookkeeping is. The course will focus on blockchain as a
foundation for many modern cryptocurrencies. Finally, after providing students with the necessary
background knowledge on cryptography, the course will then give a thorough overview of
distributed consensus mechanisms. The course will introduce the Ethereum cryptocurrency and
students will be able to develop simple applications using smart contracts in Ethereum at the end of
the course.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Coursework 50%; Exam 50%1. Two assignments counting 25% each of the final
mark.2. Two exams (with a shorter theoretical and longer practical component) counting 15% and
35% of the year mark, respectively.

DOC5038Z MATHEMATICAL COMPUTING SKILLS


Preliminary course, before start of first semester (12 practical sessions).
0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: D.R. Taylor
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
This purely practical course provides the basic structured coding and computational skills required
to implement mathematical and numerical algorithms. While the emphasis is on Matlab as a
computing language, Excel and VBA will also be used. Topics covered in the modules will include
advanced Excel, vectorisation, structured coding, graphics, numerical calculus and minimisation,
ODEs and PDEs, and VBA applications.
DP requirements: 100% completion of tutorials
Assessment: Final examination counts 100%.

DOC5039F FINANCIAL SOFTWARE ENGINEERING


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: C Georg
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MSc in Data Science and successful (above 65%)
completion of all core courses in the degree.
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
The course aims to enable students to master the fundamental principles of software engineering in
the specific context of the financial services industry. The course aims to develop students' skills
and knowledge to design, implement, and integrate large-scale financial software systems from
heterogeneous components and services. Emphasis will be put on fundamental principles and
practical issues of software engineering including unit-testing, test-driven development and other
methods to ensure that code is not only correct and well-documented, but also re-usable. the course
will be using python as programming language of choice and also introduce the students to a number
of highly useful libraries developed for python.
Key Outcomes:
1. Exhibit mastery of basic principles of software engineering on both a theoretical and practical
level.
2. Understand and be able to apply advanced software engineering methods used to develop
complex software.
3. Being able to develop complex software in python.
DP requirements: None
188 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Assessment: 1. Two assignments counting 25% each of the final mark. 2. Two exams (with a
shorter theoretical and longer practical component) counting 15% and 35% of the year mark,
respectively.

DOC5043F NUMERICAL METHODS IN FINANCE I


Fifth-year status, first semester, one double lecture and one double practical session per week.
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T A McWalter
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
This course develops the basic computational skills required for pricing contingent claims using
Monte Carlo Methods. This is accomplished through a combination of lectures and computer-based
practical sessions in which candidates implement the techniques learned. The course will cover
random number generation, stock price generation, Monte Carlo integration, variance reduction and
Quasi-Monte Carlo integration.
DP requirements: An average of at least 70% for practical session grades.
Assessment: Final examination 60%, Assignments and class tests 40%.

DOC5044S RISK MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL MARKETS


Fifth-year status, second semester, one double lecture and one tutorial session per week.
15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: O Mohomed
Course entry requirements: South African Financial Markets
Course outline:
This course provides an introduction to the process of risk management in relation to a portfolio of
financial market assets, with a particular focus on derivative assets. The content shall be largely
South African centric, covering the South African regulatory framework, the financial market
landscape and the specific nuances pertaining to the most liquidly traded financial market products.
The process of risk management shall be covered from conceptual theoretical design to
computational practical application, thereby preparing the student for a financial market risk
management role in a modern financial institution.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Final examination 60%. Assignments and class tests 40%.

DOC5045F INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE AND DERIVATIVES


Fifth-year status, first semester, one double lecture and one tutorial session per week.
0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: D Taylor
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
The course comprises of two main sections: An introduction to asset pricing and theoretical models
in finance, including expected utility and risk, risk aversion, mean-variance analysis, efficient
frontier, CAPM and Arrow-Debreu pricing; and, an introduction to derivative securities, including
forwards/futures and options, hedging and speculation, valuation principles, model-free no-arbitrage
relations and an introduction to pricing options based on the Black-Scholes method.
DP requirements: None.
Assessment: Final examination: 60%. Assignments and class tests 40%.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 189

DOC5046F STOCHASTIC CALCULUS FOR FINANCE I


Fifth-year status, first semester, two double lecture and one single tutorial session per week.
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Ouwehand
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil in Mathematical Finance.
Course outline:
This course develops the basic probabilistic concepts and methods in discrete- and continuous-time
mathematical finance. This is accomplished through a combination of lectures and tutorials, in
which candidates implement the techniques learned. The course will cover random walks, filtrations,
martingales, Markov and stochastic processes, stochastic differential equations and the application
of these to modelling financial markets and to the valuation of derivatives. The ultimate goal is to
provide a strong background in probability and the theory of stochastic processes and to understand
the pricing and hedging of financial derivatives.
DP requirements: Class mark of 40%.
Assessment: Final examination 60%, Assignments and class test(s) 40%

DOC5047S STOCHASTIC CALCULUS FOR FINANCE II


Fifth-year status, first semester, two double lecture and one single tutorial session per week.
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: P Ouwehand
Course entry requirements: Stochastic Calculus for Finance I
Course outline:
This course develops applications of the basic concepts and methods of mathematical finance. This
is accomplished through a combination of lectures and tutorials, in which candidates learn to
implement the techniques. The course will cover numeraire changes, interest rate models and
derivatives (both pricing and hedging), exotic derivative pricing and hedging and stochastic credit,
volatility and market models.
DP requirements: Class mark 40%
Assessment: Final examination 50%, Assignments and class test(s) 50%

DOC5048S NUMERICAL METHODS FINANCE II


Fifth-year status, second semester, one double lecture and one practical session per week.
30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T A McWalter
Course entry requirements: Numerical Methods in Finance I
Course outline:
This course develops more sophisticated computational skills required for pricing contingent claims.
This is accomplished through a combination of lectures and computer-based practical sessions in
which candidates implement the techniques learned. The course will cover implementing term
structure and stochastic rates, finite difference techniques, Fourier techniques, American options,
local and stochastic volatility models and credit risk.
DP requirements: An average of at least 70% for practical session grades.
Assessment: Final examinations 60%, Assignments and class test(s) 40%.

DOC6000W PHD IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: D Taylor
Course entry requirements: Master's degree
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
A PhD thesis is required to be an original, coherent and consistent body of work which reflects the
candidate's own efforts. The thesis may not be more than 80,000 words (excluding bibliography and
appendices). A candidate will undertake research, and such advanced study as may be required,
190 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by Senate. A candidate for the degree
shall register for at least two academic years. The approval process shall include a presentation of
the research proposal within six months of registration, to a Departmental panel. Continued
registration is dependent on the outcome of this presentation.
DP requirements: Acceptable research proposal. Thesis to be completed within 5 years.
Assessment: This is a research degree under supervision and examination is by thesis alone.

DOC6001F/S WRITING FOR PUBLICATION


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Burns
Course entry requirements: Must have formally submitted PhD thesis for examination. Admission
is dependent on a letter of support/motivation by existing supervisor who indicates willingness to
continue supervision/mentorship activities.
Course outline:
This course allows PhD students to remain registered at the University after they have formally
submitted their PhD thesis for examination with the explicit aim of turning their thesis work into a
series of scholarly articles, ready for submission to accredited, peer-reviewed journals.
DP requirements: Submission of PhD thesis
Assessment: Submission of PhD thesis for examination with the explicit aim of turning their thesis
work into a series of scholarly articles, ready for submission to accredited, peer-reviewed journals
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 191

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PRACTICE


As a multi-disciplinary centre, the GSDPP makes public service at the highest levels of leadership
an aspiration for the rising generation. The School promotes the development of strategic public
leadership, including a strong emphasis on public sector reform, accountability and trust in
governance. There are four main components to the School’s activities:
 A professional Master’s Degree in Development Policy and Practice;
 Executive short courses designed for public leaders and officials, international and national
non-profit organisations, think tanks and the private sector;
 The Building Bridges programme which brings together established and emerging public
leaders, policymakers and experts from across Africa on key policy issues;
 A research centre on governance and development.
The School is housed in Linkoping House, Lower Campus. 27 Burg Road, Rondebosch.
Phone (021) 650- 1420.
The letter code for the School is GPP

Email: zikhona.sikota@uct.ac.za

Director and Professor:


A Hirsch, BA Cape Town BA (Hon) Witwatersrand, MA CapeTown MPhil Columbia

Academic Director and Prof:


B Levy, BA(Hons) Cape Town MA PhD Harvard

Lecturer:
M Nxele, BBusSci Cape Town MPhil Paris Pantheon Sorbonne MCom Cape Town

Academic Programme Co-ordinator:


E Moosa, NDip BTech MTech CPUT

Course tutor:
Z Sikota, BAdmin (Hons) MAdmin UWC

Adjunct Professors
L Msengana-Ndlela, MBL UNISA PhD Warwick
A Gillwald, MPhil UKZN PhD Witwatersrand

Honorary Professors:
C Lopes, MPhil Geneva Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies PhD
Pantheon-Sorbonne University
T Manuel, NatDip Peninsula Technikon PhD Stell
M Altman, BA McGill, MPhil Cambridge, PhD Manchester.

GPP4000W RESEARCH AND POLICY NUMERACY


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: R Govender
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The course is designed to help participants improve their skills in the treatment and analysis of
quantitative data and the reporting of research results. It begins with an overview of primary
concepts in sampling, measurement and data sources before proceeding to explore and apply various
192 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

bivariate and multivariate analytic techniques to available data. The course is not a statistics course
per se, but instead focuses on how statistical techniques may be applied to quantitative data to
answer specific questions related to development policy, planning and practice. The techniques
covered range from frequency and contingency analysis to correlation and simple and multiple
linear regression.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP4001W PUBLIC LEADERSHIP I


20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Haricharan
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with skills, personal insight and inter-personal capabilities to
enhance their effectiveness as leaders – within their organizations, across government, and at the
interfaces between government, citizens, the private sector and civil society.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP4002F PUBLIC LEADERSHIP II


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: I Goldman
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The course will focus on examining the key ingredients of how the government can have a positive
impact on its citizens. Aiming to provide participants with a framework for relating impact
management theory to their own experience of managing policies, programmes and projects, and the
related challenges faced in their work.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP4003W TOPICS IN DEVELOPMENT POLICY


20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with cutting edge knowledge and tools in specialized areas of
direct relevance to public sector leaders. At the beginning of the course, 3-4 subject areas will be
introduced to all students by leading experts in each area, following which students will work in
depth on one of these subject areas with the expert faculty.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final Exam 50%

GPP4004S THE PRACTICE OF POLICY IMPLEMENTATION


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Andrews
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The course and assignments focus students on implementation realities with complex public policy
problems, and help students think about and experiment with an implementation approach suited to
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 193

complex problems. The students learn about constructing and deconstructing policy problems (to
bring these onto the policy agenda and to enable policy responses). They also learn about the many
options available to policy makers (in terms of solutions) and how to explore different options,
experiment, and learn about what works and why. Students also learn about building and
maintaining their authorizing environment and building and growing the multi-agent groups that
make policy happen. Students work actively during the time in class to produce a problem analysis
and implementation protocol for a problem of their choosing and then spend three months iterating
with ideas to enact this protocol. This allows learning by doing.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP4006F THE PRACTICE OF STRATEGIC POLICY-MAKING FOR


DEVELOPMENT
25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with knowledge and tools to identify, design and build support
for priority development policies.
The course will:
 Provide a comparative overview of different approaches to development policy-making, across
countries and over time;
 Explore ways to identify a ‘good fit’ between policy design and a country’s economic, political
and social context and institutions;
 Anchor the learning in case studies, with an emphasis on South African, and other African
examples; and
 Provide a practical bridge between priority policy objectives in the student’s place of work and
the knowledge and tools explored in the course
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP4008F INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: A Hirsch
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The purpose of this module is to help participants to engage with the major concepts used in the
analysis of economic development in Africa and to become familiar with some of the more
important recent contributions to thinking about economic development that are relevant to Africa.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final exam 50%

GPP5001F STRATEGIC POLICYMAKING FOR DEVELOPMENT: ANALYSIS &


PRACTICES
25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: Honours degree or equivalent
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with knowledge and tools to identify, design and build
support for priority development policies. The course will:
194 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

 Provide a comparative overview of different approaches to development policy-making, across


countries and over time;
 Explore ways to identify a ‘good fit’ between policy design and a country’s economic, political
and social context and institutions;
 Introduce and apply tools that can help build momentum for policy change by engaging
multiple government and non-governmental stakeholders in the policy formulation process;
 Anchor the learning in case studies, with an emphasis on South African, and other African,
examples; and
 Provide a practical bridge between priority policy objectives in the student’s place of work and
the knowledge and tools explored in the course.
 Provide students with methodological tools to evaluate current knowledge and data and
facilitate the making of sound judgements on policy and implementation.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Submission of all assignments is required (research papers).
Assessment: No examinations. Two papers (each 50% of the course grade) that apply the
knowledge and tools of the course, explicitly linked to the students’ working lives, thereby building
synergies between learning and practice.

GPP5002S POLICY IMPLEMENTATION & THE REGULATION OF MARKETS


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Andrews
Course entry requirements: Successful completion of GPP5001F
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with knowledge and tools to move from broad policy
goals and strategies to the details of design and implementation that are key to
development effectiveness.
The course will:
 Survey the multiple management functions that need to be addressed within the public sector
(including budget planning; management of public expenditure and administration;
procurement; parastatal governance);
 Diagnose the strengths and weaknesses of public bureaucracies as instruments of
implementing public policy;
 Examine the potential of a variety of tools to enhance the transparency, accountability and
effectiveness of public bureaucracies
 Anchor the learning in case studies, with an emphasis on South African, and other African,
examples; and
 Provide a practical bridge between priority policy implementation challenges in their places
of work and the knowledge and tools explored in the course.
 Review key economic concepts, with a focus on their relevance for policymaking, and the
governance of markets;
 Explore the role and challenges of market regulation (e.g. utility regulation, environmental
regulation, competition policy), with a focus on how economic reasoning can help guide
regulatory design;
 Provide continuing instruction in methodological tools to evaluate current knowledge and
data and facilitate the making of sound judgements on policy and implementation.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Submission of all assignments is required (research papers).
Assessment: No examinations. Two papers (each 50% of the course grade) that apply the
knowledge and tools of the course, explicitly linked to the students’ working lives, thereby building
synergies between learning and practice.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 195

GPP5003W LEADERSHIP I
20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Haricharan
Course entry requirements: Honours degree or equivalent
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with skills, personal insight and inter-personal
capabilities to enhance their effectiveness as leaders – within their organizations, across
government, and at the interfaces between government, citizens, the private sector and civil
society.
The course will: (1) Explore the role of leaders in setting priorities, mobilizing commitment within
an organisation to these priorities, and orchestrating stakeholders external to the organisation in
support of the priorities; (2) Introduce and support ongoing practice with tools to enhance self-
awareness, reflective perspective-taking, and more effective day-to-day self-management;
(3) Explore small group dynamics from both theoretical and practical perspectives, with a focus on
how leaders can be more effective facilitators of effective group work; (4) Probe the ethical
dimensions of leadership within government, including analysis and reflection as to the compulsory
ethical principles which should guide public service, as well as ways to deal with complex ethical
dilemmas; and (5) Provide a practical bridge between the leadership skills developed in the course,
and the day-to-day leadership, inter-personal and ethical challenges that arise in the student’s place
of work.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: No examinations. Assessment will comprise the following:

GPP5004W TOPICS IN DEVELOPMENT POLICY


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Seekings
Course entry requirements: GPP 5001F; GPP5003W. Generally, students will be encouraged to
complete GPP5002S before beginning GPP5004W. However, with permission of the instructors,
GPP 5002S and GPP5004W can be taken at the same time.
Course outline:
This course aims to equip students with cutting edge knowledge and tools in specialized areas of
direct relevance to public sector leaders. At the beginning of the course, 3-4 subject areas will be
introduced to all students by leading experts in each area, following which students will work in
depth on one of these subject areas with the expert faculty.
Key features will include: (1) The subject areas are likely to vary from semester to semester. Areas
where UCT has a strong platform of expertise, and which thus are likely to be well-represented in
the offerings, include health care; trade, industrial policy and export promotion; climate change
mitigation and adaptation; infrastructure and its regulation; labour markets and employment;
information and transparency; (2) Each subject area will be taught by a leading expert from within
UCT, or from outside the university (including internationally); (3) Each subject area will be
customized to enhance its direct relevance to the challenges of policy formulation and
implementation; (4) Students will be encouraged to focus their in-depth work around a topic of
direct relevance to their current job, with ongoing mentorship by the expert faculty.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Assessment will comprise the following: 2 examinations, one per semester (total 30%
of course grade); 2 in-depth applied papers (total 70% of the course grade) each on one of the
specialist subject areas, focused on a practical policy problem.
196 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GPP5005W MINOR DISSERTATION 60 CREDIT


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: ‘Duly performed’ on paper 2 in each of GPP 5001F and GPP 5002S.
Course outline:
This is the final phase of the Master’s programme, in which the student submits a research
dissertation of 20-30,000 words. The dissertation should demonstrate the student’s ability to
apply the material covered in the Master’s programme to a concrete development problem.
It is desirable, though not required, that the dissertation address a development problem
linked to the student’s work experience.
The dissertation generally should:
 demonstrate mastery of the technical (economic and other) material relevant to the problem;
 show an ability to diagnose the political, social and institutional environment within which
the problem is embedded;
 show an ability to assess how this environment influences what might be feasible options for
addressing the problem; and
 include and motivate a set of feasible technical and process proposals to address the problem.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Dissertation will be examined 100% written work

GPP5006S RESEARCH AND POLICY NUMERACY II


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Govender
Course entry requirements: Honours degree or equivalent.
Course outline:
The course is designed to help participants improve their skills in the treatment and analysis of
quantitative data and the reporting of research results. It begins with an overview of primary
concepts in sampling, measurement and data sources before proceeding to explore and apply various
bivariate and multivariate analytic techniques to available data. The course is not a statistics course
per se, but instead focuses on how statistical techniques may be applied to quantitative data to
answer specific questions related to development policy, planning and practice. The techniques
covered range from frequency and contingency analysis to correlation and simple and multiple
linear regression.
To align with the Development Economics component of the programme, the course utilises a
narrative on poverty and inequality, with relevant quantitative data on poverty and inequality drawn
from the national Income and Expenditure Surveys (IES) and supplied to participants for analysis in
MS Excel. The primary function of the narrative is to ensure that hypotheses testing and data
analysis is rooted in the discourse of development.
At the end of the course participants are expected to be more proficient users and consumers of
quantitative data and bivariate and multivariate analysis in their respective policy and planning
environments.
DP requirements: Attendance of at least 80% of the sessions, and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class assignments and class participation – 40% of the total grade, Final written exam
– 60% of the total grade,
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 197

GPP5007F LEADERSHIP II
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: I Goldman
Course entry requirements: Honours degree or equivalent. Successful completion of GPP5003W
Course outline:
This course aims to consolidate the leadership skills learned in Leadership I.
The course will reflect on the ongoing leadership challenges and experiences of the students,
by exploring in-depth specific challenges of leading within the public sector, including:
 The ways in which different conceptual approaches to public management (including results –
based new public management, and Weberian bureaucratic reform initiatives) have played out
in practice in different country settings:
 The influence of historical legacies on the operation and reform of public sectors;
 The potential as a management tool of a continuous evaluation cycle in problem diagnosis,
policy design, monitoring and impact evaluation.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: No examinations.

GPP5008W ISSUES IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN AFRICA


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: A Hirsch
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The purpose of this module is to help participants to engage with the major concepts used in the
analysis of economic development in Africa, to understand some key analytical tools and
information sources, and to become familiar with some of the more important recent contributions to
thinking about economic development that are relevant to Africa.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, Final Exam 50%

GPP5009S RESEARCH DESIGN AND PROPOSAL DEVELOPMENT


15 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
The course is designed to equip students to carry out successful research for their research project.
The course will expose participants to various methodologies of both qualitative and quantitative
research. For the qualitative research component, the course will expose students to analytic
narrative methodology and process tracing. The quantitative element will build on the work covered
in the Research and Policy Numeracy course offered earlier on in the program. The course will also
cover issues of academic writing, ethical research and plagiarism. Teaching during the course will
be focused on workshop style engagements, working towards the submission of a completed
research proposal.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Final submission of proposal 100%
198 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GPP5010S RESEARCH PROJECT


45 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: Admission to the programme.
Course outline:
This is the final phase of the Masters programme, in which the student submits a research project of
15-20,000 words. The research project should demonstrate the student’s ability to apply the material
covered in the Masters programme to a concrete development problem. It is desirable, though not
required, that the research project address a development problem linked to the student’s work
experience.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Final submission of Research Project 100%

GPP6000W THESIS IN DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PRACTICE


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Convener: B Levy
Course entry requirements: Admission to the qualification.
Course outline:
This is a research degree on an advanced topic under supervision.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Final submission of Thesis 100%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 199

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS


The Graduate School of Business, formed in 1965, enrolled South Africa's first full-time Master of
Business Administration students in 1966. It is located at the Breakwater Campus at the Victoria and
Alfred Waterfront. The GSB offers the Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree, the MBA
specialising in Executive Management (EMBA) degree, the Master of Commerce in Development
Finance (MCom DF) degree, the Master of Philosophy specialising in Inclusive Innovation
degree, the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice (customised/open) and a portfolio of
executive short courses comprising open and in-company programmes. The full-time MBA and
Executive MBA routinely attract a significant proportion of students from outside South Africa.
Website: www.gsb.uct.ac.za.
Telephone number: (021) 406-1911.

Director of the GSB


M Soko, BSocSc Cape Town MA Stell MA Warwick PhD Warwick

Professors:
K April, Dip (Elec) Dip (LS) Wingfield BSc (Eng) BSc (Eng) MSc (Eng) HDE MBA Cape Town
Cert (JProd) Nagoya PhD Cape Town
N Biekpe, BSc (Hons) Ghana MSc London PhD UK
A Eberhard, BSc (Chem Eng) Cape Town BA PhD Edinburgh
R Hamann, BSc BSc (Hons) MSc Cape Town PhD East Anglia
T Koelble, BA Wellington MA Essex PhD San Diego
J Luiz, BCom (Hons) MCom Witwatersrand PhD Stell

Emeritus Professors:
W Baets, BSc MSc Antwerp PhD Warwick
G Bick, BSc (Elec Eng) Cape Town BCom Unisa MBA Berkeley DPhil UJ CM (SA)
N Faull, BSc BEng(Mech Aero) Stell MSc(Air Transport Engineering) Cranfield MBA PhD Cape
Town
M Hall, MA PhD Cantab
T Ryan, BSc (Eng) MBA Cape Town

Associate Professors:
R Chivaka, BCom (Hons) NUSTR MSc Manchester PhD Cape Town
S Giamporcaro, BA Toulouse II MA PhD Paris V la Sorbonne
M Jere, BBA Zambia PGDip Rhodes MBA Stirling PhD Cape Town
J Mukuddem-Petersen, BSc Hons MSc PhD North West
W Nilsson, AB (College Scholar) Cornell MBA Baltimore PhD McGill
H Parker, BSc (Eng) MBA PhD Cape Town
L Ronnie, Adv Dip in Adult Ed MEd Sheffield PhD Cape Town
K Sewchurran, BSc Unisa BSc (Hons) MSc UKZN PhD Cape Town

Senior Lecturers:
J Ahlers, BA PDM Witwatersrand LRSM (Violin Teaching) RSCM MBA Cape Town
S Gossel, MEI-CFII (FAA) CPL (CAA) Cert (IntFinAcc) Unisa MBA PhD Cape Town
F Hamdulay, BSc (Eng) BSocSc (Hons) MBA Cape Town
T London, EdD Vanderbilt MBA Liverpool LLM Belfast MA Illinois-Springfield PGCHET Belfast
N Nyathi, BSc (Hons) Cirencester MA Warwick PhD Leicester
K Ramaboa, MBusSc PhD Cape Town
J Schueler, Dipl.-Wirt.-Ing. MBA Cape Town
E Shelley, MBA Cape Town PhD Cape Town
B Shrand, BBusSc MBA Cape Town
200 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Lecturers:
A Alhassan, BSc MPhil Ghana PhD Cape Town
L Gumede, BBusSc MCom Cape Town
M Kabinga, BA Zambia MA York (Canada) PhD Cape Town

Adjunct Faculty:
M Amis, BA California State MA PhD Ohio State
M Ayogu, Bed (Hons) Moi MSc PhD Cape Town
B Ganson, AB Michigan MA Tufts LLD Harvard
D Holland, BS Illinois MS Stanford MBA Cape Town
N Jowell, BA Stell Hons Cape Town MCom Witwatersrand
T Makgoba, BSc Witwatersrand PhD Cape Town
G Northrop, MBA UCLA BA Stanford
M Norton, MA Cantab DLitt (Hon) Wolverhampton
R van Niekerk, BA UFS MBA Cape Town
A Witten, BA BEd Cape Town MPA UWC EdM EdD Harvard

GSB4102W SYSTEMIC MANAGEMENT PRACTICE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
(customised)
Course outline:
The course includes a significant focus on personal mastery, and explores recent developments in
the field of management practice with a particular focus on systems thinking. It introduces the
action learning, systems thinking and the adult learning theories on which the programme as a
whole is based. On completion of the course, students are able to demonstrate their ability to
integrate systems thinking and learning into their management practice and knowledge and to
apply it to a significant organisational issue, problem or opportunity. It integrates the concept of
organisational learning.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%)

GSB4103W MANAGING VALUE STREAMS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Students must have completed GSB4102W.
Course outline:
The course introduces the concept of value streams within an organisation and enables students to
describe, diagnose, improve and manage the value streams in an organisation. Appropriate
frameworks are designed and implemented to improve the performance of the value streams in the
organisation. These are the streams that create value for the customers of the organisations and are
the primary revenue generating streams.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%)
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 201

GSB4107Z ACTION LEARNING RESEARCH PROJECT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Students must have completed GSB4102W and any two of the
available electives, relevant to the programme/industry.
Course outline:
The action learning research project tests students’ ability to apply the analytical and integrating
skills and knowledge gained on the programme to a particular and substantial management problem.
The action research challenges students to become acquainted with the problem, the problem context
and the current literature, specifically in the problem field; to make independent critical evaluations
of contending points of view; and to show an understanding of the theory and its implications for
decision-making practice.
DP requirements: A student must present all assignments for marking according to published
deadline dates.A student may be asked to revise and resubmit should he/she fail this major
assignment with 45% or above and have passed the programme to date with a minimum average of
50%.
Assessment: Research Project (100%). Students conduct an action-based investigation which adds
substantive depth to their management studies, by researching a specific topic, collecting
methodologically robust data, interpreting the data and applying the findings to resolve the research
questions.

GSB4169W BUILDING BUSINESS ACUMEN


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Students must have completed GSB4102W
Course outline:
The aim of the course is to introduce key concepts and propositions that characterise the field of
business and integrate these into a practical business acumen framework to inform problem-
solving and decision-making processes in an organisation. On completion of this course the
students will have demonstrated their ability, therefore, to make better business decisions. The
syllabus consists of two parts. Part 1: Financial decision-making develops the ability to use
financial information in managing a business. Part 2: Building business acumen builds students’
ability to promote and sustain the profitability of a firm.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%).

GSB4224S MANAGING FOR CUSTOMER VALUE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: The successful completion of all GSB4222F assignment requirements
Course outline:
The Managing For Customer Value course focuses on the operations domain of organisations and
their functions. This is where both internal and external customer value are created in terms of
quality, cost, volume and timing. The course aims at constructing a cybernetic conceptual model of
operations and to apply it to the value chain of the organisation and the value chains of its different
functions.
DP requirements: 80% attendance of all lecture sessions and group meetings; full preparedness for
class participation; submission of all assessments by the due dates.
Assessment: Viable Systems Modelling: 30%; Micro-Economics Project: 25%, Business Acumen:
Operations Management Project: 15%, Reflective paper, Narrating the leadership experience: 10%;
Quantitative Methods Project: 10%, Group project and presentations: 10%
202 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB4401F ACCOUNTING
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: M Graham
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Accounting course provides students with the skill necessary to appreciate the role of
accounting in making decisions and controlling and planning the operations of an organisation.
Accounting is the language of finance and business. Like any language we can get to understand it
either by learning the grammar or by reading literature and poetry and in that way gain an
appreciation of its structure. This course will take the latter approach. The primary learning takes
place through cases that are closely related to the work background and industry sectors of MBA
students. The cases will be attempted in groups and will form the basis for further discussion during
the class sessions. Although there will be some traditional lecturing the teaching approach in the
class will centre on the resolving of problems/issues related to accounting that arise from the cases
and elsewhere. The case studies are carefully selected to highlight the diversity in business sectors
but with emphasis on emerging market issues.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Mid-term Test 20%, Final Examination 40%, Group Assignments 40%

GSB4402F BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Hamann
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
Students will become familiar with a variety of economic, social, environmental and political
trends and developments that may impact either directly or indirectly on the strategy and
operations of businesses in an emerging market economy such as South Africa, and to consider
the role and some of the current responses of the business community to these trends. The course
commences with an introductory session that consider the risks facing business leaders, both
globally and in South Africa, and the role that companies have in contributing to or alleviating
such challenges. This is followed by discussions on the role of business in society and politics,
business responses to social-ecological problems, and opportunities and challenges associated
with cross-sector collaboration. Throughout, the key purpose of the course is to think critically
about the dynamic context and role of business and to consider implications for strategic
decision-making.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Final Essay: 60%, Group Assignments: 40%

GSB4417S STRATEGIC MARKETING


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Students must have completed GSB4509S or GSB4409F
Course outline:
The increasing importance of superior customer value, leveraging distinctive capabilities,
responding to diversity in the marketplace, and recognizing global business challenges require
effective marketing strategies for gaining and sustaining a competitive edge. Developing and
implementing dynamic business and market-driven strategies that are adaptable to changing
conditions are critical success factors. This course deals with some of the major issues involved in
the formulation and implementation of marketing. While there will be some formal lecturing, much
of the course is built around student participation and a discussion format. The main objective of this
course is to provide students with the tools and techniques needed to develop a marketing strategy as
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 203

well as discuss some of the emerging issues in marketing strategy. Case studies will be used to
develop and improve marketing decision making. The course will enable you to gain insight into
some of the major issues facing marketing leaders today.
DP requirements: Attendance of all lectures and obtaining 33% for all individual components
Assessment: Group Assignment: 30%, Class Participation: 20%, Final Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4476S NEGOTIATION TO CREATE VALUE


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: D Venter
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
Although South Africa some twenty years ago cast aside the shackles of apartheid, having
negotiated a peaceful transition to a democratic future, we unfortunately are still grappling with the
consequences of many decades of social engineering, which continue to manifest in all spheres of
human endeavour. In the public and private sectors there remains a very pressing need to better
equip managers and leaders with the knowledge, insights and skills they need to positively resolve
conflict, and to develop value enhancing agreements that are ethical, mutually beneficial and
sustainable. For students to succeed in the new business environment, it is crucially important that
they are afforded the opportunity of acquiring negotiation capability and competence as a generic
skill that will not only enhances their effectiveness in all spheres of business, but also in their
communities and private lives. This elective is consequently structured to empower them with the
knowledge, skills and confidence they need to successfully master and apply the key determinants of
principled, value enhancing negotiation.
DP requirements: Attend lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 50%Group assignment: 50%

GSB4477S PLANNING NEW VENTURES


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Schueler
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
Students will learn how to prepare a business plan for launching a new venture together with
methods of how to finance entrepreneurial venture in their respective life cycle. The course will
conclude with pitching the business plans to a panel of judges with investment background. Students
will work in multi-disciplinary project groups, and will be given the opportunity to pool their skills
and experience and apply them to a very practical, hands-on project focused on developing a
comprehensive plan for a new venture. Once the business plan has been written, students will learn
how to raise finance for their new venture, whether the venture requires seed funding or any other
type of funding to support the implementation of the business plan. During the latter part of the
elective students will; Understand their reasons for starting or running an entrepreneurial business.
Additionally, they will develop an understanding of how the different types of capital companies
think and act. Students will also develop an understanding of the process of raising capital from
various capital suppliers, and gain useful practical tools and methodologies that allow the
entrepreneur to be more successful in achieving their objective.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Individual Pitch Presentation: 15%, Interim Project Hand-ins: 20%, Elevator
Presentation: 20%, Final Business Plan: 30%, Personal Learning Log: 15%
204 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB4488S APPLIED SRI


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Giampocaro
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course aims to unpack critically the multilayered field of Sustainable Responsible Investment
(SRI). SRI is used in the course as an umbrella term to describe any investment strategies and
philosophies aiming to integrate, environmental, social and governance issues and opportunities
(ESG) into investment decision making and to create a positive ESG impact (including impact
investing). After having explored and discussed the specialised body of historical, theoretical and
practical knowledge around the growing field of SRI, students will interact with SRI practitioners
who are currently developing the SRI industry in South Africa. Eventually the students will be asked
to act as professional investors in order to innovatively design, select and apply SRI strategies and
techniques to solve current SRI dilemmas or embraced SRI opportunities on the African continent.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Group Presentation 50%, Individual Assignment 50%

GSB4419S CAPITAL FLOWS AND EMERGING MARKETS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Gossel
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This elective is designed to help students understand the effects of global capital movements on the
economies and financial systems of emerging countries. It seeks to expose students to debates
regarding past problems, current issues, and future possibilities. Key topics covered include the
patterns of capital flows to emerging countries post-WW2, the positive and negative effects that
capital flows have on the financial and macroeconomic systems of emerging countries, the impact
that capital flows have on economic and financial development, the role of capital flows in
emerging market financial crises, and macroeconomic and financial sector policy implications. The
objectives of this course are that students will be able to demonstrate an ability to understand the
historical context and development of global capital flows; demonstrate an understanding of the
key theories associated with capital flow transmission channels; demonstrate the ability to
understand the historical context and development of global capital flows; and demonstrate an
understanding of the various ways in which capital flows can be attracted or ‘tamed’.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 30% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Group Assignment: 50%, Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4496S SOCIAL INNOVATION LAB


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: W Nilsson
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA Degree
Course outline:
This course is structured as a lab that builds of the conceptual material introduced in the Social
Innovation and Entrepreneuring core course. It emphasizes practical application of social innovation
concepts in real-world contexts. The lab provides a dynamic academic, practical, and personal
experience. During the course, we ask students to see themselves as potential social innovators.
Students are immersed in the world of designing creative, sustainable processes towards social
change using multiple learning strategies that can be customized for each student. Student teams
pursue real-world social initiatives of their own design. By the end of the course, students will have
formed their own approach to social innovation, and will have begun to develop the concepts,
mindsets, skills, and relationships that will enable them to continue to be effective social innovators
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 205

throughout their life. Students apply paradigms such as complexity, action learning, and systems
thinking in order to better understand societal and environmental contexts, challenge current
systemic problems, and develop creative, practical approaches to those problems.
DP requirements: An average of 33% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at
lecture sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Team project portfolio: 50%; Review of individual contribution to project: 50%

GSB4498S BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT IN EMERGING MARKETS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Man
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
In this practical course, students will gain a deeper appreciation of what it takes to develop a
business in an economy which has not yet reached full maturity; the business scope may vary from a
limited sales presence to a full-scale investment involving more complex deals (incorporating longer
term contracts & technology interchange) through partnerships and joint ventures. In these markets,
an effective legal system is often not well established enough to protect your investment; nor could
there be there sufficient reliable published information for decision making purposes. Hence special
efforts are needed to verify information obtained from various sources; and the ability to develop
and nurture relationships is an essential skill. Contracts must be structured such that reliance on legal
redress in the event of problems arising is left as a last resort. All these unique issues will be covered
at length. The normal & necessary business development activities (applicable in any environment)
needed to ensure business success are also discussed, include establishing leads, initial contacting,
preparation for negotiations, negotiating the deal, getting both organisations fully aligned behind a
deal, coordinating in-company multi-functional teams, and finally setting up the new organisation
and preparing for full operations.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Class Participation: 50%, Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4601F/S EMERGING MARKETS IN CONTEXT


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
Course outline:
The overall aim of the course is that participants become familiar with the political, economic and
social forces at work in a modern economy, with a view to making constructive use of this
information in operational and strategic decision making. Students will be able to apply adaptable
managerial and leadership skills that allow them to operate in diverse national and international
contexts. The goal is to familiarise students with those forces, trends and developments that may
impact either directly or indirectly on the operation and functioning of businesses in an emerging
market economy such as South Africa, and to consider the role and some of the current responses
of the business community to these trends and developments.
DP requirements: Attendance at all lectures and group meetings; all individual and group
assignments handed in on or before deadline date, both during and after the course’s contact session.
Assessment: Preparatory assignment (10%), group assignment on the exam day/last day of Module
(35%) as a team project, individual assignment (55%)
206 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB4603F/S BUSINESS ACUMEN II


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice.
Course outline:
The Business Acumen II course aim is to further develop and strengthen students’ business
acumen and the application of tools and techniques to become more efficient managers. A key
learning outcome is robust knowledge and understanding of the financial, accounting, marketing
and operational functions of an organisation, the ability to make good judgments and quick
decisions.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Preparatory assignment (10%), In-class test (15%), Exam in Financial and
Management Accounting (35%), Individual Case Assignment (40%)

GSB4604F/S VALUES BASED LEADERSHIP AND SUSTAINABILITY


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
Course outline:
In this course, students will learn how to exhibit personal leadership competencies, which reflect
values-based solutions that address the contexts in which they operate. This provides students with
the opportunity to explore and experience personal leadership by establishing the individual
“ground rules” and, through self-awareness, putting in place a framework for future enhancement
and development (lifelong enhancement). The aim is to also equip Students with the tools for
personal reflection and insight – thus creating future leaders who will lead with intent and create
values-based solutions.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Preparatory assignment (10%), Group assignment on the exam day/last day of Module
(35%), ARL paper (55%)

GSB4605F/S BUSINESS ACUMEN I


25 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
Course outline:
The Business Acumen course aims to develop the participants’ business acumen and their
understanding of fundamental principles of key business functions. The course is designed for
students wishing to equip themselves with a business acumen skill set to progress confidently in
their managerial role or to become more effective entrepreneurs.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending all lectures, group
meetings and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Preparatory assignment (10%), Group assignment on the exam day/last day of module
(35%), ARL paper (55%)
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 207

GSB4606F/S ACTION LEARNING REPORT


20 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
Course outline:
Students will show the pedagogical skills of critical thinking, problem solving, collection and
analysis of data and effective written communication in an action learning assignment which utilises
all of the learnings from Courses on this programme and incorporates them in a final report (200
notional hours) completed back in the workplace. This goal highlights the programme’s design,
which gives students the resources they need to gain a competitive advantage - both locally and
internationally. Students are encouraged to think in new ways and are challenged to come to terms
with being part of the global economy, in a particular Industry and with managing under conditions
of change and uncertainty.
DP requirements: Submission of the report on or before the due date.
Assessment: Written Report/Assignment (100%)

GSB5001F DESIGNING SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS MODELS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: The successful completion of all GSB4223F/S assignment
requirements
Course outline:
The Designing Sustainable Business Models course aims to develop a conceptual framework to
allow for the disclosure of a different way of being in strategic management and leadership
functions. It rests on the foundational concepts of systemic management practice. The learning
processes and projects are designed to allow for the emergence of disclosing a new way of being by
allowing students to dwell and reflect on particular experiences using relevant theoretical concepts,
as well as trying out various heuristics and thought experiments, and making explicit hitherto
qualitative markers of this emerging competence. Beyond this, the course aims to introduce students
to the concept of qualitative knowledge and a framework to understand performance and artistry.
This course further introduces the philosophy of everydayness and history making, and presents the
foundational concepts for continued discussion and sensitising to concepts related to performance,
artistry and qualitative knowledge.
DP requirements: 80% attendance at all lecture sessions and group meetings; full preparedness for
class participation; submission of all assessments by the due dates.
Assessment: Business Model Innovation Project: 30%, Design on Business Models Paper: 45%,
Performance Management Framework: 15%, Group Project and Presentations: 10%, Qualitative
Research Assignment: duly performed

GSB5002S MANAGING FOR SOCIETAL VALUE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: The successful completion of all GSB4224S assignment requirements
Course outline:
The Managing For Societal Value course focuses on the wider socio-economic context in which
businesses and other institutions operate. It is designed to instil an appreciation that organisations
are only as viable as the socioeconomic system they form part of. It equips them with appropriate
knowledge, skills and mind-sets needed to positively engage with and contribute to the viability of
the socioeconomic context in which their organisations functions.
DP requirements: 80% attendance of all lecture sessions and group meetings; full preparedness for
class participation; submission of all assessments on/before the due dates.
208 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Assessment: Ethics & Macro-Economics Project: 30%; ‘Sustainability by Design’ conceptual


framework: 25%; Strategic Social Engagement: 25%; Reflective Paper: 10%; Group Project and
Presentations: 10%

GSB5003W DISSERTATION
60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: All coursework must be submitted prior to the due date of the
Intention to Submit form. The Intention to Submit form will not be accepted by the programme
should any coursework remain outstanding.
Course outline:
The Minor Dissertation marks the final phase of the programme with a 25,000 words research
report. Students demonstrate how to undertake and successfully complete a research project
designed to improve executive management practice in an organisational context.
DP requirements: Attendance of all lecture sessions and group meetings; full preparedness for
class participation; submission of the proposal and final minor dissertation by the due dates.
Assessment: Minor Dissertation: 100%

GSB5006W DISSERTATION
180 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Master of Philosophy (by Dissertation only)
specialising in Inclusive Innovation Degree
Course outline:
The dissertation in inclusive innovation is designed to allow students to pursue an idea that is
worthy of a thoughtful research endeavour in a “living lab” environment. The student will work
through a rigorous academic curriculum rooted in research and practical development and
demonstration of the resulting solutions. The research should be tied to a challenging and socially
relevant problem or possibility in South Africa and/or on the African continent. It should have the
potential to be sustainable and to create a better future for Africa.
Inclusive innovation research will require students to test assumptions and prototypes through cycles
of immersion and critical engagement in a “living lab” environment. Being a part of a free-thinking
and cross disciplinary “living lab” environment shortens the cycle time to invent and apply
innovative ideas and solutions through regular interaction and debate with consumers, experts,
industry and other organisations in the relevant ecosystem. Students will be expected to undertake
regular cycles of activities to assess, build, test and evolve applied ideas and their research
throughout the year in a collaborative manner with their peers and faculty members.
DP requirements: Attendance at all compulsory seminars. Students will have to attend and
participate in compulsory seminars that will include topics such as research paradigms, research
methodologies, design thinking for inclusive innovation, entrepreneuring in emerging markets,
values-based leadership and inclusive business model innovation.
Assessment: Dissertation: 100%

GSB5100F MICRO-ENTERPRISE FINANCE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
This course explains the essential concepts of entrepreneurial finance. The objective of this course is
to prepare students to take on roles as small business managers, entrepreneurs, policy analysts and
technical advisers on small enterprises and development in foundations, governments, multilateral
development institutions and international agencies. The course covers the main issues regarding
financing micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs). The course deals with both institutional
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 209

finance and finance as a structured approach to decision making in MSMEs finance. The course also
covers the role of micro finance in financing MSMEs. Topics include overview of micro-enterprise
finance, new venture creation and sources of financing, venture capital, microfinance intervention,
working capital management, valuation, evaluating investment decisions, choice of financing and
harvesting. Students will have an appreciation of the broader context that underpins the field of
micro-enterprise finance, understand how and why the formal credit market fails to meet the
financial needs of the poor and small businesses, be knowledgeable about the challenges and
controversies facing micro–enterprise finance, and be equipped with a framework to objectively
examine and assess these issues.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Written Examination: 50%, Class Test: 25%, Individual Assignment: 25%

GSB5103S INTERNATIONAL FINANCE FOR DEVELOPMENT


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The module is organised into ten topics. The first topic provides an introduction to exchange rates
and the foreign exchange market that provides a necessary foundation for the study of the principles
of international business. Topic 2 reviews the forward market and transaction risk. The three critical
theories of exchange rate determination – covered interest rate parity, uncovered interest rate parity
and purchasing power parity – are reviewed in Topics 3, 4 and 5 respectively. The subject of Topic 6
is exchange rate regimes. Topics 7 and 8 are closely linked, with the former providing an
introduction to international debt markets and the latter sovereign risk, sovereign debt and credit
default swaps. The nature and role of international trade and capital flows and their role in
development are assessed in Topics 9 and 10.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Examination: 50%, Class Tests: 25%, Individual Assignment: 25%

GSB5102S PROJECT FINANCE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
This course provides students with the concepts and theories, as well as the practical tools and
techniques for project finance valuation, analysis and modelling. This provides students with an
opportunity to understand the risk-return character of limited recourse projects from multiple
perspectives. Topics will include introduction to project finance, analysis of project viability,
designing security arrangements, structuring the project, financing plan, discounted cash flow
analysis, financial modelling and project evaluation, issues for host government, project finance
market, managing project risk. The course will discuss a number of case studies.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Exam: 50%, Class Test: 25%, Individual Assignment: 25%
210 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB5104F QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN DEVELOPMENT FINANCE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
This course provides statistical applications relevant to financial and risk management techniques
in the context of development finance. Topics include probability theory, statistical inference,
regression analysis, time series analysis and forecasting. The course aims to develop an
understanding of statistical methods and their application to management and financial decision
making. On completion of the course, the students should be able to use statistical tools to perform
financial and risk analysis, use statistical tools to support postgraduate level research in
development finance, understand the relevance and practical implications of statistical inference
and analyse and interpret statistical relationships between two or more variables.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: In-class test: 20%, Individual Assignment: 30%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB5105F ISSUES IN DEVELOPMENT FINANCE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Kabinga
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The module is organized in seven units. The first unit reviews basic concepts that are useful for
understanding development finance. Unit 2 examines the nature of transaction costs in financial
markets and their implications. Capital market theory and features of capital markets in developing
countries are considered in Unit 3. The theme of Unit 4 is credit markets in developing countries.
The role of foreign aid in economic development is addressed in Unit 5. Country risk appraisal is
presented in Unit 6. Unit 7 deals with sustainability issues in finance. The main aim of the course is
to provide insight into the key concepts, approaches, and policy issues in development finance as it
relates to the topics of financial and economic development.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final examination: 50%, Class Test: 25%, Individual Assignment: 25%

GSB5106S RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
This course aims to explore some alternative and critical ways of thinking about economic growth
and development in Africa by analysing the multilayered field of Sustainable Responsible
Investment (SRI). SRI, as used in the course, is an umbrella term to describe any investment
strategies and philosophies aiming to integrate environmental, social and governance issues and
opportunities (ESG) into investment decision making and to create a positive ESG impact (including
impact investing). The primary aim of this course is to provide students with a comprehensive
theoretical and practical view of SRI worldwide, with a more focused look at SRI in emerging
economies. The secondary objective of this course is to encourage thoughtful, honest and serious
debate about SRI. Students will debate through group exercises and dialogues whether and how SRI
can be a powerful tool to gear investments towards a more sustainable and responsible impact in
Africa.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 211

DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Test: 15%, Individual Assignment: 35%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB5107S PUBLIC SECTOR FINANCE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The course aims to provide an understanding of the processes, mechanisms and institutions
relevant to the raising and allocation of finance required by the public sector to enable it to perform
its roles. Following the dictum that “finance follows function,” it examines the functions of
government (particularly in the developmental context), the structures required to perform those
functions, and the allocation of spending responsibilities amongst them. In addition, it pays
particular attention to financial decision making in the public sector, the relationship between the
public and private sectors, the notion of public goods and externalities, the purposes and processes
of public sector budgeting, theories and mechanisms of taxation, other sources of funding (such as
borrowing), fiscal decentralisation and intergovernmental finance systems. The course will enable
students to evaluate critically the effectiveness of public sector finance frameworks.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Test: 25%, Assignment: 25%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB5108F FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: L Gumede
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The Financial Risk Management course exposes students to the theory and practice of modern
financial risk modeling. The course covers the key themes of financial risk management in context,
financial engineering, market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, the credit crisis,
enterprise risk management.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Tests: 10%, Case Study Assignment: 40%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB5109F SOVEREIGN DEBT MANAGEMENT


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The course covers a range of topics, including and introduction to sovereign debt management,
historical perspective of debt management, external debt and economic growth, long-term and
short-term contracts, optimal debt contracts, debt relief policies, high indebtedness, recent
developments such as the HIPC initiative, design of incentives, role of sanctions, sovereign debt
restructuring, and new reforms. The course will discuss a number of case studies.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Examination: 50%, Class Test: 10%, Case Studies/Essay: 40%
212 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB5111F GLOBAL FINANCIAL ARCHITECTURE


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The course aims to critically examine the role, purpose and functioning of national capital
markets in the context of global markets, national and international regulations and other major
related international bodies.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Examination: 50%, Individual Assignment: 25%, Class Test: 25%

GSB5112F FINANCIAL SERVICES REGULATION


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The course will broadly discuss the objectives of regulation economic theory: Market forces; Market
failure; Economic justifications for regulation; Regulatory tools; Disclosure rules; suitability;
Licensing and accreditation; Issues in regulatory practice: the concept of regulatory capture; game
theoretical modelling of the relationship between regulators and firms; Moral hazard; Cost/benefit
analysis and its application to regulation; Statutory versus self-regulation, Alternative responses to
market failures. The capital market: Disintermediation and securitization. Efficiency of markets:
technical, informational and allocative. Financial Institutions and markets: Role and Functions in the
financial system. Risk and risk control in settlement. Netting and apportionment, Off-market
transfers. Financial Services and Regulatory Theory: Systemic risk- Negative externalities; systemic
risk as a negative externality; public confidence in the financial system as a public good. The role of
the lender of last resort, Prudential supervision, capital adequacy; The identification and control of
reputational and operational risk.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Class Examination: 50%, Individual Assignment: 25%, Class Test: 25%

GSB5113F INTERNATIONAL TRADE POLICIES


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F Ismail
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to introduce students to the theory of international trade and its application
to policy issues which arise in the world trading environment. The course starts by examining the
gains from trade, as they constitute the building block of any analysis of trade flows. The main
topics covered are Differences in Technology: The Ricardian Model of Trade. Differences in Factor
Endowments: The Heckscher-Ohlin-Samuelson Model of Trade, Economies of Scale, Market
Structure and Trade International Factor Movements. Trade Policy Instruments: Tariffs, quotas, and
non-tariff barriers; comparison of different trade restrictions; estimates of the cost of protection;
arguments for protection. Import-substituting industrialization: the infant industry argument; export-
oriented industrialization. The Political Economy of Trade Policy: Preferential trade agreements;
trade creation and trade diversion; multilateral trade agreements; the WTO (GATT). In addition the
Singer-Prebisch hypothesis; income terms of trade; double factoral terms of trade and the
(international) Lewis model are examined. Other topics include Labour Mobility Direction and
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 213

measures of foreign direct investment; transaction costs explanation of multinationals; location


decisions of multinationals; technology transfer; taxation and transfer pricing; costs and benefits of
multinationals.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Examination: 50%, Test: 25%, Assignment: 25%

GSB5114F CORPORATE FINANCE AND INVESTMENT


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Gossel
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The goal of the course is to develop the theoretical and practical tools essential to the execution of
the corporate finance function. The course aims at value creation through integrated financial,
strategic, and operating decisions. Students build the knowledge and skills critical to the finance
function of evaluating investment decisions; proposing, assessing, and implementing financial
decisions; and evaluating and managing risk. Topics include corporate valuation, capital asset
pricing, financing decisions and market efficiency, dividend policy and capital structure, debt
financing and leasing, mergers and acquisitions, and investment performance evaluation.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Class Examination: 50%, Test 25%, Assignment 25%

GSB5115F RESEARCH METHODS


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: L Alhassan
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
The course is designed to equip students with the necessary soft and varied skills to conduct a
research investigation. Skills covered by the course include conceptualising a research idea and
turning it into a researchable proposal; familiarising students with electronic literature archives and
key databases; critical review of published material; writing and presentation skills. It covers
aspects such as the broad problem area, problem definition, hypothesis formulation, and data
gathering techniques, data analysis and interpretation of results. In the end, students should be able
to conduct research whose results will offer both theoretical and practical solutions to challenges
encountered in the business world.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Test: 20%, Research Proposal: 30%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB5117W MINOR DISSERTATION


60 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: L Alhassan
Course entry requirements: GSB5115F and six other MCom Development Finance courses
(provisional registration while awaiting final course marks is allowed)
Course outline:
The course will equip students with a high level of understanding in development finance research.
It will also equip students to undertake sound literature review, develop an academically sound
research report or thesis, gather, treat, analyse and interpret data, design and test hypotheses, and
214 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

write high level scientific papers and/or reports. Students will work on the minor dissertation over
two semesters.
Assessment: Dissertation: 100%.

GSB4403S COMPANY ANALYSIS


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Jere
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Company Analysis Project (CAP) offers teams of MBA students the opportunity to engage with
and analyse a real world organization of their choosing. Teams develop an integrative perspective on
the organization through interviews, observation, shadowing, stakeholder dialogue, and archival
review of strategic material. In addition to this fieldwork, students also draw on their own previous
experiences and on the management theories, concepts, and analytic techniques they judge to be
most useful given the organisation’s nature and context. Teams prepare a report and presentation for
organisational leaders outlining the key insights and most compelling questions they have
discovered.
Assessment: Company Analysis Project Report: 65%, Presentation: 35%

GSB4404F ECONOMICS
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Mukuddem-Petersen
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The economy is the environment of business. One of the prerequisites of doing well in business is to
understand the environment that you are operating in. In this context there are a number of forces
that act on business. Some are slow and often predictable. Others are sudden and very often
unexpected. At the same time, while these forces play themselves out governments are also likely to
react with a variety of policy changes. Hence the dual challenge for people in business is not only to
position themselves to either take advantage of favourable economic conditions or take defensive
action from negative economic shocks but also to anticipate the likely policy response on the part of
government. In addition to this there can be quite dramatic differences in the economics experienced
in developed economies compared to emerging markets. The course will explore some of these
differences.
This course is a principles course in micro and macroeconomics. The purpose of the course is to
outline the key principles that will be of use to people in their business lives.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Pre-assignment 5%, Group Assignment/Presentation 15%, Class Participation 5%,
Mid-term examination 25%, Final Examination 50%

GSB4405F FINANCE
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: S Gossel
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The finance function exists at the intersection between accounting and economics. Hence,
understanding the role of modern finance requires exposure to a range of theories and practical tools.
Decisions taken by the boards of directors and executive management may rely on consolidated
financial statements and an understanding of the macroeconomic environment, but investors assess
and value the company’s management based on financial performance and behaviour. Thus this
MBA Finance course focusses on both theory and practice at a macroeconomic, corporate and
investor level. The five objectives of this course are that graduates will be able to demonstrate a
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 215

clear understanding of the concepts and theories associated with modern finance; demonstrate an
ability to evaluate, synthesize and integrate relevant theories of finance; be able to challenge
orthodoxies and redefine existing knowledge, while demonstrating awareness of the nature of
knowledge and knowledge production in the field; be able to apply various specialised tools and
skills to decide whether a financial decision is viable; and demonstrate an ability to manipulate
quantitative information and equations.
DP requirements: An average of 50% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Test 1: 10%, Test 2: 10%, Final Examination: 50%, Group Assignments: 20%, Case
Study Submissions: 10%

GSB4407F LEADERSHIP AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K April
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Leadership and Personal Development course provides students with the opportunity to explore
the topic of personal leadership by establishing the individual ‘ground rules', and through self-
awareness, provides the opportunity to put in place a framework for future enhancement and
development (lifelong enhancement). The purpose of the course is not to provide a single, ‘correct'
perspective, but rather, through Narrative Inquiry, it is intended to be a catalyst for personal
reflection and insight (mirroring-principle) into processes and concepts critical for personal growth.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class participation: 10%, Final Essay: 60%, Group assignments: 30%

GSB4408F ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND PEOPLE MANAGEMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: L Ronnie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The OBPM course covers three main themes: the individual in the organisation, high performance
work practices and leading and managing people. The course provides an overall organisational
approach to people management strategies. The first theme sets the context by creating a rationale
and frame for the course. Centring on the changing world of work, it examines the different
assumptions about people, their motivation, how they work and what they want out of their
experiences. The second and final themes illustrate how organisations go about leading and
managing their employees also focussing on the specific practices within organisations that can
assist them in being more effective. Guest lecturers will attend some of the class sessions and play
their role in the learning process by bringing the ‘realities’ in to the classroom and relating theory to
particular work contexts. Lectures, class discussion, case studies, short exercises, role plays, and
presentations are used. The approach is one of participative learning. Students are required to
complete the prescribed readings and to discuss the cases and exercises in their groups to prepare for
each class session. The lecturer facilitates guided class discussion. Students are encouraged to
engage in constructive dialogue and debate on the topics.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual assignments: 5%, Final examination: 50%, Group assignments: 25%, Group
presentation: 20%
216 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB4409F MARKETING
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Marketing course focuses on three broad competencies: analysing marketing opportunities,
developing marketing strategies, and implementing marketing strategies. It introduces primary
analytical approaches, tools and techniques that marketers use to make sense of their environment,
choose appropriate strategic responses, and manage the implementation of marketing strategies. The
content of this course emphasizes both conceptual and practical issues. The conceptual issues are
mainly addressed in the prescribed text, additional readings, and lectures. Students are required to
engage with practical issues through case studies and up to three guest lectures by marketing
practitioners. The case studies are carefully selected to highlight the diversity in business sectors,
national, and international environments, but with emphasis on emerging markets.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 20%, Final examination: 50%, Group assignments: 30%

GSB4410F OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: H Parker
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
In most organisations, operations management lies at the core of value creation. The quality of the
translation of an organisation’s competitive strategy into operational objectives and the effectiveness
and efficiency in achieving these objectives often define success (or failure).The course aims to
equip students with the ability to describe and analyse operations; to understand the key operations
decision areas with respect to process, capacity, inventory, workforce, quality and measurement; to
begin developing an approach to the improvement of operations to meet strategic competitive
criteria; and importantly to understand the new mind-set of creating the learning organisation.
Operations management principles are equally applicable in manufacturing and service
organisations. Fast, low-cost, accurate, and consistent operations are important in-service areas such
as financial services, education, healthcare, government, transportation, retail, hospitality, airlines,
and insurance, among others. Case studies will provide the main vehicle for classroom learning in
this course. Students will be expected to prepare readings and case studies individually and within
their groups, prior to each class session. operations management is a very practical skill, so there
will also be direct application of certain concepts that have been introduced during class in the form
of certain assignments and “doing” experiences.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual Assignments: 10%, Mid-term test: 20%, Final Examination: 40%, Group
Tests: 10%, Group Assignments: 20%

GSB4513W DISSERTATION
55 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Ramaboa
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Co-requisites: Successful completion of the proposal (i.e. mark of 50% and above)
Course outline:
The dissertation provides an important opportunity to develop critical reasoning, research and
writing skills, and will also provide students with an in-depth understanding of a particular aspect of
business management or related fields. Students are expected to hand-in a dissertation of 20 000 –
25 000 words.
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 217

DP requirements: None
Assessment: Dissertation: 100%

GSB4514W STRATEGY
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Africa
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The strategy course introduces students to the fundamental principles and concepts of strategic
thinking and management. It provides the opportunity for students to develop the necessary skills for
strategic thinking and analysis. Students learn about business and corporate strategy formulation
relevant to the macro-environment and industry, as well as the competitive drivers which face
organisations. They also learn about the role that purpose, resources, and capabilities play in strategy
formation and implementation, with the main purpose of this course being to develop rigour and
confidence in strategic thinking.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Group Assignment: 20%, Mid-term Examination: 30%, Final Examination: 50%

GSB4519W ORGANISATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND VALUES


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Nyathi & T London
Course entry requirements: Admissions to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course introduces students to leadership theories, organisational leadership, and the
complexity of a number of leadership and managerial situations in order to give insight into what it
means to run, develop, and sustain values-driven organisations. The course invites students to
develop a critical attitude towards leadership and organisational theories and practices. It aims to
develop a thorough understanding of the relationships between organisations, people, and
leadership. Students will explore what values-driven leadership is and reveal some of its
complexity by examining it through the lens of a number of theories. The purpose of this course is
to help students understand the dynamics of individual, group and organisational leadership and to
examine values driven leadership in the broader context of transformation in South Africa,
emerging markets and internationally. A key aspect of this is the interrogation of the role of values,
both personal and organisational, for the ways in which people interact with each other in
organisations.
DP requirements: An average of 33% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at
lecture sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class engagement: 10%; Individual assignment: 90%

GSB4501F ACCOUNTING (MODULAR)


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Graham
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Accounting course focuses on introducing students to the language of accounting and providing
students with the ability to read, interpret and understanding financial statements. Furthermore, the
course will provide students with the skill necessary to appreciate the role of accounting in making
decisions and controlling and planning the operations of an organisation. Accounting is the language
of finance and business. Like any language we can get to understand it either by learning the
grammar or by reading literature and poetry and in that way gain an appreciation of its structure.
This course will take the latter approach. The primary learning takes place through cases that are
closely related to the work background and industry sectors of MBA students. The cases will be
218 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

attempted in groups and will form the basis for further discussion during the class sessions.
Although there will be some traditional lecturing the teaching approach in the class will centre on
the resolving of problems/issues related to accounting that arise from the cases and elsewhere. The
case studies are carefully selected to highlight the diversity in business sectors but with emphasis on
emerging market issues.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Mid-term Test 20%, Final Examination 40%, Group Assignments 40%

GSB4502F BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Hamann
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
Students will become familiar with a variety of economic, social, environmental and political trends
and developments that may impact either directly or indirectly on the strategy and operations of
businesses in an emerging market economy such as South Africa, and to consider the role and some
of the current responses of the business community to these trends. The course commences with an
introductory session that consider the risks facing business leaders, both globally and in South
Africa, and the role that companies have in contributing to or alleviating such challenges. This is
followed by discussions on the role of business in society and politics, business responses to social-
ecological problems, and opportunities and challenges associated with cross-sector collaboration.
Throughout, the key purpose of the course is to think critically about the dynamic context and role
of business and to consider implications for strategic decision-making.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Final Essay: 60%, Group Assignments: 40%

GSB4504F ECONOMICS (MODULAR)


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Mukuddem-Petersen
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The economy is the environment of business. One of the prerequisites of doing well in business is
to understand the environment that you are operating in. In this context there are a number of
forces that act on business. Some are slow and often predictable. Others are sudden and very often
unexpected. At the same time, while these forces play themselves out governments are also likely
to react with a variety of policy changes. Hence the dual challenge for people in business is not
only to position themselves to either take advantage of favourable economic conditions or take
defensive action from negative economic shocks but also to anticipate the likely policy response on
the part of government. In addition to this there can be quite dramatic differences in the economics
experienced in developed economies compared to emerging markets. The course will explore some
of these differences. This course is a principles course in micro and macroeconomics. The purpose
of the course is to outline the key principles that will be of use to people in their business lives.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at
all sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Pre-assignment 5%, Group Assignment/Presentation 20%, Class Participation 5%,
Mid-term examination 20%, Final Examination 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 219

GSB4505F FINANCE
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Kruger and L Gumede
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The finance function exists at the intersection between accounting and economics. Hence,
understanding the role of modern finance requires exposure to a range of theories and practical
tools; as well as insights on corporate governance, social and environmental factors that can no
longer be externalised. Decisions taken by the boards of directors and executive management may
rely on consolidated financial statements and an understanding of the macroeconomic environment,
but investors assess and value the company's management based on financial performance and
behaviour. Thus this MBA Finance course focusses on both theory and practise at a corporate and
investor level. This course will enable students to develop an understanding of the practical aspects
of finance. By the end of this course they should no longer just read texts in the financial press, but
be able to comprehend and critically review the information.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Mid-Term Test: 25%, Final Examination: 50%, Group Assignments: 10%, Group
Presentation: 15%

GSB4507F LEADERSHIP AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K April
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Leadership and Personal Development course provides students with the opportunity to explore
the topic of personal leadership by establishing the individual ‘ground rules', and through self-
awareness, provides the opportunity to put in place a framework for future enhancement and
development (lifelong enhancement). The purpose of the course is not to provide a single, ‘correct'
perspective, but rather, through Narrative Inquiry, it is intended to be a catalyst for personal
reflection and insight (mirroring-principle) into processes and concepts critical for personal growth.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class participation: 10%, Final Essay: 60%, Group assignments: 30%

GSB4508F ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR & PEOPLE MANAGEMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: L Ronnie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The OBPM course covers three main themes: the individual in the organisation, high performance
work practices and leading and managing people. The course provides an overall organisational
approach to people management strategies. The first theme sets the context by creating a rationale
and frame for the course. Centring on the changing world of work, it examines the different
assumptions about people, their motivation, how they work and what they want out of their
experiences. The second and final themes illustrate how organisations go about leading and
managing their employees also focussing on the specific practices within organisations that can
assist them in being more effective. Guest lecturers will attend some of the class sessions and play
their role in the learning process by bringing the ‘realities’ in to the classroom and relating theory to
particular work contexts. Lectures, class discussion, case studies, short exercises, role plays, and
presentations are used. The approach is one of participative learning. Students are required to
complete the prescribed readings and to discuss the cases and exercises in their groups to prepare for
220 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

each class session. The lecturer facilitates guided class discussion. Students are encouraged to
engage in constructive dialogue and debate on the topics.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual assignments: 5%, Final examination: 50%, Group assignments: 25%, Group
presentation: 20%

GSB4509F MARKETING
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Marketing course focuses on three broad competencies: analysing marketing opportunities,
developing marketing strategies, and implementing marketing strategies. It introduces primary
analytical approaches, tools and techniques that marketers use to make sense of their environment,
choose appropriate strategic responses, and manage the implementation of marketing strategies. The
content of this course emphasizes both conceptual and practical issues. The conceptual issues are
mainly addressed in the prescribed text, additional readings, and lectures. Students are required to
engage with practical issues through case studies and up to three guest lectures by marketing
practitioners. The case studies are carefully selected to highlight the diversity in business sectors,
national, and international environments, but with emphasis on emerging markets.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 20%, Final examination: 50%, Group assignments: 30%

GSB4510F OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: H Parker
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree.
Course outline:
In most organisations, operations management lies at the core of value creation. The quality of the
translation of an organisation’s competitive strategy into operational objectives and the effectiveness
and efficiency in achieving these objectives often define success (or failure). The course aims to
equip students with the ability to describe and analyse operations; to understand the key operations
decision areas with respect to process, capacity, inventory, workforce, quality and measurement; to
begin developing an approach to the improvement of operations to meet strategic competitive
criteria; and importantly to understand the new mind-set of creating the learning organisation.
Operations management principles are equally applicable in manufacturing and service
organisations. Fast, low-cost, accurate, and consistent operations are important in service areas such
as financial services, education, healthcare, government, transportation, retail, hospitality, airlines,
and insurance, among others. Case studies will provide the main vehicle for classroom learning in
this course. Students will be expected to prepare readings and case studies individually and within
their groups, prior to each class session. Operations Management is a very practical skill, so there
will also be direct application of certain concepts that have been introduced during class in the form
of certain assignments and “doing” experiences.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 10%, Final Examination: 50%, Group Exercises: 10%, Paired
Assignment: 30%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 221

GSB4514W STRATEGY
10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G. Kuk
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The strategy course introduces students to the fundamental principles and concepts of strategic
thinking and management. It provides the opportunity for students to develop the necessary skills
for strategic thinking and analysis. Students learn about business and corporate strategy
formulation relevant to the macro-environment and industry, as well as the competitive drivers
which face organisations. They also learn about the role that purpose, resources, and capabilities
play in strategy formation and implementation, with the main purpose of this course being to
develop rigour and confidence in strategic thinking.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Group Assignment 20%, Mid-term Examination 30%, Final Examination 50%

GSB4607S LEAN THINKING AND OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: F Hamdulay
Course entry requirements: GSB4410F or GSB4510F
Course outline:
The aim of this course is to delve deeper into the concepts of Lean Thinking – how it has been
framed, how it compares with other operational excellence methodologies and what some of the key
tools are. In the latter part of the course, we also take the opportunity to engage the issue of
sustainability of changes introduced through any operational excellence drive. In so doing, we
engage what it is that enables or hinders the sustained implementation of operational excellence
drives.
DP requirements: Attendance of all lecture sessions and group meetings; full preparedness for
class participation; submission of all assessments on/before the due dates.
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 60%, Group Assignment: 30%, In-Class Group Participation:
10%

GSB4195F/S PROFESSIONAL SALES MANAGEMENT PRACTICE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
(customised)
Course outline:
The course is aimed at key account managers and sales managers and explores key concepts in
relationship marketing, business marketing and social markets and how these relate to sales
management. It further examines the relationships between sales, marketing and organisational
viability, environmental and trend scanning for identifying sales opportunities. In the section on key
account management – principles and practices, topics covered are: local environmental trend
scanning and forecasting for sales opportunities; understanding client needs and value; facilitating
and managing client relationships; managing sales conversations and meetings; critical success
factors in sales management, closing the sale, the use of benchmarking and standards in managing
sales; and the ethical and legal issues that affect individuals; the sales force and the wider
organisation; and developing and renewing networks of existing and prospective customers. This
course builds on the systems thinking foundation course and includes interactive planning, idealized
design, personal mastery: developing self-awareness and interpersonal skills.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%).
222 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

GSB4196F/S PROFESSIONAL SALES ORGANISATION


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice
(customised)
Course outline:
This course builds on the systems thinking foundation course and includes viable systems
methodology, personal mastery: developing self-awareness and interpersonal skills. Topics
covered in this course are: Strategy and organisational viability; the Strategic role of marketing
sales management in shareholder value; Integrating marketing and sales strategies on both global
and local levels; Sales strategy as practice. Topics covered are: Formulating key strategic
initiatives and management of sales resources; Structures - groups, projects, teams, lines of
authority, communication; Systems - operations, intelligence, coordination, control, planning,
budgeting, accounting, information; Processes - value chains, internal communications,
performance management.
Different leadership and management styles; Job satisfaction, motivation and performance;
Culture, climate and commitment; Managing performance; Managing change; Team selling.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%).

GSB4222F SYSTEMIC EXECUTIVE PRACTICE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: Admission to the EMBA degree
Course outline:
The aim of the Systemic Executive Practice course, which is the foundation course for this
programme, is to construct a conceptual framework of systemic management practice on which all
the other courses will develop. The learning processes and projects are designed to introduce and
embed systemic practices in the students’ own management practices.
DP requirements: Min. 80% attendance at all lecture sessions and group meetings; full
preparedness for class participation; submission of all assessments by the due dates.
Assessment: Position Paper: 55%; Business Acumen: Paper on Financial Literacy: 15%; Reflective
Practice Paper: 15%; Group Project & Presentation: 15%

GSB4223F/S MANAGING FOR SHAREHOLDER VALUE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Sewchurran
Course entry requirements: Admission to the EMBA degree
Course outline:
The aim of the Managing For Shareholder Value course is to develop a framework for exploring
opportunities for future value creation. It integrates key concepts and propositions from the fields of
economics, finance, globalisation and entrepreneurship into a strategic framework. It guides the
establishment of a strategic intent and identifies and organises the activities, resources, capabilities,
structures and processes needed to realise the strategic intent.
DP requirements: Complete 80% of the inter-modular submission requirements.
Assessment: Marketing Project: 25%; Finance Management Project: 25%; Strategy Dynamics
Framework: 20%;
Reflective Paper: 10%; Qualitative Methods Project: 10%; Group Project and Presentations: 10%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 223

GSB4110Z EMPLOYEE/EMPLOYER RELATIONSHIPS AND ORGANISATIONS


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: B Shrand
Course entry requirements: Students must have completed GSB4102W.
Course outline:
This course provides an overview of International Labour Organisation frameworks and applies
them to the Southern African context, specifically to tripartism and social dialogue at the workplace,
enterprise, industry and national levels; and mainstreaming employment and decent work. It covers
the key concepts and standards that constitute these frameworks; and the relevant issues and
challenges faced by Southern African organisations. Students learn to use this material to construct
contextually relevant plans and strategies to deal with the problems and issues they face in their
management practice.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group meetings
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%).

GSB4451S ADVANCED LEADERSHIP


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K April
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course is split into two course modules. Module 1 explores leadership maturity: what it is,
whether it is desirable and how one could possibly support oneself and others to mature. Using
Psychodynamic Theory and Ego Development Theory as a basis for understanding the adult
development process, the course will focus on supporting people to move from “conventional”
levels of maturity towards “post-conventional” levels of maturity, encouraging students to explore
their own individuality and personal journey in the context of leadership. The course will utilise the
enneagram to provide insights into personality and suggest ways in which individuals can grow and
develop. Module 2 seeks to “go a bit deeper” than was required in the Leadership (LEA)
foundational course earlier in the MBA, and its methodological premise is based on Suppression
Theory – we explore Psychological Suppression, Emotional Suppression and Cognitive Suppression
throughout the course. The objective of the sessions will be to reflect on the impact of our
conditioning on what we believe is possible and what we deserve in work and life.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 50% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Module 1: Class Participation: 30%, Group Exercise: 20%, Final Individual Essay:
50%, Module 2: Class Participation: 10%, Final Individual Essay: 90%

GSB4452S COACHING
5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Ahlers
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course will explore the exciting evolution and application of Executive Coaching as a new and
compelling competency for the 21st century. Coaching has emerged from the confluence of a series
of powerful core roots such as linguistics, existentialism, hermeneutics, ontology, phenomenology,
somatics, biology, consulting, therapy and HR to become one of the fastest growing areas in
business today. Despite its relative infancy, coaching has already begun to branch rapidly according
to the core focus. ‘Life Coaching’, ‘Spiritual Coaching’, ‘Personal Coaching’ and ‘Executive
Coaching’ all being key derivatives. The focus of this elective will be Corporate, Business or
Executive coaching as well as building students’ ability to coach as a manager and leader in the
workplace. The focus of the course will be competency building and will attempt to leave students
in a position where they are able to engage in coaching conversations at any time. In addition, they
224 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

will start the potentially life-long journey which participants will need to take to become master
External (running a coaching business) or Internal (being an internal coach within an organisational
context) coaches.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 30% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Individual Essay/Coaching Report: 100%

GSB4453S COMPANY VALUATIONS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: D Holland
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The course is to enable participants to value companies by applying the underlying principles of
creating sustainable value. No matter how complex the situation, if students truly understand and
internalise the fundamental concepts of valuations, they will be able to cut through the proposals,
deals, analyses and rhetoric to form a focused and informed opinion. This will be achieved by
understanding the role of the following three much used approaches in valuations; the Dividend
discount model and constant growth; Free cash flow models; Relative valuations and price earnings
multiples.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Group Class Cases: 15%, Group Assignment: 35%, Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4454F/S COMPLEXITY OF CHANGE


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: L Ronnie
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The course focuses on the various facets of change, the theoretical frameworks, organisational
change factors and challenges, and lessons from those in leadership/management positions. Change
– personal and organisational – is one of the greatest challenges facing managers in today’s business
environment. The organisations we work in are rich and complex organisms in which many
interactions, relationships and processes are played out daily. Effective management requires an
unprecedented degree of agility and innovation. This elective course connects both organisational
behaviour and psychological concepts with managerial practice to provide students with strategies
for setting and maintaining the course of change in their organisations, for overcoming resistance
and maximising learning and innovative thinking, and for anticipating and coping with the
repercussions of change.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 30% on all
individual coursework components
Assessment: Individual Initial Report 20%, Group Presentation 10%, Final Report 70%.

GSB4460S DOING BUSINESS IN AFRICA


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Soko
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The principal goal of the course is to deepen the participants’ understanding of the African
commercial environment and to explore strategies and approaches that could be implemented by
businesses/entrepreneurs to exploit Africa’s vast economic opportunities. The lectures will be
presented by Assoc. Prof Mills Soko and guest lecturers. The guest lecturers will be giving lectures
on their specialist areas of interest. The lectures will take various formats, and are designed to
provide participants with a comprehensive understanding of the key concepts, ideas and processes
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 225

concerned with the topic of the session. The central philosophy of the lectures is to foster an
interactive and participative learning environment.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Group Assignment: 40%, Individual Assignment: 60%

GSB4462S DOING BUSINESS IN ASIA AND CHINA


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: M Soko /K van der Wath
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course is for those who are serious about developing a career in international business - or for
those that have entrepreneurial interests. With the rise of China/Asia, and the rapidly growing
business-to-business relationship between South Africa and China/Asia, there is a growing need for
South African managers and executives that can operate effectively in the “strategically difficult”
Chinese and Asian market. The course is aimed at developing the ability of managers (and
entrepreneurs) to successfully do business in China/Asia (or with Chinese/Asians in any other
location). Participants will gain a deeper understanding of - and insights into - the social, political
and economic transformation that is playing out in China/Asia; and will learn to appreciate how
these changes impact business decision-making.
DP requirements: Attend lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Class Preparation and Participation: 30%, Individual Assignment: 50%, Group
Assignment: 20%

GSB4416S E-MARKETING
5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The E-Marketing elective course will enable students to utilise the latest trends in technology to
develop a competitive advantage in the digital world. It incorporates a number of aspects of
electronic marketing, including e-commerce, internet and mobile media, social media, the impact of
technology on marketing, and digital marketing metrics. It will develop skills in utilising digital
marketing tools to interact with customers and develop a competitive advantage while improving
customer service, by integrating into marketing programmes.
DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Class participation: 10%, Syndicate group assignment: 30%, Individual assignment:
60%

GSB4474S MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: E Uliana
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
Management control systems are an integral part of any organisation’s pursuit of its strategies. Many
organisation problems arise because of the failure of individuals to appreciate the nuances and issues
in the way in which the management control system is designed, and used. This is true both of the
user and the designer (often the accountant). This course will enable participants to design,
implement and use management control systems in an informed manner. Participants will be able to
assess whether a system is appropriate in the circumstances, and to challenge preconceived notions
about how things should be measured.
226 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DP requirements: Attend all lectures, submit all assignments and achieve an average of 33% on all
individual coursework components.
Assessment: Class Cases: 45%, Individual Assignment: 55%

GSB4426F/S MARKETS IN EMERGING COUNTRIES


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Koelble
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The course provides an in-depth analysis of markets from different perspectives focusing on how
markets are different within emerging and developing countries. Markets are fundamental to
economics and to business and yet we do not question how they are constructed, what they mean
and how they function in practice as opposed to theory. The course will begin with an analysis of the
conventional notion of the market and then continuously challenge the conventional model of the
market to unpack various other dimensions of the market concept. This forms the basis of the course
where we examine what markets are from different disciplinary perspectives.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Individual Assignment: 60%, Group Assignment: 40%

GSB4471S GLOBAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: H Parker
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The course focusses on providing students with skills to evaluate an organization as part of a broader
value chain. The course will enhance the students understanding of tradeoffs and aims to equip them
with the skills to make better decisions regarding how to achieve business growth through supply
chain design and management. Further the course aims to equip students with the ability to describe
and analyse logistics and operations; to understand the key operations decision areas with respect to
supply chain design and management.
DP requirements: Fully engage in the academic process by attending lectures, group sessions and
by submitting all assignments on or before the due date
Assessment: Pre-course Assignment: 20%, Class Participation: 10%, Individual Learning Log:
20%, Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4493F STRATEGIC BRAND BUILDING


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: G Bick
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The aim of this MBA elective is to explore the synergy between strategic brand building and
business leadership. Brand building is a total value chain and stakeholder concept. The brand is the
vessel of value and brand strategy guides leadership and management in building sustainable
stakeholder relationships. Discussion sessions will apply industry models and tools to current global
and local brand scenarios. This approach enables real-world exploration of the purpose and
application of identity design, architecture, contact strategy, leadership and the building of brand
equity.
DP requirements: Full engagement in academic process by attending lectures, group sessions and
by submitting all assignments on or before the due date.
Assessment: Group Assignment: 40% Individual Essay: 60%

GSB4419S CAPITAL FLOWS & EMERGING MARKETS


DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 227

5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9


Convener: S Gossel
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This elective is designed to help students understand the effects of global capital movements on the
economies and financial systems of emerging countries. It seeks to expose students to debates
regarding past problems, current issues, and future possibilities. Key topics covered include the
patterns of capital flows to emerging countries post-WW2, the positive and negative effects that
capital flows have on the financial and macroeconomic systems of emerging countries, the impact
that capital flows have on economic and financial development, the role of capital flows in emerging
market financial crises, and macroeconomic and financial sector policy implications. The objectives
of this course are that students will be able to demonstrate an ability to understand the historical
context and development of global capital flows; demonstrate an understanding of the key theories
associated with capital flow transmission channels; demonstrate the ability to understand the
historical context and development of global capital flows; and demonstrate an understanding of the
various ways in which capital flows can be attracted or ‘tamed’.
DP requirements: Full engagement in the academic process by attending lectures, group sessions
and by submitting all assignments on or before the due date. Achieve a minimum of 33% of
individual marks.
Assessment: Group Assignment: 50%; Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB5110F WTO AND TRADE NEGOTIATIONS


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MCom Development Finance degree
Course outline:
This course introduces students to the purpose and design of the WTO (World Trade Organisation)
and its relationship with developing countries. It critically examines the rules, laws and regulations
governing the WTO. The course will commence chronologically with a comprehensive examination
of the WTO Agreements on Goods (GATT) and Services (GATS) as an introduction of the WTO
institution. It will then consider a series of topics that include: The nature of international disputes
and the manner in which they are settled, the choice between regional and global approaches to trade
cooperation; international regulation of subsidies; the dynamics of coalition-formation and
bargaining; the interface between international obligations and domestic regulations; “safeguard
measures” to protect troubled industries from import competition and trade preferences for
developing countries in the WTO.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Final Class Examination: 50%, Case Study Analysis: 30%, Short Essay: 20%

GSB4616S/W RESEARCH METHODS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Ramaboa
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Research Methods course will assist in preparing the students for the MBA dissertation, by
training the students to develop a well-reasoned, empirically rigorous argument, and to make
decisions on the basis of existing evidence and research. It will cover a broad introduction to the
design used in business research and the tools required to conduct research. Students will be
expected to take significant personal initiative in this course, and will be responsible for identifying
a suitable supervisor for their dissertation during this course, and for investigating and building
capabilities in appropriate, specific research methods. The content of the course will be addressed
228 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

through assigned pre-reading material, which students will be expected to prepare for lectures
individually and within their groups, and through lectures.
DP requirements: Attendance of all lecture sessions; full preparedness for class participation;
submission of all assessments on/before the due dates.
Assessment: Pre-MBA Excel Assignment: 2%, Quantitative methods Excel assignment Part 1: 6%,
Quantitative methods Excel assignment Part 2: 12%, Quantitative methods 1-pager: 20%,
Qualitative methods 2-pager: 20%, Research Proposal: 40%.

GSB4013S ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: R Kruger and F Toerien
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
By completing this course, students have a better understanding of the realities and constraints faced
by practitioners in the corporate finance space. The emphasis is therefore not only on a sound
understanding of the theories and practice underlying corporate finance (learned in foundational
finance courses) but also on the uncertainty in decision-making and the shortcomings in the tools
and processes employed to manage these. Students will be exposed to a number of case studies
reflecting scenarios typically faced by financial managers in practice and debate and problem-solve
the challenges they encountered. This will enable students who have successfully completed the
module to more readily adapt to uncertainty and better model the flexible nature of decision-making
in this space. The course also introduces practices and processes in Black Economic Empowerment
in the South African market place, a key topic in the current business environment.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures and group meetings; all individual and group assignments
handed in on or before deadline date, both during and after the course’s contact session.
Assessment: Individual Project: 20%, Group Project: 30%, Individual Assignment: 50%

GSB4428F/S SOCIAL INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURING


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: W Nilsson
Course outline:
This course offers students an initial introduction to the field of social innovation. While there are
many emerging perspectives on social innovation, most generally a social innovation can be
understood as an intentional, positive, creative shift in systemic social-ecological patterns. Many
social innovations have global ambitions, but even when pursued primarily at the local level, social
innovations go beyond simply providing a needed service or remediation. They challenge and
experiment with a given system’s underlying building blocks: its rules, policies, technologies,
structures, beliefs, habits, values, etc. Social innovation can be pursued from any organisational
platform, from businesses to not-for-profits to government agencies. Businesses and other types of
organisations are increasingly being called upon to act as innovative agents of social benefit. This
call is particularly strong in emerging markets, so it is critical for GSB MBAs to develop a broad
base of social innovation knowledge and skill.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Group Project: 30%, Individual Exam: 70%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 229

GSB4596S SOCIAL INNOVATION LAB


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: W Nilsson
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA Degree
Course outline:
This course is structured as a lab that builds on the conceptual material introduced in the Social
Innovation and Entrepreneuring core course. It emphasizes practical application of social innovation
concepts in real-world contexts. The lab provides a dynamic academic, practical, and personal
experience. During the course, we ask students to see themselves as potential social innovators.
Students are immersed in the world of designing creative, sustainable processes towards social
change using multiple learning strategies that can be customized for each student. Student teams
pursue real-world social initiatives of their own design. By the end of the course, students will have
formed their own approach to social innovation, and will have begun to develop the concepts,
mindsets, skills, and relationships that will enable them to continue to be effective social innovators
throughout their life. Students apply paradigms such as complexity, action learning, and systems
thinking in order to better understand societal and environmental contexts, challenge current
systemic problems, and develop creative, practical approaches to those problems.
DP requirements: An average of 33% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at
lecture sessions and submission of all assignments
Assessment: Group project: 100%

GSB4526F/S MARKETS IN EMERGING COUNTRIES


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T Koelble
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The course provides an in-depth analysis of markets from different perspectives focusing on how
markets are different within emerging and developing countries. Markets are fundamental to
economics and to business and yet we do not question how they are constructed, what they mean
and how they function in practice as opposed to theory. The course will begin with an analysis of the
conventional notion of the market and then continuously challenge the conventional model of the
market to unpack various other dimensions of the market concept. This forms the basis of the course
where we examine what markets are from different disciplinary perspectives.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class participation 10%, Individual assignment 50%, Group Assignment 40%

GSB4528F/S SOCIAL INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURING


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: W Nilsson
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
This course offers students an initial introduction to the field of social innovation. While there are
many emerging perspectives on social innovation, most generally a social innovation can be
understood as an intentional, positive, creative shift in systemic social-ecological patterns. Many
social innovations have global ambitions, but even when pursued primarily at the local level, social
innovations go beyond simply providing a needed service or remediation. They challenge and
experiment with a given system’s underlying building blocks: its rules, policies, technologies,
structures, beliefs, habits, values, etc. Social innovation can be pursued from any organisational
platform, from businesses to not-for-profits to government agencies. Businesses and other types of
organisations are increasingly being called upon to act as innovative agents of social benefit. This
call is particularly strong in emerging markets, so it is critical for GSB MBAs to develop a broad
base of social innovation knowledge and skill.
230 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DP requirements: An average of 33% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Class participation 10%, Individual assignment 50%, Group Assignment 40%

GSB4427S BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION LAB


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Schueler
Course outline:
The Business Model Innovation Lab will provide students with the opportunity to critically explore,
through the combined use of integrative and systems thinking, the topic of business models. This
will be done through the evaluation of various business models and business designs using a real-life
enterprise setting. It is intended that the Lab is a catalyst for personal reflection and insight
(mirroring-principle) into the processes and concepts essential for completing the MBA
successfully, as well as in providing a framework for the development of a personal practice, as
managers or leaders, in innovating, business models, and entrepreneuring.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Group Presentations: 30% or 0%, Group Assignment: 30% or 60%, Peer Assessment:
40%

GSB4527S BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION LAB


10 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: J Schueler
Course outline:
The Business Model Innovation Lab will provide students with the opportunity to critically explore,
through the combined use of integrative and systems thinking, the topic of business models. This
will be done through the evaluation of various business models and business designs using a real-life
enterprise setting. It is intended that the Lab is a catalyst for personal reflection and insight
(mirroring-principle) into the processes and concepts essential for completing the MBA
successfully, as well as in providing a framework for the development of a personal practice, as
managers or leaders, in innovating, business models, and entrepreneuring.
DP requirements: An average of 30% for the individual coursework components. Attendance at all
sessions and submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Group Presentations: 30% or 0%, Group Assignment: 30% or 60%, Peer Assessment:
40%

GSB5508F INNOVATIVE FINANCE IN AFRICA


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: N Biekpe
Course outline:
This course gives students an overview and critical analysis of the African innovative finance space
by examining the evolving roles of stakeholders – including investors, foundations, high net worth
individuals, governments, corporates, communities, non-profits, social enterprises and social
entrepreneurs – in developing and applying new financial vehicles and structures to allocate capital
in a way that includes measurement of social and environmental impact. Students will apply
transformative perspectives in conceptualising, designing and implementing solutions that aim to
address complex social challenges. Students will also discuss case studies from development finance
institutions.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Test: 20%, Essay: 30%, Final Exam: 50%
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 231

GSB5509F HOUSING FINANCE FOR EMERGING MARKETS


12 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Rogers
Course outline:
This course introduces and analyses housing finance systems and housing market outcomes across
emerging markets with focus on sub-Saharan Africa, specifically on the development of
securitisation markets and addresses the current challenges of housing finance reform. This course
provides an overview of the elements of a housing finance system and identifies the issues and
constraints that prevent most housing finance systems in sub-Saharan Africa from reaching their
potential. The course covers issues of access to housing and housing informality in developing
countries, financial crises arising out of the housing sector, and potential market-oriented and public
policy solutions. It sets out the preconditions for the success of housing finance systems and
different housing finance products such as mortgages, pension-backed finance, instalment sale
finance and housing micro-finance. The course indicates how governments can improve the
functioning of housing finance systems and how targeted interventions such as state subsidies can
improve access of lower income households to housing finance.
DP requirements: Attendance at lectures is compulsory except with the permission of the Head of
Department. Students are required to write all tests; and to hand in all necessary individual
assessments or reports.
Assessment: Class Test: 20%, Written Assignment: 30%, Final Exam: 50%

GSB4616S/W RESEARCH METHODS


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: K Ramaboa
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Course outline:
The Research Methods course will assist in preparing the students for the MBA dissertation, by
training the students to develop a well-reasoned, empirically rigorous argument, and to make
decisions on the basis of existing evidence and research. It will cover a broad introduction to the
design used in business research and the tools required to conduct research. Students will be
expected to take significant personal initiative in this course, and will be responsible for identifying
a suitable supervisor for their dissertation during this course, and for investigating and building
capabilities in appropriate, specific research methods. The content of the course will be addressed
through assigned pre-reading material, which students will be expected to prepare for lectures
individually and within their groups, and through lectures.
DP requirements: Attendance of all lecture sessions; full preparedness for class participation;
submission of all assessments on/before the due dates.
Assessment: Pre-MBA Excel Assignment: 2%, Quantitative methods Excel assignment Part 1: 6%,
Quantitative methods Excel assignment Part 2: 12%, Group assignment: 20%, Qualitative methods
2-pager: 20%, Research Proposal: 40%.

GSB4459F/S INTRODUCTION TO COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the PGDip: management Practice
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
This course provides the foundational theoretical and practical skills-based knowledge of
compliance practice in South Africa. The outcomes for the course will focus on specific technical
competencies and knowledge base that provides the foundation of effective compliance practice.
The course will focus on the banking sector; and will facilitate the development of practical skills
and expertise in regulatory compliance management. The latest theories and approaches to
compliance will be covered which includes issues such as motivating compliance, challenging the
232 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

accepted meaning and perceptions of compliance, and the importance of growing a thriving culture
of compliance within the organisation.
Key concepts and propositions in the field of compliance practice will be introduced and integrated
into a contextually relevant practical analysis of the management of compliance focusing on specific
topical compliance related issues.
DP requirements: Attendance at all lectures, submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Position Paper (55%), Reflective Practice Paper (30%), Group Work (15%)

GSB4463F/S APPLIED COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT PRACTICE


30 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: E Shelley
Course entry requirements: Admission to the PGDip: management Practice
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
This course introduces key behavioural and strategic management aspects relevant to the practice of
compliance. These key components are then integrated into a study focusing on the interrelationship
between the management of compliance risk and specific behaviours. Students will engage with
social and cultural influences that affect behaviour and relate this to the Afrocentric compliance
focus. Specific case studies that build upon the knowledge gained from the Systemic Management
Practices and Introduction to Compliance Management Practice courses will provide the basis for
students to understand and analyse the specific challenges faced by a compliance professional in
mitigating the 'human-element' of risk.
DP requirements: Attendance at all lectures, submission of all assignments.
Assessment: Attendance at all lectures, submission of all assignments.

GSB5010F/S SOCIAL FINANCE


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: S Gossel
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA Degree
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
This course aims to give students and overview of the African Innovative Finance space by
examining the evolving roles of stakeholders, including investors, foundation, high net worth
individuals, governments, corporates, communities, non-profits, social enterprises and social
entrepreneurs, in developing and applying new financial vehicles and structures to allocate capital in
a way that includes measurement of social and environmental impact.

GSB5011F/S LEADING ORGANISATIONS IN A VUCA WORLD


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: T London
Course entry requirements: Admission to the MBA degree
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
The fact that an MBA programme needs to cover so many different disciplines highlights the
necessity for leaders to be able to understand and manage complexity. This course examines all of
the learning from the MBA in the context of a VUCA world (one of volatility, uncertainty,
complexity, and ambiguity). The course starts with an examination of VUCA and related concepts
(complexity, change, crisis, etc.), then focuses heavily on applying the lessons from the rest of the
MBA to actual organizations (either current ones or proposed entrepreneurial ventures) in the
context of this complex environment.
The purpose of the course is to help students think dynamically about the environment in which
they'll be working while critically applying concepts and skills from previous courses in an inter-
disciplinary way. Following from this course, students should be able to better understand how
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 233

different disciplines will connect in their professional life, develop a better awareness of where risks
and opportunities lie in their organisation/field/discipline, and develop greater skill in thinking and
working in dynamic and complex environments.
DP requirements: Attendance at all sessions, min 50% on assessments
Assessment: 10% of mark is based on a self-evaluation of their engagement with the course; 20% of
mark is based on the submission of a topic for the group assignment and list of relevant
resources/reference list; 70% of the mark is based on the group assignment (groups of either 4 or 5
students), which contains both group and individual assessment elements.

GSB4486S PROJECT MANAGEMENT


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Course outline:
Project Management: Key areas to be covered in the course are: 1. The Project Management Life
Cycle establishing a business case from user requirements through to testing and quality control 2.
The role of the Project Manager in the Project Team 3. The importance/relevance of Project
Management to the overall success of the company 4. Communication 5. Planning financial & time
6. Risk Management 7. Client Management 8. Risk versus Stakeholders versus Quality Major
objectives/outcomes of the course include: Define the role of the Project Manager in the Project
Team Compile a financial and a time plan for a given project case study List and discuss the various
types of risk required to be managed on a project List and discuss the various types of stakeholders
involved in a project Differentiate between good and bad project management techniques
Differentiate between successful and unsuccessful projects and identify the primary causes of the
success or failure Provide a recommendation of how you would have done things differently to
optimize the chances of a successful project.

GSB4560F/S DOING BUSINESS IN AFRICA


5 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Course outline:
The principal goal of the course is to deepen the participants' understanding of the African
commercial environment and to explore strategies and approaches that could be implemented by
businesses/entrepreneurs to exploit Africa's vast economic opportunities. The lectures will be
presented by Assoc. Prof Mills Soko and guest lecturers. The guest lecturers will be giving lectures
on their specialist areas of interest. The lectures will take various formats, and are designed to
provide participants with a comprehensive understanding of the key concepts, ideas and processes
concerned with the topic of the session. The central philosophy of the lectures is to foster an
interactive and participative learning environment.

GSB6000W PHD IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


360 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10; 5 PhD Research Colloquiums comprising 12 seminars and 1
mini-conference.
Convener: R Hamann
Course entry requirements: Registered as a PHD student specializing in Business Administration
at the Graduate School of Business
Co-requisites: None
Course outline:
In line with the research mission of “engaged inquiry in a complex world,” the GSB expects PhD
candidates to make an original contribution to theory, while also addressing practical organisational
or social challenges. While the primary guidance to PhD candidates is provided by the PhD
supervisor, fellow PhD students and other faculty provide a rich network of support and interaction.
The typical duration of a PhD project is between three and four years, if the student is dedicating the
bulk of her or his time to the project. A candidate must be registered for at least two consecutive
years, although registration for a year at another university may be accepted as part of that period.
Although no maximum period of time is prescribed for completing a thesis, the university stipulates
234 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

a "reasonable time", which is generally taken to be five years. If a candidate is not making
satisfactory progress, the Commerce Faculty's Higher Degrees Committee may issue a warning, and,
if necessary, may refuse re-registration. Though we do allow part-time PhD students into the
programme, we recommend that students are able to dedicate at least 20 hours a week to the project.
Experience shows that otherwise it is difficult to create and maintain the necessary momentum.
Supervisors can at their discretion require students to commit to certain time commitments. Students
enrolled in the PhD programme are expected to:
 Participate actively the PhD and Research Colloquia (PRCs), especially in their first year of
registration – this is described in more detail below;
 Agree with the supervisor and regularly reconsider a set of commitments and a timeline,
which is to be outlined in a signed Memorandum of Understanding;
 In the first six to nine months of registration, develop a formal research proposal, which will
be presented to GSB faculty and students and then submitted to the Commerce Faculty’s
Higher Degrees Committee;
 Keep the supervisor updated about progress within suitable, agreed timeframes;
 Take a proactive approach to identifying their learning needs and to implementing suitable
responses;
 As appropriate, actively participate in the academic life of the GSB through lecturing,
research seminars and/or co-supervision of MBA research reports; and
 Re-register every year – failure to do so will lead to deregistration and possible problems
when submitting your thesis.
In their first year of registration, PhD candidates are expected to actively participate in our PRCs.
These are four or five three-day workshops distributed throughout the year. Their objectives are to
give students the theoretical and methodological insights that will enable their PhD projects and also
provide them with a foundation for their ongoing scholarly careers. They also contribute to a strong
and supportive PhD cohort and to the GSB’s research culture. Participating in PRCs will involve
comprehensive preparatory readings and exercises. Detailed programmes and preparation
instructions for the PRC series will be provided at least one month in advance. PhD candidates will
have about nine months to develop their proposal. This is normally a document of between 30 and
60 pages, and we also expect a 10-15 page version. This proposal will need to be presented formally
to a committee consisting of at least three members of faculty (including the supervisor). The key
objectives of this assessment will be to a) assess that the student has been making adequate progress
and b) provide some helpful feedback so that the student can improve her/his proposal prior to
entering the field. The presentation will normally take place in the last PRC of the year, commonly
in October. The candidate will be required to submit her or his proposal ten days prior to the
presentation. She or he will have 20 minutes to present, followed by 20 minutes discussion. The
appraisal committee will provide formal feedback to the student in writing. The final appraisal could
be summarised in one of the three categories (akin to those provided for in PhD final assessments),
i.e. a) good as is; b) requires some changes; c) wholly unsatisfactory. If the verdict is “a” the
proposal and the committee’s recommendation will be passed on the university’s Doctoral Degrees
Board. If the result is “b” the student will need to make specific revisions to the satisfaction of the
supervisor, after which it will be passed on. Inadequate proposals that receive a “c” verdict will be
considered on a case-by-case basis, but a possible outcome is that the student will not be allowed to
re-register in the next year.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: Thesis

GSB6001H DOCTORAL RESEARCH DESIGN


0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 10
Course outline:
PhD candidates have about nine months to develop their proposal, which needs to connect a
competent review of the pertinent literature with a proposed research design, centred upon a well-
motivated research question. This course seeks to support PhD students (and their supervisors) in
the development of a compelling proposal. It will consist of workshops with lectures and practical
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 235

exercises focused on key components of research design: the literature review; identifying a gap or
problem in the literature; translating this into a clear research question; identifying a suitable
research context and setting; developing coherent data collection and analysis strategies; identifying
and responding to reliability and validity risks; and addressing possible ethical concerns. In between
workshops, students will be expected to work on pre-workshop preparatory submissions.
236 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICAL SCIENCES


The Department is housed in PD Hahn Building, Level 5.

Telephone (021) 650-3219 Fax (021) 650-4773


The Departmental abbreviation is STA.
Departmental website: http://www.stats.uct.ac.za

Head of Department and Associate Professor:


F Little, MSc PhD Cape Town

Professors:
G D I Barr, BA MSc PhD Cape Town

Emeritus Professor:
D J Bradfield, MSc PhD Cape Town HED Unisa

Senior Scholars:
L M Haines, MA Cantab BSc(Hons) Natal MPhil UCL PhD Unisa
T J Stewart, BSc (Chem Eng) Cape Town MSc (OR) PhD Unisa FRSSAF

Associate Professors:
R Altwegg, PhD Zurich
T Gebbie, BSc Hon Witwatersrand MSc PhD Cape Town CPhys. MInstP. FRM (GARP)
L D Scott, MSc PhD Cape Town

Honorary Research Associate:


A Antoniadis, PhD DSc Grenoble I
D Borchers, PhD St Andrews
J Colville, PhD Cape Town
D Maphisa, PhD Cape Town
S Mecenero, PhD Cape Town
A Stein, PhD Wageningen
H Winckler, PhD Rhodes

Emeritus Associate Professor:


J M Juritz, BSc(Hons) Unisa MSc PhD Cape Town
C Thiart, MSc PhD Cape Town

Senior Lecturers:
A Clark, MSc Cape Town
G Distiller, BBusSc(Hons) BCom(Hons) MSc Cape Town
B Erni, BSc(Hons) MSc Cape Town PhD Basel
F Gumedze, BSc(Hons) MSc PhD Cape Town
J C Nyirenda, PhD Cantab
S P Silal, MSc Cape Town
K Stielau, BSc(Hons) Natal

Adjunct Associate Professor:


I Durbach, MSc PhD Cape Town

Adjunct Senior Lecturers:


M Lacerda,BBusSc MSc Cape Town PhD Galway
M Varughese, MSc Witwatersrand Dip Ac & Tech Edinburgh PhD Cape Town
DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 237

Lecturers:
S Britz, MSc UFS
S Er, PhD Istanbul
D Katshunga, BSc(Hons) DRC MSc Cape Town
M Mavuso, MPhil Cape Town MSc Cape Town
W Msemburi, MSc Cape Town
M Ngwenya, MSc Cape Town
E Pienaar, PhD Cape Town
N Watson, MSc Cape Town

Principal Scientific Officer (Consultants):


A Hardy, MSc San Jose State Univ California
R Kassanjee, PhD Witwatersrand

Administrative Manager:
B King, HDE UWC

Administrative Assistants:
K Franz
C Jansen-Fielies
N Maqubela

Financial Officer:
S Meyer, BCom UNISA

Senior Clerk:
K Jeptha

Distinquished Teacher Awards


D Erwin (Mathematics & Applied Mathematics) (2016)
M Lacerda (Statistical Science) (2016)
J Shock (Mathematics & Applied Mathematics) (2016)

Centre for Statistics in Ecology, Environment and Conservation (SECC)


Director:
R Altwegg, PhD Zurich

Core members:
D Borchers, PhD St Andrews
AE Clark, MSc Cape Town
J Colville, PhD Cape Town
G Distiller, MSc Cape Town
B Emi, PhD Bassel
AC Jarre, PhD Bremen
IL Macdonald, PhD Cape Town
D Maphisa, PhD Cape Town
S Mecenero, PhD Cape Town
PG Ryan, PhD Cape Town
LG Underhill, PhD Cape Town
MM Varughese, PhD Cape Town
H Winker, PhD Rhodes
238 DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

RESEARCH IN STATISTICAL SCIENCES


The department focuses on research in Statistics, Operations Research and Decision Modeling and
the underlying methodology and application of these methods to Ecology, Medicine, Finance and
Big Data. Specific research areas that fall into these groupings include:

OPERATIONAL RESEARCH and MULTICRITERIA DECISION SUPPORT:


The development of interactive decision aids, to assist in the analysis of decision problems with
multiple and conflicting objectives (with particular reference to natural resource management and
others); combinatorial optimisation; application to decision making and planning in private and
public sectors (TJ Stewart, J Nyirenda, L Scott, J Stray, N Watson).

BAYESIAN DECISION THEORY:


General principles of Bayesian statistical analysis; applications in sequential stochastic optimization
and other fields (TJ Stewart).

BIOINFORMATICS:
The application of statistical and computational techniques to problems in genetics and molecular
biology (M J P Lacerda)

BIOSTATISTICS:
Medical applications of statistics (F Little, LM Haines, F Gumedze, S Silal, R Kassanjee). The
objectives of the Biostatistics Interest group are to develop statistical methodology motivated by
medical problems.

DATA SCIENCE:
Development and application of statistical methods for the analysis of large data sets (MJP Lacerda,
S Er, J Nyirenda, S Britz, E Pienaar).

FINANCIAL MODELLING AND MARKET MICROSTRUCTURE:


Econometric techniques are being used to test theories related to the South African economy in the
fields of finance, monetary economics, interest rate theory and stock market research. Time series,
portfolio construction and risk management (GDI Barr, T Gebbie).

MIXED EFFECT LINEAR MODELS:


Longitudinal data analysis, analysis of repeated measures data, generalized linear (mixed) models,
hierarchical generalized linear mixed models (robust estimation and diagnostics). (F Gumedze, F
Little).

OPERATIONAL RESEARCH and MULTICRITERIA DECISION SUPPORT:


The development of interactive decision aids, to assist in the analysis of decision problems with
multiple and conflicting objectives, with particular reference to natural resource management and
others; combinatorial optimization, application to decision making and planning in private and
public sectors (T J Stward, L Scott, J Nyirenda, N Watson)

OPTIMAL DESIGN:
The design of experiments in agriculture, biology and engineering which are in some sense optimal
(LM Haines).

SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS:


Research surveys; local government support; analysis of poverty and development, structural
equation modelling (S Er).

SPATIAL STATISTICS AND TIME SERIES: (B Erni, M Ngwenya, C Thiart)


DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE 239

STATISTICS IN ECOLOGY:
Application of statistics to biological and environmental data. (B Emi, G Distiller, R Altwegg, M
Varughese, A Clark)

STOCHASTIC MODELLING: (M Mavuso, E Pienaar)

STA4006W STATISTICAL SCIENCES HONOURS


Since the code STA4006W will not carry a NQF credit value, students will be concurrently
registered for STA4020W (coursework component of 120 NQF credits) and STA4021W (research
project of 40 NQF credits).
160 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8
Convener: Dr G Distiller
Course entry requirements: The minimum requirements are MAM1000W (MAM1010 and
MAM1012), one semester of Computer Science 1 plus one of the following two sets of 3rd year
courses: Applied Statistics stream: STA3030F + STA3036S; OR Mathematical Statistics Stream:
STA3041F, STA3043S. Applicants fulfilling the minimum requirements above with an average of
65% or more for their 3rd year courses (at first attempt) can be confident of admission into the
programme. Students who do not achieve the 65% level will be considered on a case-by-case basis,
taking into consideration.
DP requirements: Attendance of 85% of departmental seminars.
Assessment: Each coursework module contains a combination of tests, assignments and a final
examination. The relative weighting placed on the year work varies for different modules between
30% and 50%. The final grade for the course as a whole is a weighted average (weighted by
numbers of credits) of marks for each coursework module and the individual project. In addition, the
student is required to obtain a mark of at least 50% in all core courses and for the individual project.
These component parts of the course will be combined in a final overall mark which will be
reflected against the course code STA4006W, with PA (pass) entered against the coursework and
project codes; each of these components must be passed separately for the award of the degree.

STA4020W COURSEWORK
0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8

STA4021W PROJECT
0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 8

STA5089Z BASICS OF MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS


Preliminary block course, before start of first semester (24 lectures).
0 NQF credits at HEQSF level 9
Convener: TBC
Course entry requirements: Acceptance into MPhil Mathematical Finance or another master's
program in Statistical Sciences.
Course outline:
This course will serve as an introduction to mathematical statistics for postgraduate students with a
good mathematical background who have not studied statistics before. The course will include
probability theory, distribution theory and statistical inference, including
Estimation, Maximum Likelihood, Large Sample Theory; The Method of Moments, Efficiency;
Hypothesis Testing; Tests for Distribution and Tests for Normality; Confidence Intervals.
DP requirements: None
Assessment: One examination counting 100% of the final mark
240 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Essential Terminology
Pre-requisite courses
Degree qualifications and streams in the Commerce Faculty have been carefully constructed in
order to provide students with the best possible integrated learning experience. Most courses
(except some 1st year courses) at UCT require prior knowledge either in the same discipline (eg
Macroeconomics at 2nd year level requires macroeconomics at 1st year level) or in other
disciplines, eg a student may not attempt Finance unless he/she has already completed courses in
Mathematics and Statistics. This is because the concepts learnt and knowledge accrued in these
previous courses needs to be applied in the later course; ie a pre-requisite is the foundation upon
which the later course is built. Pre-requisite rules will be applied consistently because not to do so
will jeopardise your chances of success.

Co-requisite courses
Some courses have particular courses as co-requisites, which means that students need to register
for two or more courses at the same time. Where a course has a co-requisite of another course, it
implies that the courses integrate closely with each other, and it is essential to learn and apply the
concepts in both courses at the same time.

Classification of results Refer to General Rules G25


DP and DPR (Duly Performed Certificate / Duly Performed Certificate Refused) Refer to General
Rules GB 9
The academic departments in the Faculty of Commerce and elsewhere across campus support
continuous learning and assessment. This means that in your Commerce courses you will be
required to engage with the coursework and perform consistently well from the beginning of the
course; you cannot do nothing for 12 weeks then suddenly hit the books or your friend’s notes in
the last week of term. One of the primary reasons you have chosen to come to UCT is probably
because of the high academic standards; we work hard to maintain those standards but you have to
work equally hard to meet them. Performing consistently well throughout the course will earn you
the right to attempt the final assessment – the examination. Earning this right is called being given
a DP (Duly Performed Certificate). If you have not attended required tutorials, or missed a test
without being excused, or missed something else your marks do not reflect that you have
participated fully in the course to date we will refuse you this Duly Performed certificate and you
will not be eligible to sit the examination. Check the DP requirements carefully in each course to
make sure that you comply.

What is a DP?
1. UCT requires academic engagement throughout the duration of a degree, and the extent
to which you are required to engage in an individual course is defined in the Duly
Performed requirements for that course (DP). Being awarded a DP means that you have
completed your assignments, attended the necessary classes, and can write your exam. A
DPR for a course indicates that you have not engaged sufficiently with the ongoing
academic content of the course to be eligible to write the exam, so the DP is Refused
(hence DPR).
2. Each course has different DP requirements, which are listed in the course entry in your
faculty handbook.
3. The calculation of the DP and the final year mark where assignments or tests have been
missed are either defined in the course outline or are specific to a particular department
and defined in the departmental entry in the Faculty handbook.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 241

What happens if I don’t get my DP?


1. If you don’t meet your coursework requirements, you will be marked as DPR (‘duly
performed refused’) – which means you can’t write the exam for that course (and even if
you did write the exam, your paper would not be marked).
2. A DPR on your record counts as a fail, and contributes a 0 towards your overall grade
point average in your academic year and your overall degree.
How do I avoid a DPR?
1. If you have good reasons for missing tutorials or handing in work late, you can
sometimes negotiate late submissions with your department. Remember: it helps to
negotiate extensions in advance via a short leave application.
2. If, within the first six weeks of your course, it’s clear you’re not going to meet your DP
requirements, it is often better to deregister from your course than to have the DPR
appear on your record (keeping in mind that the UCT Fees Office also have deadlines for
dropping courses and obtaining refunds and dates by which an INC (Incomplete will
appear on your transcript which is treated as a first attempt at the course.). These
deadlines appear on page 2 of the Change of Curriculum form which can be found at this
link on the UCT website. http://forms.uct.ac.za/studentadmin/aca09.pdf
DP Appeals
Policy
1. The purpose of the DP is to get students to work consistently and secondly to ensure that
they have a wider range of competency than might be assessed in the final assessment.
Academic participation throughout the course is the guide as to whether or not a student
should be permitted to write an exam as we believe the achievement of educational
outcomes in any course is measured by far more than just a final exam.
2. The decision to award DP is an academic one not an empathetic one.
3. Fairness to all students in terms of precedent.
4. Administrative justice compliance. E.g. if permission was obtained but the
documentation e.g. a short leave form or a medical certificate was subsequently lost. This
is why we give students copies of stamped medical certificates to keep and advise them
to keep copies of their short leave applications that are granted.

Appeal process

Unless there is factual error it is VERY seldom that a DP appeal is granted.

1. For information and clerical errors please liaise with the course convenor.
2. If you’re unhappy with the course convenor’s response, you can appeal to the Head of
Department offering the course by email setting out the facts.
Appeals must be received within 2 working days of the publication of the DP list.
The student will be notified of the outcome of the appeal to the HOD within 72 hours
after the appeal is received.
3. If you are still denied your DP and you feel that the department is treating you unfairly,
you can make a written email submission to the Deputy Dean (Academic)
tessa.minter@uct.ac.za.

For affective (non-academic) issues that are affecting your performance please consult the relevant
UCT support service e.g. Financial Aid or Student Wellness or the Career Service or a programme
advisor.

Sub-minimum
Many courses will require you to achieve a sub-minimum mark in your coursework and/or the
final examination. This means that if you do not achieve this sub-minimum mark you will not be
awarded a DP (if you fail to meet the sub-minimum in your coursework) or an UF SM if you do
242 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

not get the subminimum in the final examination. Check the rules for your course in the Faculty
Handbook to see whether there is a subminimum.

Progression codes
At the end of every year, after the November examination period, the Faculty Examinations
Committee (FEC) provides every student in the faculty with a progression code that goes on to the
student’s academic transcript. The purpose of this code is to describe accurately the student’s
academic status in the faculty.
These codes appear on the transcript as follows:

Code Status Description


CONT Good Standing Academically eligible to continue
FECC Good Standing Concession (FEC) to continue
FECF Good Standing Concession (FEC) to change
field/specialisation/degree within Faculty
FECP Pending Status pending FEC decision
RENN Dismissed Academically not eligible to continue
SUPP Pending Status pending: continue if SUPP/DE exams passed.
QUAL Good Standing Qualifies for award of degree/diploma
QUAS Pending Qualification depends on supp/DE results

Supplementary examination
Refer to General Rules G 22
Deferred examination
Refer to General Rules G 26 & 27

Recognition of Academic Merit


RECOGNITION OF ACADEMIC MERIT

Class Medals
A class medal may be awarded to a student who has shown special ability in an undergraduate
course. They are only awarded where special merit should be recognised. Only one medal may be
awarded in a course. Any student who repeats a course will be ineligible for any medal in that
course.

Class Medals may be awarded in all undergraduate courses offered in the Faculty of Commerce and
in a number of postgraduate qualifications.

Where more than 1 student has an equal final mark to 1 decimal point the decision will be made
based on the performance in the final summative assessment which must have been reviewed by the
external examiner.

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES
A class medal is offered to the top student in the course at first attempt. It is very unusual to have
two students with the same overall final mark who cannot be differentiated.
Any awards below 75% to be justified by the course convenor.
Separate awards will be made where courses are repeated in different semesters

POSTGRADUATE/ADVANCED DIPLOMAS
Either best overall coursework mark or class medals for courses > or = 24 credits
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 243

“PGDip in Data analysis the top student that achieves an average grade of at least 75% and
completes the diploma within a single academic year.

Dean's Merit List


The Dean’s Merit List is published annually in recognition of academic excellence. The
achievement is included on a student’s academic transcript. To qualify for the Dean's Merit List in
the Faculty of Commerce, a student should:

(a) Take at least the standard full year’s course load appropriate both to the year of the degree, and
to the specialisation chosen, as laid out in the Faculty of Commerce Undergraduate Handbook.
Standard course load implies:
1. Unless a lesser number of courses is prescribed for the year within the specialisation –
· At least 8 courses are completed during the standard academic year; and
· At least 8 courses towards the prescribed specialisation are completed during the
academic period March to February.
2. Any course that could count towards the qualification, including elective courses.
(b) Pass all of their standard courses in the current year – i.e. no fails OR supplementary
examinations.
(c) Obtain a weighted average of at least 75% for the standard course load (enrichment courses will
be excluded).

Dean’s Merit List for UCT students on exchange programmes:


UCT Commerce Faculty students on IAPO approved exchange programmes can be included for
DML consideration based on the following criteria:
a) The student was on the DML in the previous year.
b) Will be considered for the DML in the current year based on the one semester results at UCT
subject to meeting the criteria full workload etc.
c) DML students need to perform well consistently throughout the year.
d) Completed an equivalent of four semester courses whilst on exchange

Rules for Distinction


NOTES:
1. The degrees and diplomas specified below may be awarded with distinction in the
degree/diploma and/or with distinction in a particular course(s).
2. In applying the rules, only the first attempt at a subject is taken into account.

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE
The degree may be awarded with distinction with a weighted average of at least 80%. The degree
must be completed in the standard number of years stipulated. There must be no failures. Courses
passed at a supplementary exam do not count as failures.
The award of the degree with distinction will depend upon the candidate's performance in all years
of study with weighting determined by levels of seniority of the course, viz: course levels 1 and 2
are weighted 1, course level 3 is weighted 2. Only first attempt and only courses required for the
programme are used in the calculation. AB = 0, Inc = 0, DPR = 0. The percentage is shown as two
decimal points and not rounded up to a whole number.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS SCIENCE


The degree may be awarded with distinction (80%)
The award of the degree with distinction, will depend upon the candidate's performance in all years
of study with weighting determined by levels of seniority of the course, viz: course levels 1 and 2
are weighted 1, course levels 3 and 4 are weighted 2. Only first attempt and only courses required
for the programme are used in the calculation. AB = 0, Inc = 0, DPR = 0. The percentage is shown
as two decimal points and not rounded up to a whole number.
244 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

COURSE DISTINCTIONS

NB: The percentage is shown as two decimal points and not rounded up to a whole number.

Actuarial Science:
75% or above for each of Actuarial Science II Models, Actuarial Science II Contingencies, Actuarial
Science III: Financial Economics & Actuarial Science III: Actuarial Risk Management.

Corporate Governance:
75% or above for Corporate Governance II and Corporate Governance I.

Computer Science:
Average of 75% or above for Computer Science 2001 and Computer Science 2002, and average of
75% or above for Computer Science 3002 and Computer Science 3003.

Economics:
An average of 80% or more across ECO3020F and two other 3000-level ECO courses, with first-
class passes in at least two of these three courses.

Finance BBusSc:
75% or above in:
FTX3044F Finance IIA
FTX3045S Finance IIB
FTX4057F Applied Investments
FTX4056S Applied Corporate Finance

Finance BCom:
75% or above for BUS3026W Finance II OR FTX3044F Finance IIA AND FTX3045S Finance IIB
80% or above for FTX2024S Finance

Financial Reporting:
75% or above for Financial Reporting III/Corporate Reporting and a weighted average of 75% for
the combined first
(Financial Accounting and Financial Reporting I) and second year (Financial Reporting II) non-
terminating courses.

Information Systems:
70% or above for all third-year Information Systems courses and a 75% weighted average.

Management Accounting:
75% or above for Management Accounting II and 80% or above for Management Accounting I.

Marketing:
First-class average for BUS4026W (Marketing III), BUS4052H (Marketing Research Project),
BUS3008W (Research in Marketing), BUS3041F (Marketing IIA) and BUS3043S (Marketing IIB).

Mathematics:
First-class passes in Mathematics II and Mathematics III.

Organisational Psychology:
First-class pass (75% or higher) overall for BUS4006W and BUS4030H, obtaining not less than
70% for both the coursework and the research report components.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 245

Statistics:
75% in two 2000-level and two 3000-level courses required for the major subject.

Taxation:
80% or above for ACC2023 Taxation I and 75% or above for ACC3004 Taxation II

Prizes:
The Faculty awards a variety of prizes at discipline, programme and course level at the Faculty of
Commerce Awards for Excellence ceremonies each year. Corporates, professional firms, research
units and various departments sponsor these prizes.

Category 1 - Faculty Scholarships


The Faculty Scholarships are funded from Donations to the University and candidates are selected
by the individual Faculty Boards. Scholarships are restricted to specific areas of study and values
vary in terms of income received. The Faculty Scholarships are available to both Undergraduate and
Postgraduate students.

UNDERGRADUATE AWARDS
Twamley Undergraduate Scholarship
Tenure: One year
One award p.a.
Funds available: R2 000
Condition of award: Awarded on the basis of the most outstanding academic performance at the
end of the first year of study.

Alexander & Elizabeth Norval Memorial Scholarship


Tenure: One year
One award p.a.
Funds available: R2 400
Conditions of award: Awarded to the best second year BCom student in CA specialisation of the
curriculum.

Bankers Scholarship
Tenure: One year, renewable, 2 years maximum
Two awards p.a.
Funds available: R4 000
Conditions of award: Awarded on the results of the second year examinations to a student
registered for the BCom or BBusSc Degree.

Category 2 – The 3-Year Bachelor Scholarships


The 3-Year Bachelor Scholarships are awarded to students who have completed a 3-Year Bachelor
degree, and are based on final examination results. 3-Year Bachelor Scholarships are funded from
the income derived from University investments and from GOB-sourced UCT Council Funds. The
Scholarships are restricted to specific areas of study and are of fixed value.

Where the monetary value of the award cannot be claimed, the student may hold the award in
Honorary capacity.

Conditions of award:
 Scholarships may not be deferred and are not renewable, and may only be paid to
successful candidates if they register at UCT for further study for an official Honours
degree at UCT.
 The monetary part of these awards may not be claimed by students who register for a 2nd
Undergraduate degree or for a Diploma or Certificate.
246 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

William Hutt Scholarship


Awarded to the best graduate at the end of the third year of the curriculum for the BCom degree, in
the Faculty of Commerce. Students who have taken 5 or more years to complete the degree are
ineligible.
Condition of award:
The Scholarship, valued at R5 000 is offered for an approved course for full-time postgraduate
study based on work completed for the Bachelor’s degree. The Scholarship may be taken up for
study at the UCT for an Honours degree.

University of Cape Town Council Scholarship


Awarded to a student having obtained a sufficient high standard in the successful completion of the
third year of the BCom degree. Students who have taken 5 or more years to complete the degree are
ineligible.
Condition of award:
The Scholarship, valued at R3 500 is offered for an approved course for full-time postgraduate
study based on work completed for the Bachelor’s degree. The Scholarship may be taken up for
study at the UCT for an Honours degree.

Category 3 – Senior Scholarships


The Senior Scholarships are named Scholarships with specific conditions. These awards are
available to each Faculty, giving a relatively even spread and opportunity for each Faculty to select
the best 4-year Degree, Honours and *Master’s students for award.

Awards of the scholarships must be based on EXAMINATION RESULTS. *Master’s Students


qualifying with degrees by research/dissertation only are ineligible. Faculties are requested to select
the most academically excellent and deserving students for award of the available scholarships.

The standard required for selection is to consider students who have achieved their degrees with a
First Class pass or Distinction. However, equity should be borne in mind and students coming from
previous disadvantaged education systems must be considered where a sufficiently high standard is
achieved.

Where the monetary value of the award cannot be claimed, the student may hold the award in
Honorary capacity.

Tenure of award
The tenure of each award is ONE YEAR ONLY.

Conditions of award:
 The Scholarships cannot be deferred and are not renewable.
 Eligible candidates may not receive more than one Senior Scholarship per annum.
 The Scholarships may not be awarded to students who are older than 30 years.
 The Scholarships must be awarded to students who have studied for at least one year at UCT.
 The standard required for selection is to consider students who have achieved their degrees
with a First Class pass or Distinction. However, equity should be borne in mind and students
coming from previous disadvantaged education systems must be considered where a
sufficiently high standard is achieved.
 These scholarships may not be claimed for study towards Postgraduate Diplomas or
Certificates.

Because students who are nominated may be required to complete 2 to 3 years of compulsory
community service, awards made to such individuals may be deferred for the appropriate tenure.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 247

Conditions apply to such deferral. These are outlined in the letters of offer-of-award that are sent to
the student. The following from this letter is as follows, for your information.

Students who have graduated with any degree requiring one or more year’s compulsory community
service, may apply in writing to the Postgraduate Studies Funding Committee for permission to
defer their awards for a maximum period of two years.

POSTGRADUATE AWARDS
ONE SA College Croll Scholarship is available to a student who has completed:
 4-Year Bachelor’s Degree
 BCom (Hons) Degree
 MCom Degree
Value: R15 000
Total Value: R15 000

THREE Manuel & Luby Washkansky Scholarships are available to students who have
completed:
 4-Year Bachelor’s Degree
 BCom (Hons) Degree
 MCom Degrees
Value: R15 000
Total Value: R45 000

THREE UCT Council Albertonie Broeksma Scholarships are available to students who have
completed:
 4-Year Bachelor’s Degree
 BCom (Hons) Degree
 MCom Degrees
Value: R10 000
Total Value: R30 000

ONE UCT Council Donald Currie Scholarship is available to a student who has completed:
 4-Year Bachelor’s Degree
 BCom (Hons) Degree
 MCom Degree
Value: R15 000
Total Value: R15 000

History of the Faculty of Commerce

The University of Cape Town's Faculty of Commerce had its beginnings immediately after World
War I. Edinburgh-trained Professor Robert Leslie, the founding head of the Economics Department,
led the drive to establish a faculty which would provide students with the broad educational
background and professional training most appropriate to an executive career in the business world.
From its inception, the Faculty of Commerce displayed that spirit of enterprise and unorthodoxy and
that strong sense of purpose which were to become its most distinguishing characteristics.

Thus the Faculty Board met for the first time on 25th November 1921, four days before it had been
formally constituted by the University Council.

A two-year Diploma in Commerce was immediately organised. Then, in 1924, Professor (later Sir
Arnold) Plant was appointed to the John Garlick Chair of Commerce, and drew up a curriculum for
248 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce. By virtue of its professional bias, and also because many of
its students were already following commercial careers, the Faculty achieved the special advantage
of being firmly rooted at once in the world of learning and also in the world of business. This has
remained a key on-going strength of the Faculty.

In 1952 the University of Cape Town agreed to train articled clerks seeking to qualify as Chartered
Accountants, and the Certificate in the Theory of Accountancy was introduced. The offering of the
CTA course led to such an increase in student numbers that the Faculty of Commerce soon became
one of the largest in the University.

The Graduate School of Business, formed in 1965, enrolled South Africa's first full-time Master of
Business Administration students in 1966. The GSB currently offers several versions of the MBA
degree and provides short courses in special topics of current interest to the business executive.

The undergraduate Degree of Bachelor of Business Science has been available in the Faculty since
1968. This four-year professional degree provides a broad training in business, while the
postgraduate Master of Business Science affords an opportunity for advanced study and research.
The BCom (Hons) was first offered in 1969.

In December 1977-the then Department of Business Science, the then Department of Accounting,
the School of Economics and the Faculty Office moved to new quarters in the Leslie Commerce
Building. Many distinguished names have been associated with the Faculty of Commerce, but it is
fitting that the name of the man who was the driving force behind the Faculty's founding, and its
first Dean, Robert Leslie, should be commemorated in this fine building, its congenial atmosphere
and outstanding design making it a worthy successor to the Faculty's original premises - the historic
Hiddingh Campus in the shadow of the Lioness Gate.

In 1981 a BCom Conversion Course, aimed at graduates from other disciplines wishing to qualify as
Chartered Accountants, was offered for the first time.

Also in 1981 two new higher degrees were introduced: the Master of Philosophy to cater for cross-
disciplinary research, and the Doctor of Economic Sciences. The Faculty also now offers full-time
and part-time Postgraduate Diplomas in Management in fields ranging from Information Systems to
Sports Management. Several of these are designed specifically for students without an
undergraduate degree in Commerce.

During 1991 the Department of Statistical Sciences was formed from a merger of staff offering
Quantitative Methods courses in the Business Science Department and the Department of
Mathematical Statistics. Staff members of this new department were given the choice of becoming
members of the Commerce Faculty or the Science Faculty. A number of staff of the Statistical
Sciences Department became members of the Faculty of Commerce.

In 1994 the School of Management Studies was formed when the Industrial Psychology section of
the Department of Psychology and the section of Organisation and Management were brought in to
the Department of Business Science. The School comprises a number of sections including
Marketing, Actuarial Science, Organisational Psychology and Applied Management.
The increasing influence of technology, as well as the need to prepare students to tackle real-life
problems at the nexus of technology, people and business, led to the establishment of the
Department of Information Systems in 1994. The department soon embarked on a research focus,
led by the late Prof Dewald Roode and the first PhD graduate, Prof Alemayehu Molla, was created
in 2002 with a thesis on e-Commerce in developing countries.

After many years of providing academic development programmes to equity students in the Faculty,
the Education Development Unit (EDU) was formally established in the Faculty in October 2007,
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 249

thanks to the initiative and generosity of an alumnus, Duncan Saville. The EDU has the aims of
addressing previous educational disadvantage through carefully developed and managed
interventions and stimulating and nurturing excellence in teaching and learning practice across the
faculty (see below for more details).

In 2011 a BCom in Management Studies was offered for the first time, to enable students to focus
on a suite of management studies courses within a three-year degree. 2011 also saw the opening of a
new custom-designed building for the School of Economics on Middle-Campus. The opening
ceremony created the opportunity to celebrate strategic links between the Faculty and its partners in
the private and public sector, as well as a host of individuals (staff, alumni and others) through an
iconic sculpture, The Silver Tree.

The Faculty has been led by a number of globally-recognised scholars over the years. In recent times
these have included Emeritus Professor John Simpson, Emeritus Professor Brian Kantor, Professor
Melvin Ayogu, Professor Don Ross and the current Incumbent Professor Ingrid Woolard.

The need to constantly evolve in order to meet changing local and global needs resulted in far-
reaching changes and in 2011 UCT’s Senate approved a restructuring process. Approval was granted
to change the name of the Department of Accounting to the College of Accounting. In addition a
decision was taken to establish the Department of Finance and Tax as well as the Graduate
School of Development Policy and Practice.

The new shape and form of the Faculty of Commerce is thus as follows:
· One college - College of Accounting;
· Two departments - Information Systems as well as Finance and Tax;
· Four schools - School of Management Studies, School of Economics, Graduate School of
Business as well as the Graduate School of Development Policy and Practice.

Commerce Students' Council


The Commerce Students' Council (CSC) was established to ensure representation of Commerce
students in the University governing structure. The CSC is elected each year in September by
students within the Commerce Faculty. Those elected to the Council are Commerce students who
volunteer their services for the welfare of their fellow students.

On the academic side, the Council co-ordinates a class representative system which is aimed at
enhancing relationships between students and academic staff. The Council is also involved in course
and time-table evaluations. These evaluations are discussed at Commerce Faculty Board meetings,
at the Academic Policy and Practice Committee, and at the Student Assembly, on all of which
Commerce students are actively represented by senior CSC members.

On the social side, the Commerce Students' Council organises several functions throughout the year,
where students, together with lecturers and administrators, can meet. The events usually organised
include, the Orientation Week festivities, guest speakers and other events.

The official magazine of the CSC, Rands & Sense, is published annually and distributed among
Commerce students. This magazine informs Commerce students about the activities of the Council
and a wide range of current issues that affect students, who are encouraged to contribute articles to
the magazine.

The CSC urges all Commerce students to become actively involved in shaping the future of the
Council and the Faculty of Commerce, by running for Council or by applying to become a class
representative. It invites suggestions and constructive ideas on how to improve efficiency and
effectiveness.
250 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

For more information and/or queries regarding the CSC, please contact the CSC at its offices (Room
3.13.2, 3rd floor, Leslie Social Science Building) during their consultation times (12-2pm Monday to
Friday) or alternatively send an email to CSC@myuct.ac.za.

Bookstore
The UCT Bookstore is committed to make the most of student experience and the least of student
expenses. The shop sells prescribed and recommended books, stationery, UCT clothing and
memorabilia and second hand books. UCT Campus Bookstore is located on the Upper Campus,
Steve Biko Building, Cissie Gool Plaza. Contact (021) 650-2485/6/7.

Minimum requirements for admission to undergraduate degrees


The Joint Matriculation Board was dissolved in September 1992. Its functions were transferred to
the South African Certification Council (SAFCERT), and subsequently to Umalusi, in respect inter
alia of the issue of senior (school-leaving) certificates; and to the Committee of University
Principals Matriculation Board in respect of the issue of certificates of complete exemption and
conditional exemption.

A candidate for the degree of Bachelor must have obtained a National Senior Certificate endorsed
by Umalusi to the effect that he or she has met the minimum requirements for degree study, or a
Matriculation Certificate or have obtained a Senior Certificate endorsed to state that he or she has
met the matriculation requirements, or a certificate of exemption issued by the Matriculation Board.

Council and Senate may, in addition, prescribe, as a prerequisite for admission to any programme or
course the attaining of a specified standard in specified subjects at the matriculation or equivalent
exam. (where these have been prescribed, they are set out in the admissions policy).

The minimum requirement for the period prior to the existence of Umalusi is a senior certificate
issued by SAFCERT, or before 1993, issued by one of the provincial or other government education
departments, or an equivalent.

All references in the rules for undergraduate degrees and diplomas to admission requirements,
matriculation and matriculation exemption are to be read in the context of these requirements.

Certificates of matriculation or exemption from matriculation issued by the Joint Matriculation


Board remain valid for the purpose of applying for admission to Bachelor's degree study.

Further information on Faculty entrance requirements can be found in Handbook 1, Undergraduate


Prospectus.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Short Leave Process

Note
This is for circumstances that do not fall within the University policy for Leave of Absence
General Rule G16.2 – G16.6.

Rationale
To support diligent students who wish to attend significant events/occasions in their lives.

Principles
1. To be granted where a student is deemed to be representing their nation/province/UCT in a
sporting/cultural event or on compassionate grounds e.g. death/illness.
2. All requests to be supported by evidence.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 251

3. The need to support the educational basis of continuous assessment.


4. Consistency of treatment amongst courses within the Faculty.
5. Administrative efficiency.

Issues to be considered in the granting of Short Leave include that:


1. The student has displayed evidence of planning to accommodate UCT timetable wherever
possible.
2. The event/circumstance has no alternative(s).
3. It is a significant event or circumstance.
4. If a student is assessed as meeting the above then it is recommended that the Short Leave
concession would apply to all course tests/assignments during that period.

Process
1. The student fills in a downloadable standard form from http://www.commerce.uct.ac.za/
Commerce/Information/Undergraduate/student_advisors.asp on which his/her responsibilities
are outlined and which he/she signs.
2. Student hands this form to the convener who on behalf of the Dean, alone or in consultation
with course conveners approves the Short Leave in principle.
3. The relevant course convener to sign to indicate his/her approval for the agreed course specific
accommodations made in respect of, all affected assessments/compulsory
activities/deliverables during the Short Leave.
4. The course convener/administrator to keep a copy of the form for DP and final mark
calculation purposes.
5. This form is sent to the Faculty Office where it is kept on the student’s file and a marker
indicating short leave placed on PeopleSoft.
NB: For any missed test the student is advised to write the test in his/her own time under
examination conditions and mark it against the suggested solution.

Academic Year of Study (AYOS)


This term is used to describe the academic level of study for a student within a programme in the
faculty. Where a student has changed programme or has needed to repeat courses required for the
degree, the number of years they have spent already at UCT can differ from their AYOS. It is
determined easily by the minimum number of years in which a student can graduate from the
programme for which they are registered.

Examples of AYOS:
 A student currently registered for ACC2012W who has been at UCT for three years and is
doing BCom Accounting is an AYOS 2 (the minimum period of registration for the degree is
three years and they still have an additional year of Accounting to complete before they could
possibly graduate).
 A student currently registered for ACC2011S who has been at UCT for two years doing a
BCom ACC is an AYOS 1 (the minimum period of registration for the degree is three years
and they still have a minimum of two years to go until possible graduation).
 A student currently registered for BUS2010F who has been at UCT for three years and is
doing a BBusSc (Marketing) is an AYOS2 (the minimum period of registration for the degree
is 4 years – they still have a minimum of two years to complete before possible graduation).

Recognition of prior learning (RPL)


If you do not have the required formal educational qualifications specified for admission into a
programme in which you are interested, but you believe that your age, work and life experiences
have provided you with equivalent levels of learning, you may apply for admission through the
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) process. This does not mean that you will be accepted for
study in the programme of your choice, but it does ensure that a broad range of your knowledge and
skills will be taken into account when considering your application.
252 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Applying using the RPL method means a considerable amount of work for the candidate in the
preparation of materials, completion of various exercises and sometimes taking admissions tests -
the specific requirements will be determined by the Higher Degrees Committee in consultation with
the relevant convener.

If you are interested in utilising the RPL method for admission to UCT, we suggest the following:
 Establish what course, degree or programme you are interested in and find out exactly what
the entry requirements are. To do this, contact the Departmental Secretary of the course in
question.
 Complete a UCT application form and the Departmental application form by the closing
date for applications of the year before you wish to enrol for study. Submit both forms
together with a covering letter stating that you plan to seek an RPL route into the
programme.
 Compile all the documentation about existing education qualifications and identify on
which grounds you do not currently qualify.
 Write a 2-3 page letter of motivation which outlines 1) a profile of yourself, 2) why you are
interested in this particular course of study, 3) in what way your work or life experiences
have prepared you for this course of study.
 Send this letter to the programme leader of the course of study you wish to follow, by
October of the year before you wish to enrol for study.

A nominal fee may be involved in the assessment process. For more information on RPL generally
at UCT, and for assistance in completing the RPL process, please contact the following members of
the Centre for Higher Education Development: Linda Cooper at Linda.Cooper@uct.ac.za or Dr
Salma Ismail at Salma.Ismail@uct.ac.za.

Curriculum articulation for Semester Exchange students from UCT (SE)


Relevant to all programmes

Winter Term Law courses:


SE students have priority (second only to potential graduates) and are guaranteed registration for the
Winter Term Law courses.

Summer Term Business Ethics:


If a Summer term course is offered for Business Ethics, SE students would be eligible to register for
this course at the end of their first year, as they would technically be about to begin their second year
of studies.

Plan/discipline specific:
Where a student is doing the AYOS 2 courses for their major/discipline at a foreign University, the
student may be required to write an entrance examination(s) to convert a credit from a CR to a CX,
and that this requirement will be indicated at the IAPO approval stage.

NOTE: All students, and advisors to these students, should review the curricula to ensure that,
wherever possible, the majors are done at UCT. For example Any BBusSc Finance student going on
a 2nd semester study abroad should swap FTX2024S and BUS2010F to FTX2024F and BUS2010S.

Entrance Examinations (ENTs)

NB! For current students: An Entrance Examination (ENT) is only offered to students that have
previously written and passed the course.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 253

These are written as Examinations without attendance. The examination may be written as
either the final examination in the course or the supplementary examination (if offered).

Currently registered UCT students


 Students need to complete a Change of Curriculum form, adding the course(s) for which
an ENT is needed.
 Students to obtain signatures of the course convener(s) before submitting the Change of
Curriculum form to the Faculty Office for processing before the end of September if
writing in November of the same year and before 5 December if writing in January of the
following year.
 ENTs will be written during the final examination period and during the supplementary
examination period of each year.
 Faculty Office to process Change of Curriculum form.
 Student to check their enrolment using the PeopleSoft self-service by 13 October if
writing in November and by 12 December if writing in January.
 Entrance examination fees will automatically be calculated and added to the student’s fee
account – see the Fees Handbook for the cost.
 Students who have not settled their fees for the previous year will not be allowed to
register for the ENT examination(s).
 Students’ results will be recorded on official UCT transcript.
Please note:
Students must settle their ENT fees before they will be allowed to register in February of the
following year.

New applicants or previously registered UCT students


 Applicants need to apply through the Admissions Office and register as an occasional
student at UCT by 13th October if writing in November or by 5th December if writing
in January.
 ENTs will be written during the final examination period (November) and during the
supplementary examination period (January) of each year.
 Students will be given a UCT student number as an occasional student.
 Students will be made an offer and will come to register at the Faculty Office.
 When registering as an occasional student, all related fees need to be paid in full up front.
 A student will not be registered if there are outstanding fees from a previous year.
 Student’s results will be recorded on an official UCT transcript.
To ALL students, examination clashes with the ENT will not be rescheduled.

No deferred or supplementary exams are awarded for an entrance exam (ENT).


June tests for W and H courses are scheduled during the official university examination timetable.

Commerce Interfaculty Course Substitutions


Credit required Course completed
BUS BUS1036F/S REL1012 / REL1013H /
PHI1025F/ PHI1024F
AND POL1004F
BUS2010F/S BUS2011F/E
BUS2033F/S BUS2035S
FTX FTX2020F FTX2024F/S
INF INF1002F/S CSC1015F / CSC1010H
INF1003 CSC1016H/
CSC1011H
STA STA1000F/S STA1006S / STA1007S
STA2020F/S STA2005S
254 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

STA2030S STA2004S
MAM MAM1000W MAM1010 AND
MAM1012
MAM1010 AND MAM1005 + MAM1006 /
MAM1012 MAM1017 + MAM1018
(65% for each) /
MAM1000W
MAM1010 OR MAM1005 for MAM1010
MAM1012 MAM1006 for MAM1012
MAM1017 (above 65%)
for MAM1010
MAM1018 (above 65%)
for MAM1012
MAM1010 A pass in MAM1014 AND
MAM1016 may allow
entry into MAM1010
MAM2000W MAM2002S +
MAM2004H
PHI PHI1010S PHI2037F
POL POL1005S POL 2034S / POL2039F

EDU additions
Commerce Interfaculty Course Substitutions

Credit required Course Course explanation


completed
ACC ACC1006F ACC1106F Financial Accounting
ACC ACC2011S ACC2111S Financial Reporting I
ACC ACC2012W ACC2113W Financial Reporting
II
ACC2114W
ECO ECO1010F ECO1110F Microeconomics I
ECO1110H Microeconomics I
INF INF1002F/S INF1102F/S Information Systems
I
MAM MAM1010F MAM1110F Mathematics 1010
MAM1110H Mathematics 1010
STA STA1000F/S STA1100S Introductory
Statistics
STA STA1006S STA1106H Mathematical
Statistics I
INDEX 255

INDEX
Academic Year of Study (AYOS) .................................................................................................... 251
Accounting ....................................................................................................................................... 202
Accounting (Modular) ...................................................................................................................... 217
Accounting for Portfolio Managers .................................................................................................. 125
Action Learning Report .................................................................................................................... 207
Actuarial Risk Management ............................................................................................................. 163
Actuarial Science III Assets ............................................................................................................. 169
Actuarial Science III: Financial Economics ..................................................................................... 163
Actuarial Science Research Project .................................................................................................. 166
AdFin ................................................................................................................................................ 228
Advanced Econometrics ................................................................................................................... 131
Advanced Leadership ....................................................................................................................... 223
Advanced Macroeconomics ............................................................................................................. 130
Advanced Micro Economics ............................................................................................................ 130
Advanced Taxation I ........................................................................................................................ 139
Advanced Taxation II ....................................................................................................................... 140
Alternative Investments .................................................................................................................... 142
Application & Technical Development ............................................................................................ 155
Applied Compliance Management Practice ..................................................................................... 232
Applied Corporate Finance............................................................................................................... 142
Applied International Trade ............................................................................................................. 133
Applied Investments ......................................................................................................................... 141
Applied Labour Economics .............................................................................................................. 127
Applied SRI ...................................................................................................................................... 204
Applied Time Series Analysis .......................................................................................................... 134
Bachelor of Commerce Honours (PART-TIME) specialising in FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 48
Bachelor of Commerce Honours in ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY specialising in
CHANGE MANAGEMENT.............................................................................................................. 55
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in ACCOUNTING .................................................... 41
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in ACTUARIAL SCIENCE ....................................... 43
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in ECONOMICS ....................................................... 45
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in FINANCE .............................................................. 47
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS ............................... 50
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS ... 51
Bachelor of Commerce Honours specialising in TAXATION .......................................................... 53
Basic Demography ........................................................................................................................... 183
Basics of Mathematical Statistics ..................................................................................................... 239
Bookstore.......................................................................................................................................... 250
Building Business Acumen .............................................................................................................. 201
Business Acumen I ........................................................................................................................... 206
Business Acumen II .......................................................................................................................... 206
Business and Corporate Communication: Theory and Practice ....................................................... 172
Business and Systems Analysis ........................................................................................................ 153
Business Development in Emerging Markets................................................................................... 205
Business Model Innovation Lab ....................................................................................................... 230
Business Research and Communication ........................................................................................... 170
Business, Government & Society ..................................................................................................... 202
Business, Government and Society .................................................................................................. 218
Campaign Communications and Reputation Management .............................................................. 174
Capital Flows & Emerging Markets ................................................................................................. 226
Capital Markets and Financial Instruments ...................................................................................... 146
256 INDEX

Class Medals ..................................................................................................................................... 242


Coaching ........................................................................................................................................... 223
Commerce Interfaculty Course Substitutions ................................................................................... 253
Commerce Students' Council ............................................................................................................ 249
Company Analysis ............................................................................................................................ 214
Company Valuations ........................................................................................................................ 224
Complexity of Change ...................................................................................................................... 224
Computer Forensics Coursework...................................................................................................... 152
Consumer Behaviour ........................................................................................................................ 161
Consumption and Microeconomic Theory ....................................................................................... 126
Contact Details of Departments ............................................................................................................ 6
Contents ................................................................................................................................................ 3
Corporate Finance and Equity Valuation .......................................................................................... 123
Corporate Finance and Investment ................................................................................................... 213
Corporate Finance and Valuations .................................................................................................... 146
Corporate Financial Analysis............................................................................................................ 111
Corporate Governance and Risk Management ................................................................................. 112
Corporate Governance III ................................................................................................................. 109
Course Codes - Explanatory Notes ....................................................................................................... 9
Coursework ....................................................................................................................................... 239
Creativity in Business ....................................................................................................................... 169
Cross-sectional Econometric Methods ............................................................................................. 127
Curriculum articulation for Semester Exchange students from UCT (SE) ....................................... 252
Dean’s Merit List for UCT students on exchange programmes ....................................................... 243
Dean's Merit List .............................................................................................................................. 243
Degrees, diplomas and certificates awarded by the Faculty ............................................................... 11
Demographic Data and Statistics ...................................................................................................... 183
Designing Sustainable Business Models .......................................................................................... 207
Development Economics .................................................................................................................. 121
Development Microeconomics ......................................................................................................... 135
Dissertation ....................................................................................................................................... 208
Dissertation (Programme Evaluation) .............................................................................................. 179
Doctor of Economic Sciences .......................................................................................................... 106
Doctor of Philosophy specialising in BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ........................................ 101
Doctor of Philosophy specialising in ECONOMICS (by coursework & dissertation) ..................... 104
Doctor of Philosophy specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS ............................................... 103
Doctoral Research Design ................................................................................................................ 234
Doing Business in Africa .................................................................................................................. 224
Doing Business in Asia and China ................................................................................................... 225
Econometrics .................................................................................................................................... 118
Economic Challenges in Africa ........................................................................................................ 118
Economics ........................................................................................................................................ 214
Economics (Modular) ....................................................................................................................... 218
Economics Growth: Theory & Evidence .......................................................................................... 131
Economics Module ........................................................................................................................... 124
Economics of Industry, Regulation and Firms ................................................................................. 121
Effective People Practices ................................................................................................................ 172
Electronic Marketing ........................................................................................................................ 168
E-Marketing ...................................................................................................................................... 225
Emerging Markets in Context ........................................................................................................... 205
Empirical Finance ............................................................................................................................. 147
Employee/Employer Relationships and Organisations ..................................................................... 223
Enterprise Systems and BPM Coursework ....................................................................................... 151
Entrance examinations ...................................................................................................................... 252
INDEX 257

Entrepreneurial Strategies ................................................................................................................ 168


Environmental Economics................................................................................................................ 122
Essential Terminology ...................................................................................................................... 240
Events Management ......................................................................................................................... 171
Experiments in Economics ............................................................................................................... 120
Finance ............................................................................................................................................. 219
Finance & Investment....................................................................................................................... 178
Finance and Investment Technical B................................................................................................ 181
Finance Honours Research Project ................................................................................................... 141
Finance Research Project ................................................................................................................. 140
Financial and External Reporting ..................................................................................................... 111
Financial Controls and Hospitality ................................................................................................... 171
Financial Economics ........................................................................................................................ 122
Financial Modelling & Statistics Modules ....................................................................................... 124
Financial Reporting IV ..................................................................................................................... 109
Financial Risk Management ............................................................................................................. 211
Financial Services Regulation .......................................................................................................... 212
Financial Software Engineering ....................................................................................................... 187
Fintech and Cryptocurrencies ........................................................................................................... 186
Fixed Income Security Analysis ....................................................................................................... 123
Futures, Options & Derivatives ........................................................................................................ 125
General Information ............................................................................................................................. 6
General Insurance ............................................................................................................................. 181
Global Financial Architecture .......................................................................................................... 212
Global Supply Chain Management................................................................................................... 226
Governance & Growth ..................................................................................................................... 129
Guide to the usage of this Handbook.................................................................................................... 5
Health and Care ................................................................................................................................ 181
Healthcare Specialist ........................................................................................................................ 180
Honours Long Essay......................................................................................................................... 124
Housing Finance for Emerging Markets .......................................................................................... 231
Industrial Organization ..................................................................................................................... 136
Information Concerning Admission to the Professions ...................................................................... 14
Information Systems Coursework .................................................................................................... 151
Information Systems Management ................................................................................................... 154
Information Systems Masters by Dissertation only .......................................................................... 156
Information Systems Masters Course Work ..................................................................................... 156
Information Systems Masters Dissertation ....................................................................................... 157
Information Systems Project ............................................................................................................ 152
Information Systems Research Project ............................................................................................. 154
Information Systems Thesis ............................................................................................................. 157
Innovative Finance in Africa ............................................................................................................ 230
Integrated Marketing Communication.............................................................................................. 161
Intercultural and Diversity Management .......................................................................................... 173
International Finance ........................................................................................................................ 132
International Finance for Development ............................................................................................ 209
International Tax I ............................................................................................................................ 146
International Tax II ........................................................................................................................... 145
International Trade Policies .............................................................................................................. 212
Intro to Legal Compliance ................................................................................................................ 227
Introduction to African Economic Development ............................................................................. 193
Introduction to Compliance Management ........................................................................................ 231
Introduction to Finance and Derivatives .......................................................................................... 188
Introduction to Project Management ................................................................................................ 160
258 INDEX

Introduction to Sport Management ................................................................................................... 164


Issues in Development Finance ........................................................................................................ 210
Issues In Economic Development In Africa ..................................................................................... 197
Labour Economics ............................................................................................................................ 132
Leadership......................................................................................................................................... 215
Leadership and Personal Development............................................................................................. 219
Leadership I ...................................................................................................................................... 195
Leadership II ..................................................................................................................................... 197
Leading Organisations in a VUCA World ........................................................................................ 232
Lean & Operation Excellence ........................................................................................................... 221
Life Insurance ................................................................................................................................... 176
Life Insurance Specialist................................................................................................................... 180
Macroeconomics ............................................................................................................................... 117
Macroeconomics Policy & Design in Low Income Countries ......................................................... 135
Management Control Systems .......................................................................................................... 225
Management Theory in Practice ....................................................................................................... 168
Managerial Accounting & Finance II ............................................................................................... 108
Managerial Information Systems ...................................................................................................... 150
Managing for Customer Value ......................................................................................................... 201
Managing for Shareholder Value ...................................................................................................... 222
Managing for Societal Value ............................................................................................................ 207
Managing Value Streams .................................................................................................................. 200
Marketing.......................................................................................................................................... 220
Markets in Emerging Countries ........................................................................................................ 229
Master of Business Administration..................................................................................................... 93
Master of Business Administration specialising in EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT ........................ 96
Master of Commerce in DEVELOPMENT FINANCE ...................................................................... 92
Master of Commerce in ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY ...................................................... 81
Master of Commerce specialising in ACCOUNTING ....................................................................... 64
Master of Commerce specialising in ACTUARIAL SCIENCE ......................................................... 65
Master of Commerce specialising in APPLIED ECONOMICS ......................................................... 66
Master of Commerce specialising in ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT .............................................. 70
Master of Commerce specialising in ECONOMIC SCIENCE ........................................................... 72
Master of Commerce specialising in ECONOMICS .......................................................................... 68
Master of Commerce specialising in FINANCE ................................................................................ 74
Master of Commerce specialising in INFORMATION SYSTEMS ................................................... 77
Master of Commerce specialising in TAXATION ............................................................................. 78
Master of Philosophy in DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PRACTICE .......................................... 87
Master of Philosophy in PEOPLE MANAGEMENT ........................................................................ 89
Master of Philosophy specialising in DEMOGRAPHY ..................................................................... 83
Master of Philosophy specialising in INCLUSIVE INNOVATION .................................................. 63
Master of Philosophy specialising in MATHEMATICAL FINANCE .............................................. 84
Master of Philosophy specialising in PROGRAMME EVALUATION............................................. 86
Master of Philosophy specialising in RISK MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL MARKETS .......... 97
Masters Dissertation in Business Science ......................................................................................... 175
Masters in Business Science ............................................................................................................. 175
Masters in Economics Full Dissertation ........................................................................................... 128
Masters In Economics Half Dissertation .......................................................................................... 133
Masters in Finance ............................................................................................................................ 142
Mathematical Computing Skills ....................................................................................................... 187
Mathematics and Statistics for Economists ...................................................................................... 125
Microeconometrics ........................................................................................................................... 134
Microeconomics ............................................................................................................................... 117
Microeconomics II ............................................................................................................................ 137
INDEX 259

Micro-Enterprise Finance ................................................................................................................. 208


Mini Dissertation in Financial Management .................................................................................... 144
Minor Dissertation ............................................................................................................................ 185
Minor Dissertation 60 Credit ............................................................................................................ 196
Minor Dissertation Accounting ........................................................................................................ 112
Minor Dissertation Accounting 60 credits........................................................................................ 112
Minor Dissertation in Finance .......................................................................................................... 143
Natural Resource Economics............................................................................................................ 132
Negotiation to Create Value ............................................................................................................. 203
Numerical Methods Finance II ......................................................................................................... 189
Numerical Methods in Finance I ...................................................................................................... 188
Officers in the Faculty .......................................................................................................................... 7
Operations Management ................................................................................................................... 216
Organisation and Management ......................................................................................................... 170
Organisational Behaviour & People Management ........................................................................... 219
Organisational Behaviour and People Management......................................................................... 215
Organisational Leadership and Values ............................................................................................. 217
Organisational Project ...................................................................................................................... 166
Organisational Psychology Hons Coursework ................................................................................. 160
Organisational Psychology Internship .............................................................................................. 182
Organisational Psychology Masters (Coursework) .......................................................................... 178
Organisational Psychology Masters (Dissertation) .......................................................................... 178
Organisational Psychology Research Paper ..................................................................................... 163
Panel Data Methods .......................................................................................................................... 127
Pensions ............................................................................................................................................ 177
Pensions Specialist ........................................................................................................................... 177
People Management I ....................................................................................................................... 175
People Management II ...................................................................................................................... 175
People Management Research Project ............................................................................................. 176
Persuasion in Multimodal Discourses and Domains ........................................................................ 174
PhD in Business Administration ...................................................................................................... 233
PhD in Business Science .................................................................................................................. 182
PhD in Economics ............................................................................................................................ 136
PhD in Finance ................................................................................................................................. 147
PHD in Quantitative Finance............................................................................................................ 189
PhD in Taxation................................................................................................................................ 148
Planning New Ventures .................................................................................................................... 203
Policy Analysis ................................................................................................................................. 120
Policy Implementation & the Regulation of Markets ....................................................................... 194
Population Projections & Modelling ................................................................................................ 184
Portfolio Optimisation ...................................................................................................................... 123
Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting ................................................................................................. 34
Postgraduate Diploma in Actuarial Science ....................................................................................... 18
Postgraduate Diploma in Management............................................................................................... 19
Private Impulses, Public Costs ......................................................................................................... 129
Prizes and Scholarships .................................................................................................................... 245
Problems of Globalisation, Industrialisation & Development .......................................................... 134
Professional Communication (Actuarial Science) ............................................................................ 164
Professional Sales Management Practice ......................................................................................... 221
Professional Sales Organisation ....................................................................................................... 222
Programme Evaluation Masters Coursework ................................................................................... 179
Project............................................................................................................................................... 239
Project Finance ................................................................................................................................. 209
Project Management ......................................................................................................................... 233
260 INDEX

Public Financial Management .......................................................................................................... 109


Public Leadership I ........................................................................................................................... 192
Public Leadership II .......................................................................................................................... 192
Public Sector Audit & Governance .................................................................................................. 110
Public Sector Finance ....................................................................................................................... 211
Public Sector Financial Reporting .................................................................................................... 110
Public Sector Structures & Functions ............................................................................................... 110
Quantitative Finance Research Project ............................................................................................. 167
Quantitative Finance Selected Topics............................................................................................... 169
Quantitative Methods in Development Finance ............................................................................... 210
Quantitative Methods of Economics................................................................................................. 130
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) ............................................................................................... 251
Research & Policy Tools: Development Impact and Evaluation ...................................................... 135
Research & Writing I ........................................................................................................................ 119
Research And Policy Numeracy ....................................................................................................... 191
RESEARCH AND POLICY NUMERACY II ................................................................................. 196
Research Design and Proposal Development ................................................................................... 197
Research Methods ............................................................................................................................. 213
Research Methods in Information Systems ...................................................................................... 157
Research Methods in Taxation ......................................................................................................... 139
Research Project ............................................................................................................................... 128
Responsible Investment .................................................................................................................... 210
Retail Management and Service Marketing ...................................................................................... 162
Risk Management Governance ......................................................................................................... 185
Risk Management Markets ............................................................................................................... 186
Risk Management of Financial Markets ........................................................................................... 188
Risk Management Quantitative Modelling ....................................................................................... 185
Risk Management Research.............................................................................................................. 186
Rules for Distinction ......................................................................................................................... 243
Science of Sport ................................................................................................................................ 165
Securities Legislation........................................................................................................................ 122
Selected South African Topics ......................................................................................................... 177
Selected Topics In Population Studies.............................................................................................. 184
Short Leave Process .......................................................................................................................... 250
Social Finance ................................................................................................................................... 232
Social Innovation and Entrepreneuring ............................................................................................ 229
Social Innovation Lab ....................................................................................................................... 229
Social Innovation Laboratory ........................................................................................................... 204
South African Financial Markets ...................................................................................................... 186
Sovereign Debt Management............................................................................................................ 211
Specialised Topics in Accounting & Research Report ..................................................................... 110
Sport Management in Practice .......................................................................................................... 167
Sports Admin & Bus ......................................................................................................................... 165
Statistical Sciences Honours ............................................................................................................. 239
Stochastic Calculus for Finance I ..................................................................................................... 189
Stochastic Calculus for Finance II .................................................................................................... 189
Strategic and International Marketing .............................................................................................. 162
Strategic Brand Building .................................................................................................................. 226
Strategic Marketing .......................................................................................................................... 202
Strategic Policymaking for Development: Analysis & Practices ..................................................... 193
Strategy ............................................................................................................................................. 221
Strategy by Design ............................................................................................................................ 204
System Development Project II ........................................................................................................ 155
Systemic Executive Practice ............................................................................................................. 222
INDEX 261

Systemic Management Practice ........................................................................................................ 200


Tax Minor Dissertation, 60 Credits .................................................................................................. 145
Taxation Coursework ....................................................................................................................... 144
Taxation III ....................................................................................................................................... 108
Taxation Masters Dissertation .......................................................................................................... 143
Taxation Minor Dissertation (90 Credits) ........................................................................................ 145
Taxation Technical Report ............................................................................................................... 139
Team Management and Communication .......................................................................................... 173
Technical Report .............................................................................................................................. 201
Techniques Of Demographic Estimation ......................................................................................... 184
Term Dates and Public Holidays .......................................................................................................... 8
The Analysis of Complex Surveys ................................................................................................... 127
The Analysis of Survey Data ............................................................................................................ 120
The Economics of Conflict, War and Peace ..................................................................................... 126
The Economy & Its Financial Markets............................................................................................. 119
The Practice of Policy Implementation ............................................................................................ 192
The Practice of Strategic Policy-making for development ............................................................... 193
Thesis in Development Policy and Practice ..................................................................................... 198
Topics in Accounting and Governance ............................................................................................ 111
Topics in Development Policy ......................................................................................................... 195
Topics in Financial Manage ............................................................................................................. 143
Values Based Leadership and Sustainability .................................................................................... 206
Views of Institutional & Behavioural Economics ............................................................................ 133
Welfare Measurement ...................................................................................................................... 128
Writing for Publication ..................................................................................................................... 190
WTO and Trade Negotiations........................................................................................................... 227